Author: Nik Ranger

FaZe Clan CoD pro may be on his way out after failing to qualify for CWL Pro League With just days after failing to qualify for the Call of Duty World League’s Pro League, FaZe Clan may be seeing one of their players already leaving the team. James ‘Crowder’ Crowder, formerly known as ‘Replays’ and ‘Reep,’ has left a major hint on social media that he may be parting ways with FaZe. On January 24, fans noticed that the longtime veteran had taken out ‘Pro CoD player for FaZe Clan’ out of his Twitter bio, immediately sparking rumors of his retirement. Spoonbill, the service that tracks changes people make to their Twitter profiles, confirms that Crowder had changed his bio to “Call of Duty World Champion,” as well as included his girlfriend’s Twitter handle. However, with the team out of contention for Pro League qualification, it’s hard to see Crowder playing in the Amateur Circuit with the hope of making it to a Pro League roster as a potential substitute player. Furthermore, even before this change, many were already speculating that the 2015 World Champion would retire to become an analyst or a coach for a high profile team. If these speculations hold true, this will not be the first time the Crowder has called quits on competing in Call of Duty. He first retired in 2016 and joined FaZe as a coach, as well as making cameo appearances at CWL/MLG events as a broadcast talent. He came out of retirement during the Infinite Warfare season, joining Echo Fox for the 2017 CWL Championship before joining FaZe as a pro player at the start of the following season.

FaZe Clan CoD players react to not qualifying for CWL Pro League FaZe Clan’s Call of Duty stars have reacted to their underwhelming performance at the CWL Pro League Qualifier, which saw the historic organization miss out on entry to the league. French squad Overtime Esports knocked FaZe out of the tournament in the second round of the qualifier, meaning the organization will not be competing in this season’s top Call of Duty league. In the aftermath of their exit from the competition, a number of FaZe’s players tweeted their disappointment, with long-time member Dillon ‘Attach’ Price apologizing to fans, saying: “Sorry to all FaZe and my supporters for a disappointing start to the season. I wish we could’ve figured out our issues sooner.” Sorry to all the FaZe and My supporters for a disappointing start to the season. Wish we could’ve figured out our issues sooner. Thank you for the continued support.— FaZe Attach (@Attach) January 20, 2019 FaZe’s newest signee McArthur ‘Cellium’ Jovel tweeted that he was “heartbroken”, and that it “sucked” that they didn’t make it, leaving him feeling that they let their fans down. Heartbroken, sucks we couldn’t make it and let all the fans down. Just gotta get better at this point — FaZe Cellium (@Cellium) January 20, 2019 Preston ‘Priestahh’ Greiner thanked those who had followed FaZe during their tournament for their support, stating that he believed he needed to “suck less.” Not in the league… gotta suck less. I appreciate all the support though. — FaZe Priestahh (@Priestahh) January 20, 2019 Finally, Tommy ‘ZooMaa’ Paparatto tweeted just one word in the fallout from their exit, simply stating that he was “heartbroken”. FaZe Clan’s sister team FC.Black also failed to qualify for the Pro League, meaning that the organization won’t be represented when the league kicks off in February. All is not lost for the players on either squad though, as teams who have qualified will likely look to star players like Attach or ZooMaa as they attempt to pick up substitutes for the CWL Pro League.

FaZe Clan Call of Duty member may already have a new team for Pro League FaZe Clan Call of Duty pro Thomas ‘ZooMaa’ Paparatto believes that teammate Preston ‘Priestahh’ Greiner has already found a new team. The FaZe Clan roster entered the Black Ops 4 season with plenty of hype and excitement around it following a strong showing in the previous title – World War II. However, a disappointing 13-16 placed finish at the first event of the year – CWL Vegas – prompted the team to make a change. Up-and-coming star McArthur ‘Cellium’ Jovel replaced Anthony ‘Methodz’ Zinni following Vegas and prior to the all-important Pro League Qualifier. However, the team struggled there too and a 15-16 placed finish meant that they had failed to qualify for the CWL Pro League. The inability to qualify for the Pro League means that FaZe’s roster could be in trouble for the upcoming season without regular play time against some of the biggest teams in the game. ZooMaa alluded to the fact that Priestahh may depart during his January 26 stream. “I think Priestahh has a team already. If he doesn’t, I’m down to play with him but I think he has a team already,” the long-time FaZe Clan member stated during his stream. ZooMaa also dropped some intel about his potential future in the Pro League. Teams in the league need to have a substitute player just in case one of their original five members is unable to play for some reason. The long-time FaZe man revealed that he has already spoken to OpTic Gaming about potentially being their sixth-man for the Pro League but there is “contract things and stuff that needs to be settled” and he doesn’t “know what’s going to happen.”

FaZe Clan Black win January 6-7 NA CWL 2K tournament – Full recap and results The first North American 2K tournament is now in the books and there were more than a few surprises along the way during the two-day event. With many of North America’s top teams opting to play in the CMG ProDown instead of the weekly 2K tournaments, the field was fairly wide open for the teams in attendance. Even given the wide-open nature of the tournament, though, both Excelerate Gaming and FaZe Clan Black were teams that many had their eye on coming into the tournament, but only one lived up to the hype. Excelerate Gaming, hot off a win during the December 16 tournament where they defeated FC Black in the grand finals, were looking to make it two straight. Unfortunately, however, their run was cut short by Project7 in the quarterfinals, leaving them with a 3rd-4th place finish. Read More: Call of Duty: Pittsburgh Knights add two veteran players ahead of CWL Pro League Qualifiers – On the other side of the bracket, it was FC Black who were tearing through things on the way to the grand finals with a string of dominating victories. FaZe Clan.Black once again came in as one of the best teams in the tournament. They looked to be in full control during every series, making easy work of each team they went up against, including a 3-0 in the semifinals against F6 2019, to set up a showdown against Project7 in the grand finals. Read More: Team Sween and Mindfreak shine as the EU and APAC January 6 CWL 2K tournaments conclude – Recap and results – Once in the grand finals, FC Black was still playing lights out, picking up the first two maps to put themselves on tournament-point in a hurry. Project7 wouldn’t let things go that quickly, though, winning Control on Frequency fairly easy with a 3-1 score. FC Black easily bounced back once things switched over to Hardpoint on Hacienda where they rolled through Project7 250-121 to secure the series and their first 2K. You can find the Top 16 placements for the first 2K of 2019 below:

F1 team releases driver after trash-talking teammate during Warzone Twitch stream ActivisionF1 team Williams Racing have released driver Dan Ticktum after he trash-talked a teammate while streaming Warzone on Twitch. Smack-talking and Call of Duty have gone together since day one. But, it’s usually in-game teammates or enemies most likely to be on the receiving end. Formula 2 driver Dan Ticktum seemed to decide to call out a teammate on his Williams Racing F1 team during an August 1 Warzone stream instead. According to Ticktum, this wasn’t what caused Williams racing to release him. But, the team confirmed to F1.com that he was gone on August 3, without no statement otherwise. In the video above you can clearly see Ticktum criticizing his Williams teammate Nicholas Latifi. After a viewer pointed out Latifi was in F1 while Ticktum was in F2. The driver couldn’t help but respond. “He’s older than me, he paid to get there. Moron, f**king idiot,” he replied. “It’s not like divisions, it’s not like League One, and the Premier League you come up through the ranks. Just because you don’t get to Formula one in motorsport, doesn’t mean you weren’t good enough to get there.” A Twitch stream gone wrong, or just poor timing? After the news broke Ticktum posted on Instagram to say he knew he was getting released by Williams before what he called “the recent Latifi related incident.” “Myself and Williams parted ways before the recent Latifi related incident just so people know,” Ticktum said on Instagram after the news broke. “It wasn’t announced until now as there was no option for an F1 seat in 2022 for me.” While the timing of the Warzone trash-talk and the announcement might be unfortunate, that really might be all it is. Ticktum seemed to know he was leaving the team, which might explain his comments on Twitch in the first place. The 22-year-old’s career is far from over. He’s still racing in F2 for team Carlin, where he’s ranked fourth overall, and could very well be seen in F1 before too long as well.

F1 star Lewis Hamilton reveals the game he prefers to play over Call of Duty Gamer UpdatedBritish Formula One driver Lewis Hamilton has revealed his favorite games to play when winding down. As gaming has become increasingly popular in the last couple of years, we’ve seen more and more celebrities get involved. With the esports industry expected to boom and generate billions in revenue, we’ve seen the likes of Drake, Michael Jordan, Snoop Dogg, and more jumping into the mix. Not only that, but we’ve also seen some of the biggest Hollywood stars feature as characters in games, with notable names such as Keanu Reeves and Idris Elba recently being involved with CD Projekt Red’s Cyberpunk 2077. It’s not just Hollywood showing their love for video games either, with some of the world’s best athletes such as Man City striker Erling Haaland admitting he’s an avid gamer. Now, Lewis Hamilton is the latest to divulge about his love for video games. Lewis Hamilton reveals his favorite video games In a November 16 interview with Jake Lucky, Formula One driver Lewis Hamilton, who holds the joint record of seven World Drivers’ Championship titles has revealed his favorite games to play. “I really like Starfield, the new Starfield,” he revealed. Not only that, but the World Champion driver also admitted he enjoys hopping between titles such as Call of Duty and Fortnite. “Call of Duty is something, I’m like back to back with Call of Duty and Fortnite. I’d say I’d prefer Fortnite because I prefer the building aspect to it,” said the Mercedes driver. The 38-year-old holds the records for the most wins, pole positions, and podium finishes, among others. Some even claim Hamilton is the best driver to compete in Formula One. Recently, Hamilton joined Fortnite’s Icon Series, with the star-studded racing driver joining other celebs such as LeBron James, Eminem, and more to get his very own skin in-game.

F1 driver Lando Norris wants to add Call of Duty League team to his Quadrant esports org Activision/Lando NorrisStar Formula One driver Lando Norris said in a recent interview that he wants his new esports organization Quandrant to include teams for individual games, including one for Call of Duty in the CDL, sometime in the near future. After officially getting fully invested in the esports industry with the launch of his organization Quadrant a few months back, it now seems like F1 superstar Lando Norris is looking to go a bit deeper with the company. In a recent Q&A video uploaded to the Quadrant YouTube channel, Norris was asked by a fan what his “ultimate goal” is for his esports organization. The founder responded by saying he wants to expand Quadrant, including the addition of teams for games like CoD and Rocket League. “My ultimate dream with Quadrant is to grow it a lot and become a much bigger esports team” he said. “And grow it from where we are now, not just to have content creators, but to have teams in CDL, so Call of Duty, in Rocket League, in different games.” (Clip starts at 12:34 for mobile users) Norris’ proclamation of wanting a Call of Duty League franchise is a bold one, considering that it would most assuredly cost him tens of millions of dollars on top of how difficult it can be to secure a spot. He did not discuss any other specifics about his plan, so this could be something for way later down the line. In addition to securing the funds, he’d obviously also have to wait until the CDL is looking to expand from its current field of 12 franchises. Of course, he could always go the route of a non-pro team in the meantime, one that competes in the CDL’s amateur Challengers division. That would still be a pretty big deal; Challengers provides a lot of excitement and intense competition, along with some hefty prize pools. Norris’ interest in CoD isn’t a big surprise. He has ties to one of the esport’s biggest stars, Dallas Empire’s Ian ‘Crimsix’ Porter, not to mention that a member of his Quadrant staff, ‘Riabish,’ is a self-proclaimed “Call of Duty Queen.” As an avid gamer and streamer on Twitch, he’s probably seen and understands the presence that CoD has in the gaming world, and with the CDL on the up and up, it makes sense for him to want to expand in that direction.

Extraction 2 director interested in a Call of Duty: Warzone movie Netflix/ActivisionExtraction 2 director Sam Hargrave thinks there’s “potential” in a Call of Duty: Warzone movie. Chris Hemsworth returns as Tyler Rake in Extraction 2, a sequel to Netflix’s most-watched original movie of all time. The film follows the Aussie mercenary after dragging himself back from the brink of death and taking on another suicide mission: rescuing a mother and her children from a blood-and-mortar Georgian prison. It ups the ante in almost every way, coming equipped with a whopper of a oner and some of the most crunching, cheer-worthy kills you’ll see this year. Comparisons to the FPS series aren’t new; one reviewer even described the first film as “John Wick running a Call of Duty campaign mission.” While the director isn’t overly familiar with the games, he sees “potential” in adapting Warzone into a movie. Extraction 2 director on possible Call of Duty: Warzone movie One Extraction 2 sequence feels like being dropped into downtown Verdansk as the gas is closing in: you’ve got soldiers sniping out of choppers, juggernauts mowing people down, firefights on rooftops, and campers getting blown to pieces at the top of elevators. Dexerto spoke to Sam Hargrave ahead of the movie’s release and asked if he was at all inspired by Warzone when orchestrating the chaos in the city. The answer: not really, but possibly. He explained: “The challenging part of this was… it’s such a grand scale. There’s so many different locations, and tying all those characters together in so many different locations and trying to keep a sense of space. You can get lost in that cityscape and, as an audience member, you go, ‘Where am I, and what’s happening?’ “I’m actually loosely familiar with that IP, so it wasn’t a huge inspiration for me. Now, I can’t speak for the stunt team that helped design a lot of that stuff, or for Joe Russo when writing it – perhaps that was a huge inspiration, I don’t know. “But for me, it was more about how do we do very interesting character-driven action set pieces within this larger action set piece that tells a grand story that all makes sense, and hopefully, audiences can keep some idea of where they are in that space.” We then asked if he’d be open to turning Warzone into a movie, as the whole sequence is a tremendous proof-of-concept, in our opinion. “Anytime an IP exists that there’s a huge fan base for and has a cinematic quality – like a Warzone-type thing – I think there’s always potential there,” he said. “You just have to find… what’s the heart? What’s the emotional hook that pulls people in and makes them want to engage for a 90-minute feature?” Extraction 2 hits Netflix on June 16, 2023. Find out more about the movie here.

Express & Apocalypse added to CDL map rotation for Stage 2 TreyarchThe Call of Duty League has announced that two post-launch maps in Black Ops Cold War – Express and Apocalypse – will be part of the map rotation for Stage 2 of the 2021 season. This change had been expected after several CDL teams, including OpTic Chicago, were spotted scrimming on Apocalypse following the Stage 1 Major. Apocalypse will officially replace Crossroads in the Hardpoint rotation, as the winter-themed map was picked by far the fewest number of times during Stage 1. As for Express, the iconic Black Ops 2 map that was remastered for BOCW will slot into the Search & Destroy rotation, taking the spot of Garrison. Unlike Crossroads, which was only part of the HP pool and has thus been completely removed, Garrison will remain for Control & Hardpoint. https://twitter.com/CODLeague/status/1371537015112667138 It’s hard to argue against the addition of Apocalypse to the map pool, considering that the pros really seem to enjoy competing on it in the limited practice sessions they’ve had since the Stage 1 Major. Replacing Crossroads was an obvious choice; almost everyone in the league agreed that it was not the best map for competitive Hardpoint, especially following the change in BOCW Season 2 that saw one of the points get moved to a very unpleasant open area. As for Express, much like Raid, it was part of the competitive rotation back in Black Ops 2, so it almost felt like an inevitability that it would get slotted in. The only question was which map it would replace, and while Garrison is decent for HP and Control, it was just too one-sided for S&D, with the A-site almost never getting used. Watch now: Reverse Sweep’s Enable & Pacman explore possible Royal Ravens roster changes CDL 2021 Stage 2 map/mode rotations: Hardpoint: Apocalypse, Checkmate, Garrison, Moscow, Raid – Search & Destroy: Express, Checkmate, Miami, Moscow, Raid – Control: Checkmate, Garrison, Raid – Fans will be able to check out both Apocalypse and Express in action when Stage 2 kicks off with the Toronto Ultra Home Series on March 18. Both maps are likely to get picked a decent amount of times, so be sure to tune in and see how they play out.

Explosive Warzone bug causes helicopters to self-destruct out of nowhere ActivisionA ridiculous Warzone bug is causing full teams to randomly explode while inside of a helicopter and players are demanding the devs fix this problem. Despite being one of the most successful battle royales of all time, Call of Duty: Warzone has had a number of issues plaguing it and keeping it from reaching its full potential. Amidst the swarms of hackers and the endless debate regarding aim assist, an annoying bug involving the game’s helicopters can result in instant death for both you and your team. The worst part is that the issue has persisted for a long time, so players have had enough. Warzone bug makes helicopters self-destruct randomly As shown by YouTuber and content creator Rito Rhymes, there are certain spots on Rebirth Island that are death traps for pilots and anyone who happens to be on board. In the video montage, there are several instances of the player gently landing the vehicle before it spontaneously bursts into flames. Due to the bug’s consistency, in one segment, Rito even used it to his advantage to finish off a downed opponent with the chopper’s tail before reviving himself afterwards. Helicopter Warzone bug explained “I’ve been tormented by this bug on Rebirth Island for a while now and despite sending about a dozen bug reports directly to the Dev’s formal channel for months, they haven’t even acknowledged it as an issue to correct,” Rito told Dexerto. “Myself and many others have been dealing with a chopper bug that spans about 1/5 of the map since its launch, where if you land or takeoff in specific areas, it will explode and down/kill/teamwipe everyone inside,” he added. “I’ve gotten so frustrated with it that I’ve decided to take matters into my own hands by creating a map detailing all the areas of where not to land your chopper and a video demonstrating how much of a nuisance the issue really is.” The map, as seen, shows that many spots around the lower right side of the map are death traps for helicopter pilots. Hopefully, with so much evidence to work with, the devs can finally fix this bug and make the skies safe once more. Until then, you may want to think twice if your teammate says “get to the choppa!”

Expert tips to help you unlock Modern Warfare Damascus camo via PrestigeIsKey YouTubeModern Warfare demands a substantial grind to collect the coveted Damascus camo for every weapon in the game, and we’ve compiled some handy tips to help you along the process. It’s no lie to say that a significant amount of work goes into unlocking Damascus, with plenty of guides showing players the fastest ways of adding the camo to their collections. But Reddit user ‘69throwawayslater’ managed to complete the long journey for the skin, and offered a wealth of knowledge to anybody who might be struggling to continue on the journey. As players know, Damascus only gets unlocked by getting Platinum on every weapon class – a feat that can only be achieved after getting all Gold camos in that class by completing every challenge for individual weapons. To help along the journey, the player advised the CoD community to create three classes for the gun you’re currently working on. “Create 3 classes for the gun,” they said. “One you thoroughly enjoy with some added range, one for close quarters and kills shortly after reloading, and one without attachments and switch between them as needed.” It’s frustrating to go through the motions of using every weapon in the game, but that could be made much easier if players prepare themselves for whatever scenario a CoD match brings up, while still using the gun they’re trying to complete. Some of the more frustrating weapons to max out are the launchers, and to that end, players should hit Hardcore to really make a dent in the progress. “Because HQ is a fairly high kill core game mode, there’s going to be a great amount of kill streaks,” 69throwawayslater continued. “It’s also where I did most of my launcher kills because they will stack on objective.” Getting kills while being injured can be tricky, since sometimes the game doesn’t register a kill when low health or you die too easily. For this, they suggest going “into hardcore with a thermite and take 2 tics of damage. Every kill that life will count because your health doesn’t regen in HC.” Aside from that, some of the best tips are included below – but you should give his full post a look, since there’s a ton of ways that players can change their approach to make the grind to Damascus much easier. “Shipment 24/7 is where you’ll get 99% of shit done even with snipers and marksman rifles. The sheer volume of possible kills is what kept me in that playlist. – When going for attacker/defender kills go into hardpoint. When you or the enemy are on the objective it’ll count as both. For the JOKR if you stand on C flag on shipment and put it on the back wall at A it’ll count for both as well. – Longshots for the SMGs can be tricky, I did mine in hardcore because the damage drop off is iffy in core. – Put [Camos] in your clan tag to avoid s**t.” –

Exclusive H3CZ interview: Reviving OpTic Gaming & the Green Wall Instagram, @hecz / OpTic GamingAfter a tumultuous year away from his baby, Hector ‘H3CZ’ Rodriguez has reacquired OpTic Gaming. OpTic H3CZ is finally back and, in an exclusive interview with Dexerto’s Richard Lewis, he discussed the long saga to resume ownership. In June 2019, Immortals Gaming purchased Infinite Esports, parent company to OpTic Gaming, and assumed control of the infamous Green Wall brand that H3CZ so popularly built. Over a year later, H3CZ pulled off what many deemed impossible and has brought the brand back under his wing. Following this announcement, it was revealed that the Chicago Huntsmen Call of Duty League team will be rebranded to OpTic Chicago while the defunct OpTic Gaming Los Angeles would be sold to 100 Thieves. Now, OpTic is back with H3CZ and Matthew ‘Nadeshot’ Haag’s 100T are back in CoD with the LA Thieves. In an exclusive Dexerto interview with Lewis, H3CZ describes what happened, what could have been, and how, now at peace, he’s pumped up about the Green Wall’s inevitable return. Selling OpTic to Immortals: Regrets and lessons Singling out the elephant in the room, H3CZ described his mentality during OpTic’s controversial sale to Immortals and how he wished he could have acted differently. “I wouldn’t be as careless as I was, this time around … If I would have been more boisterous or if I would have been more aggressive or if I would have been a little bit more outspoken on Twitter or whatever, I think that would have maybe forced the hand to right the ship.” While disappointed that he didn’t preemptively act to fix what turned out to be an unfortunate situation, H3CZ is aware that he didn’t have the wherewithal to do so at the time. Instead, the experience seems to have taught him valuable lessons that he can carry with him now that the ship’s wheel has been returned to the right hands. A “CDL Super Team” with FaZe, 100T, and Sidemen? Back before the CDL’s teams were solidified, H3CZ reveals that there was a chance for an absurd super team. With conversations between him, Nadeshot, and FaZe’s leadership, he considered pitching a team composed of the best from 100 Thieves, FaZe Clan, and Sidemen. “We did talk about it … building a super team: a super, super team … What if us three owned one team and then just called it a day? We’d rock the shit out of anything and everything that’s out there.” As we all know now, that super team never came into existence. But, on the plus side, each side bought into the league on their own timing and with their own branding. FaZe and NRG were in it for the inaugural season while 100T finally entered for 2021 and the Sidemen’s Vikram ‘Vikkstar’ Singh Barn has just been announced as a co-owner of the London Royal Ravens. Fortunately, none of the above happened, and now, we can all join H3CZ in looking forward to what comes next for the Green Wall.

Censor interview: Ideal teammates & franchise locations, post-FaZe struggles and more MLGEx-Call of Duty professional Doug ‘Censor’ Martin spoke about his CoD history and future hopes ahead of his return to competitive CoD in an interview with Dexerto. Censor is a veteran CoD player who has played multiple CoD titles competitively since 2011 before retiring in October of 2018. He’s well known for his time with FaZe Clan where he was able to win MLG Columbus 2014, as well as UMG Nashville. Despite not playing, Martin still represents the team as a content creator with over three million subscribers on YouTube. However, on August 21 the American announced a return to competitive CoD, and has since spoken with Dexerto about his CoD history, future hopes, potential franchises, and more. What made you decide you’re going to return to the competitive scene to play? Had you considered doing broadcast work instead? “I never wanted to leave the competitive scene, ever. I’m making a detailed video that debunks every rumor and false narrative that has been spread about me – go check it out. “I love broadcast but I don’t want to do it as a full-time gig. I’m a Youtuber and streamer as well, so that would be my priority if I’m not playing.” What did you learn during your last stint as a competitive player and why do you think CoD hasn’t worked out for you since being dropped from FaZe by Aches? “The thing I learned the most when I was a pro is how important it is to have your team communicating on the same page. The skill gap is really small and it is a repetitive game. The thing that really separates first from last is attitude and chemistry.” “Politics. It’s a really complicated scenario that I will address in a video, so check it out on my YouTube channel.” If you could pick four players for your team who would they be? “Austin ‘SlasheR’ Liddicoat, and then it doesn’t matter. Give me SlasheR and I’ll win multiple championships.” What’s your dream franchise location and who would your ideal pick be if FaZe doesn’t work out? “New York.” How many franchises have you been in contact with? “Multiple, I want to make sure I speak with every franchise though. You never know what will happen.” Do you think you bring more to a team than just playing (i.e. your brand/popularity) – do you think that will be valued by franchises? “I think I offer more than any talented player could offer. I know this is business as it has been my life’s work. I have specific plans on how to build a franchise and I would love to talk in detail about those plans with a team. I’m not selfish, I don’t care about immediate money. I have a long term vision and with the right people it will come true.” Do you think franchising is a good or bad thing for CoD and why? “I think franchising is amazing for CoD. The real money is entering the game and now it will push deliverables and agendas, whereas with the previous format there was too much complacency and comfort with teams. I love what OpTic Gaming, FaZe, Envy, eUnited, Splyce, etc have done for the community and the fanbase they built because without them franchising wouldn’t happen, but, this is the correct move.” For now, Censor’s competitive future rests on finding a new organization, with teams assembling their squads for Call of Duty’s franchised league, which kicks off next year in 2020. Unlike previous seasons, the city-based teams will be able to name substitutes who can replace players inbetween maps, giving teams more power over their lineup, and players an even greater opportunity to compete on the highest level. So far, nine CDL spots have been snapped up, with teams splashing at least $25 million to get their hands on their desired city of choice, with each team designated to represent a location, and play home matches there. Whether FaZe Clan secures a place in the league remains to be seen, but it’s clear that Censor won’t let his allegiance to the organization cost him the opportunity to compete next season. The signing period for the Call of Duty League officially kicks off on Tuesday, September 3, with free agents eligible to sign a contract with any of the nine franchises competing in the league. Where Censor will end up remains to be seen, but the 25-year-old is confident that he has the right tools to make any organization he joins a success.

FaZe Cellium interview: the MVP race, CDL Champs meta, and Pop Smoke Call of Duty League[jwplayer br5AuoVJ]The Atlanta FaZe flex and Call of Duty League MVP candidate, McArthur ‘Cellium’ Jovan, discussed the MVP race, FaZe’s place in a new CDL meta, and more in an interview with Dexerto. Cellium has been on an absolute tear this season. His team is ranked No. 1 in the CDL, his K/D sits at a pretty 1.14, and his name sits atop the majority of MVP lists. https://twitter.com/CODLeague/status/1284954551913607168 Atlanta has 250 CDL Points and goes into a stacked final event, the Toronto Home Series, at 23-6, but have lost three of their last five matches. Before their chance to cement the top seed, we spoke with Cellium about everything from how FaZe and the league are impacted by a double-AR meta to the MVP race and his current pregame hype song. The MVP Race You’re known for that clutch factor, but also for being consistent and versatile. Do you consider yourself the best player in the league or is there someone with more impact? “I think it’s different for every team, I think every team has the player that they need. Our whole team needs each other, so I wouldn’t be in the position that I’m in without my teammates. I think MajorManiak, Simp, aBeZy, and Priestahh — they all put me in great spots to clutch up when I need to and get the kills that I get.” Cellium just went ABSOLUTELY NEXT LEVEL. pic.twitter.com/12Xu0eXngZ — Landon Sanders (@LandO) March 9, 2020 Who do you think is your biggest competition for MVP? “I haven’t seen the other three candidates, but the only one I know right now is Shotzzy and I think he’s a really good MVP candidate.” Based on this past weekend’s broadcast graphic, the other three are Envoy, Mack, and Skyz. Is anyone missing from the list? “Simp is missing from that list.” [The CDL has since updated its MVP candidates to include Simp instead of Mack.] Speaking of the league’s best, are you the best SND player in the CDL? “Nah I don’t think so, cause I lost a few clutches this last tournament. It’s probably a sniper or something.” [#CDL2020 Florida | Final] WHAT A MAP 🤯@Cellium gets the 1v2 in round 11 to win Arklov Peak 6-5, tying up the series 1-1 vs @OpTicGaming! Next up, Hackney Yard Domination. 📺 Watch live – https://t.co/Lciwhc23jJ pic.twitter.com/IOFN1m7iIq — Dexerto Esports (@DexertoEsports) May 11, 2020 Who’s the most consistent player? “Probably Simp.” Clutchest player? [Laughs] “Probably me.” The double-AR meta The CDL meta shifted to more AR-heavy, slightly slowing the pace and, by your standards, you guys had a disappointing event. Looking toward Toronto and Champs, do you think this meta hurts FaZe more than others and how are you adapting to it? “This new meta, the two-AR meta, it kind of hurt us but we’re getting used to it—with Preston having a second AR. I think it’s going to help us now that we’re used to it. I think our whole team is comfortable now with the guns we’re using.” Seeing Arcitys and Clayster both look more comfortable on AR, do you think the other top three teams (Chicago Huntsmen, Dallas Empire, and Florida Mutineers) are better suited to this meta? “Other teams have improved for sure with the new meta. But I think people underestimate MajorManiak and Priestahh with their ARs. People underestimate them a lot and focus on Simp and aBezY because they’re the crackheads. I feel like people don’t know how good Priestahh and MajorManiak really are with the ARs.” Who do you think is the toughest competition in the league moving forward? “There’s a lot of tough competition out there right now. There are four teams that can win this whole thing, you know? There’s a lot of good teams, but the Huntsmen, Dallas, and Florida are the main three.” Of Chicago, Dallas, and Florida — does one stand out or are they all on the same tier? “Nah, our whole team thinks they’re all on the same tier. If our team plays right, then we can beat anyone.” To end the night of @CODLeague for us after such a roller coaster of a match… The man himself @Cellium earns our very first “”Impact”” Play of the Match Presented by @ScufGaming with his smart 1v2 Clutch to close out the match vs @SeattleSurge. See you tomorrow COD Fans!#EZAF pic.twitter.com/RVxd9aZe71 — Atlanta FaZe (@ATLFaZe) June 13, 2020 People generally think that your team is the league’s most talented, but plays sloppily due to the ability to just slay out anyway. Do you agree that your fundamental teamplay has been subpar and has that been a point of emphasis to work on? “For sure. In the past weeks of practice, the main thing we’ve been focusing on is our communication. I feel like, in the past, our communication was pretty bad — just all of us saying stuff at once. But I think we’ve all learned how to calm down and say things one at a time so that we can know what each other is doing.” The nitty, gritty wrap-up So…it has to be asked. Assuming you saw the iLLeY impersonator on The Codcast, were you vexed? [Laughs] “Nah I wasn’t mad, I was laughing at it when I watched the clip.” Favorite pregame music? “I don’t know, I listen to whatever’s on my playlist. Right now, it’s “For the Night” by Pop Smoke.” Any game-day superstitions? “I don’t think so, the only thing I need before a game is just to have the AC around 70. Not too hot.” Despite his team’s struggles in their past two events, Cellium still hasn’t finished a single event with a negative K/D. Now, he and FaZe meet the test of a Toronto field stacked with the likes of Chicago, Dallas, and Florida — a chance to lock in a top seed and convince voters that Cellium is the league’s MVP. He might not like it too hot, but it’s time for FaZe to prove they can fry again.

Exclusive: Call of Duty devs reveal Shipment’s genesis was “truly an accident” ActivisionShipment, one of the Call of Duty series’ most iconic maps, was “truly an accident,” devs told Dexerto in a recent interview, as they simply “forgot” to remove it from the launch build before Modern Warfare launched around the globe. When it comes to the most popular maps in CoD history, everyone has their favorites. Whether it’s Strike or Slums for the competitive fans, Highrise or Terminal for the quickscopers at heart, or Nuketown for the more casual crowd, we all have our go-to picks. But there’s no denying Shipment is often the first to spring to mind for many veterans in the community. Since its debut in 2007’s Modern Warfare (the first one), it’s been among the most important maps in the franchise. Along with Rust in the years following, it arguably became the hottest spot for 1v1s. If feuds ever needed to be settled, this dreary, minuscule layout is where you’d go to war. Though it turns out, developers at Infinity Ward never actually planned for Shipment to be this popular. In fact, the now-fan-favorite map wasn’t even supposed to see the light of day, at least not in its existing form. As Multiplayer Design Director Geoff Smith told us in a recent conversation, Shipment was “truly an accident.” Shipment was never meant to be Modern Warfare’s most iconic map As our recent interview was winding down, we pushed two senior multiplayer devs to name their own favorite maps spanning the past two decades. Joking it was simply “too personal a question,” Smith instead delved into the backstory of one particular map many would put forward as their personal favorite: Shipment. “There’s little happy experiments. Things that worked out, things that didn’t work out for whatever reason. I think the bane of my existence is Shipment.” Originally, Shipment was designed purely as a “split-screen map, back when that was a thing,” Smith revealed. The smaller plot of land, the simpler geometry, the more basic layout, all of it was purpose-built to accommodate players as their old TV screens were sliced in half. During Modern Warfare’s development, however, devs used this playspace for some internal tests and thus, it found its way onto the game’s broader “playlist script.” From there, it was simply never removed. “Our MP lead at the time, when we went live, forgot to [pull] it out and there was no going back. That was truly an accident.” Modern Warfare hit store shelves in 2007 with one more map than what Infinity Ward originally planned. Had devs remembered to double-check the playlist script at the final hour, there’s no telling what may have become of Shipment. Perhaps it would’ve struck a chord with the select few enjoying split-screen, but there’s every chance it could’ve ended up as another CoD map lost to time. 16 years on and with five other appearances in mainline CoD titles since, it has no doubt blossomed into one of CoD’s most popular battlegrounds ever. A happy accident if ever there was one.

Exclusive: Call of Duty devs reveal how far in advance they plan seasonal content ActivisionJust how far in advance do Call of Duty developers plan ahead? With the pivot to a seasonal model and new content always right around the corner, we spoke with two key figures at Infinity Ward to learn how the team stays on top of it all. Back in CoD’s formative years, when a new game hit store shelves every holiday period, that was mostly it. The full package, content complete, all on the disc. Then came the era of downloadable content, a period in which Activision’s FPS juggernaut largely dominated virtual marketplaces with its regular cadence of map packs. Nowadays, however, the typical multiplayer game is all but expected to have a more efficient method of delivery. New cosmetic items, new maps for a litany of game modes, new playlists, balance changes, even new experiences on the whole are deployed with each passing season. It’s safe to say there’s always plenty in the oven. As Infinity Ward’s Multiplayer Design Director Geoff Smith put it, “Once the game comes out, we’re still at it for another year.” So how exactly do CoD developers meet the demand? How far out is this seasonal content nailed down? Are initial plans always set in stone or can dev teams pivot if they see a new opportunity arise? Here’s what we found out in our recent interview. “I think [in] the final ship year, we already have our plan for post-launch,” Smith told us. While some quirks may still need to be ironed out along the way, at the very least, a rough roadmap is in place before that year’s CoD title even launches. “Maybe those maps haven’t been started, but at least we’ve earmarked what they could or should be. There’s always kind of a rough plan. Different things happen, different situations come up, and those plans can change. But we’ve been trying to get better at pre-planning the post-launch stuff.” As mentioned above, the release date for a new CoD title in the modern era is in many ways just the starting point. With a full year of support still left to attend to, a great deal of work remains long after fans get their hands on the premium release. Naturally, it’s a “tough” balance, Smith admitted, but one the team at Infinity Ward has been trying to improve at to “make [their] lives a bit easier in the post-launch period. One such area of improvement is simply having map ideas laid out well in advance, Co-Design Director of Multiplayer Joseph Cecot added. Given the tight turnaround on some of this seasonal content, “nothing feels worse than not getting to test a map before it goes to art,” he explained. “Not having the time to really feel it out and find issues. Then you’re stuck either asking forgiveness from art because you’re trying to move things and change things that are locked. Or you’re having to live with it and solve it in other ways. That doesn’t feel good. So the more we can be ready to feed into the art pipeline, the better.” To some degree, devs argue they have to “read the tea leaves” in order to predict what’s going to land best and at what time. In that sense, Smith gave an example of map diversity in Modern Warfare 2, saying the team “probably missed on some nature maps. Something in the woods. We have a lot of urban stuff. Maybe as a counter-point, we could do more nature stuff.” It’s all a balancing act but one certainly not left up in the air until the last minute. Quite the opposite as we now know, and during the conversation, the devs even teased what fans can expect from the final batch of Modern Warfare 2 maps later this year.

Exclusive: Activision had a working DMZ build before Warzone devs even started on Verdansk ActivisionIn our recent sit down with Infinity Ward, two lead multiplayer developers on the Call of Duty franchise confirmed longstanding rumors that they indeed had a working DMZ prototype before work even began on what would become Warzone’s original map in Verdansk. When Warzone burst onto the scene in early 2020, it took the battle royale genre by storm. Dropping 150 players into one giant map and having them fight with Call of Duty’s pristine FPS fundamentals proved to be a recipe for success. More than 100 million fans jumped into the game during its initial boom period, helping Activision generate billions in revenue. However, it turns out the wildly popular BR formula wasn’t actually first in line to break the traditional multiplayer mold for the CoD series. Rather, a more tactical game mode was surprisingly built first, though one that didn’t see the light of day until 2022. Confirming earlier rumors that Warzone 2’s new DMZ mode had been in the works for quite some time, devs revealed to us at Dexerto they indeed had “working prototypes” before work even began on Warzone’s original Verdansk map. Originally, seemingly as early as 2018, Infinity Ward “felt ripples” and “saw trends” in the FPS market they wanted CoD to capitalize on. One such example was the rising popularity of more tactically-focused, survival-based games such as Escape From Tarkov. Thus, the idea for the ‘Demilitarized Zone’ (DMZ) came into focus. The concept as it was five years ago, largely remained intact for what we now have in Warzone 2 today. Dozens of players dropped into a vast, open battlefield, engaging with AI, securing loot, and extracting valuable goods before doing it all over again on repeat. Devs were actively playtesting CoD’s take on this style of FPS before work began on the first Battle Royale iteration. “We actually had working prototypes before we started making Verdansk,” Multiplayer Design Director Geoff Smith told us. “We felt that was a direction we needed to go. We felt those trends that early, but we didn’t have the bandwidth to execute on it at the time.” In a different timeline, it seems there’s a very solid likelihood DMZ could have reached the market long before Warzone. Devs had the foresight to begin planning many years ago, though ultimately pivoted to focus on what would become a massively successful BR instead. “In general, good game development is to try crazy, scary stuff,” Smith joked after revealing DMZ’s early origins. Part of the gig is to keep tabs on the industry as a whole, check in on the competition, and see how new ideas can come to life under the CoD umbrella, he explained. “Just trying different things, sometimes they’re first person, sometimes they’re third person, sometimes they’re one life, sometimes they’re respawn, sometimes they’re console or PC,” Infinity Ward’s Joseph Cecot continued. “Always playing and looking at what’s there. It’s just like anyone who writes books, they read a lot of books. Anyone who makes TV, they watch a lot of TV. So you kind of want to know what you’re getting yourself into and how you can stand out.” Given how early DMZ was clearly being experimented with, there’s really no telling what the CoD devs may already be planning for the next few years. Evidently beyond just annual releases themselves, but even more expansive, franchise-defining modes could very well be in their prototype stages today.

Excelerate Gaming finalize roster overhaul ahead of CWL Fort Worth ExGRostermania is in full force as Excelerate Gaming have parted ways with their professional Call of Duty roster less than two weeks before the CWL Fort Worth major tournament is set to kick off. Update, March 9: Excelerate announced their roster for Fort Worth and the Pro League – and it includes two former players. Although ExG previously announced that their entire roster has parted ways, ProFeeZy and MRuiz have found their way back on the team. Joining them will be Brack and JetLii from Midnight, as well as Skyz from UYU. We are proud to announce the new roster for Fort Worth and the rest of the Pro League! ⬆ @CesarSkyz ⬆ @MRuiz__ ⬆ @ProFeeZy ⬆ @BrackCN ⬆ @EricJetLii ⬆ @RickyAtura (Coach)#JustExcel pic.twitter.com/bFDKS688sp— Excelerate Gaming (@ExcelerateGG) March 10, 2019 Excelerate Gaming Roster ProFeeZy – MRuiz – JetLii – Skyz – Brack – Coach: Ricky – Original story as follows. All five players from ExG’s starting lineup – Christpher ‘ProFeezy’ Astudillo, Michael ‘Beehzy’ Said, Mike ‘MRuiz’ Ruiz, Robert ‘RobbieB’ Brugnoli and Austin ‘Believe’ Smith – have parted ways with the org and are no longer in the CWL Pro League. “We’d like to wish them the best of luck going forward, and want to thank them for all they’ve done while under Excelerate,” said CEO Justin Tan. “With CWL Fort Worth approaching quickly, we plan to have an announcement soon, regarding our CWL Pro League roster. Prior to ExG’s formal announcement, ProFeezy had already confirmed that he, Beehzy, MRuiz, and Believe were looking for a new organization to represent at Fort Worth. They’ve also announced that they are looking for a new fifth player for their team as they’ve chosen not to keep on RobbieB, and it’s highly unlikely that they would be will to recruit their former teammate FA5TBALLA after his contentious demotion to the substitute’s role a few weeks ago. As for the CWL rule that requires all orgs to retain at least one player that took part in the Pro League, ExG have met this requirement by keeping on FA5TBALLA as their substitute. Regardless of what ends up happening down the line, the more urgent question is which group of players will ExG be fielding at the upcoming CWL Fort Worth pro tournament, which is set to take place March 15-17. The deadline for all roster moves has been set to March 8, so we will not have to wait too long to find out who will be representing ExG. ExG are currently in Pool C with Midnight Esports, Splyce, and Luminosity Gaming, so whoever ends up putting on their jersey will definitely have their work cut out.

Excelerate Gaming CoD manager explains why FA5TBALLA is being dropped from CWL Pro League team Another controversial roster change has captured headlines in Call of Duty esports, this time involving North American organization Excelerate Gaming. On February 22, Excelerate Gaming announced that they were transitioning Ethan ‘FA5TBALLA’ Wedgeworth to the substitute’s role and promoting former sub Christopher ‘RobbieB3319’ Astudillo to the starting squad. As a result, FA5TBALLA will lose his status as a pro player, and any benefits that come along with it, such as a guaranteed spot in future tournaments and any potential prize money. After the roster change became official, FA5TBALLA posted a message on Twitter in which he emotionally recounted his side of the story, expressing his frustrations and sadness at the demotion. “It was extremely hard for me to even type this out as I had a mental breakdown and went into shock when I received the news,” he wrote. “I have been up for 40 hours or so now, I have no idea what the future holds for me. I can only hope for the best.” sadly the owner did someone has to slide first I asked him if he knew where all the harpoints were located on the CWL maps and that there is more to COD then a sheet of K/Ds he had no answer — ExG Mr. Balla (@FA5TBALLA) February 22, 2019 Apparently that tweet was the last straw for ExG, who had not yet released an official statement or explanation at that time, and CoD team manager ‘j0rdinho’ proceeded to explain on Reddit that FA5TBALLA was not telling the full story. “Justin didn’t use his K/D as justification,” he posted. “Ethan refused to listen to what was being told of him, and HE used his K/D as the reason he was being scapegoated. He wasn’t dropped for K/D, he was dropped because he was incredibly toxic and uncoachable, and refused to listen to anyone but himself.” “This change stemmed from the team, and as an organization we felt the need to carry out the decision based on their remarked regarding team atmosphere and overall cohesion.” Their main contention was with the fact that ExG has played just three matches in the CWL Pro League thus far, going 1-2, and that it was way too early for a change of this magnitude. I begged my org owner to at least let me finish my division matches vs the lower seeded teams he wasn’t having it — ExG Mr. Balla (@FA5TBALLA) February 22, 2019 But did the org make the decision or was your whole team trying to do this? Either way feel like it’s pretty dumb considering you guys weren’t bad by any means — 100T Priestahh (@Priestahh) February 23, 2019 Ah see now that’s just pathetic. You guys looked good, and people win events with negative K/Ds. You also only playing like three matches. What a joke. — FaZe ZooMaa (@ZooMaa) February 23, 2019 Fastballa GRAFTED for that spot, could see the guy put everything into getting in the league over the years to get thrown to the side with his dream. Imagine qualifying for a league for the power to go to suits, franchise rules with no suit money. — Dylan Daly (@MadCat) February 22, 2019 ExG currently sit in sixth place of Division B at the CWL Pro League, tied with Team Envy and 100 Thieves at 1-2. You can keep updated on all scores, schedules, and standings my visiting our dedicated CWL Pro League hub. How do you feel about this roster change? Do you think FA5TBALLA has a right to be upset, or is his demotion his own fault. Tweet us @DexertoINTEL and let us know what you think!

Excelerate CoD player allegedly leaves ‘disgusting’ toilet gift after getting dropped Excelerate Gaming’s Call of Duty Pro League team made a roster move and the player being replaced, FA5TBALLA, allegedly decided to leave them with an unwholesome parting gift. Excelerate started off the Pro League with a tough schedule, playing top two teams in the form of eUnited and Heretics as well as reigning world champs Team Envy. They dropped two of the three matches and decided to make a change. Since the roster window for changes was closed, their only move was to make substitute Robert ‘RobbieB’ Brugnoli a member of the active roster. The team chose to replace Ethan ‘FA5TBALLA’ Wedgeworth with RobbieB, and it would appear that FA5TBALLA did not take the news well. 600He let fans know his feelings by announcing that he he left something for his former teammates before heading to the airport. “Off to the airport here soon handing my life’s work to another man,” said FA5TBALLA. “Least I could do was clog the toilet before I leave.” His teammate Michael ‘Beehzy’ Said commented on the situation on Reddit, saying that he had to clean up the mess before Robbie could move into the apartment. “It was actually disgusting what I had to clean up today,” he stated on Reddit. “I feel bad for Robbie and the janitor who had to deal with the toilets.” Beehzy described the results of FA5TBALLA’s ‘gift’, saying the water overflowed into the hallway and even surrounding apartments. A video has since been shared on Reddit that allegedly shows FA5TBALLA’s apartment after he left. We are currently unable to confirm whether it is indeed his room. *Warning* This video includes some NSFW content that some readers might find offensive. Wtf from u/Tropical12345 Excelerate is currently in a three-way tie for 4th place in Division B. Next week, with RobbieB taking the place of FA5TBALLA, they have matches with 100t, E6, Splyce and Denial.

Ex-pro KiLLa claims “everyone is on” Adderall in the CoD esports scene EsportsNation / MinnPostFormer Call of Duty pro player and World Champion Adam ‘KiLLa’ Sloss opened up about the alleged rampant usage of Adderall in CoD esports, and how the drug affected his own career path. It’s no secret that one of the biggest negatives of the esports scene, particularly in Call of Duty, is the seemingly unchecked and widespread usage of Adderall. Adderall is a prescription drug that’s mainly intended to treat patients with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). However, its ability to sharpen response times and reflexes has increasingly appealed to professional gamers over the years, to the point where the drug is used at almost every competitive gaming event. Speaking to the Washington Post about the issue, KiLLa revealed that many players in the CoD scene have been taking the substance for years. According to the 2013 World Champion, however, it’s not something that gets talked about, because it’s essentially an open secret. “Nobody talks about it because everyone is on it,” he claimed. “Witnessed? Yeah, very frequently and a lot to be honest. It’s a major problem.” KiLLa also revealed that Adderall was “a big reason” why he stopped competing in the early months of 2019. He said that the widespread use of the drug was something he couldn’t “keep up with.” As the Washington Post article highlights, Call of Duty is just one of several major esports scenes that suffer from Adderall overuse. CS:GO pro Kory “Semphis” Friesen, Overwatch League player Timo “Taimou” Kettunen and former Gears of War star Jimmy “HighDistortion” Moreno all claimed that their respective esports have the same issue. These claims continue to arise, despite most organizers of these esports scenes enacting policies against the usage of performance-enhancing prescription drugs. The OWL, for example, says “prescription drugs may only be used to treat the condition for which they are prescribed and may not be used to enhance performance in a game, match or tournament.” Thus, the root of the problem seems to not be the lack of such policies, but rather the enforcement of these rules, since players clearly aren’t policing themselves on arguably one of the biggest issues in esports.

Ex-OpTic content creator MiDNiTE joins Minnesota Call of Duty franchise MiDNiTE/COD_MNFormer OpTic content creator, Ashley “MiDNiTE” Glassel has announced she will be joining Minnesota’s Call of Duty team. In a new YouTube video, Glassel revealed that everything just fell into her lap after moving back to Minnesota to be with her family. MiDNiTE said that shortly after she came back home, the Wilfs, who own the Minnesota Vikings, of which she is a fan, started WISE Ventures Esports and their first investment is this Call of Duty team. “As soon as I heard about the Call of Duty team investment here in Minnesota, I was instantly obviously interested,” she explained. “My two favorite things: Call of Duty, Minnesota Vikings… esports, it just makes sense.” Ashley, who spent ten years with OpTic stated that her first few meetings with Minnesota Call of Duty went well and they explained their mission statement to her. “Going forward I will be working very closely with the Minnesota Call of Duty team,” she said. “I can’t say the team name. I can’t say too much other information that has not been announced yet, but I am ecstatic to begin working with them.” “I’m going to start off in a bit of a consulting role. I think there’s a lot of areas I can help in and there’s a lot of areas they need help in right now,” the gamer proudly announced. “They’re new to the space. They’re new to Call of Duty… they maybe don’t have the same advantage of another team who has already been in Call of Duty and they just bought a league spot so it’s an easy transition. They’re new, but that doesn’t necessarily mean they’re not going to be impactful right away. I think that’s why they wanted to work with me and why I want to work with them.” The long-time content creator then went into detail about what she’d be doing with the team. “I think I can help them in a multitude of areas. Whether it’s helping with the players at first, whether it’s building this super awesome HQ that we’re going to have eventually, content obviously my strong point… social media, these are all things I’m experienced in within the Call of Duty esports realm.” Pumped to welcome @MiDNiTEMN to the our crew! She’ll be part of the core team working to launch the new org. https://t.co/pffEEsrVZ6 — Call of Duty Minnesota (@COD_MN) August 9, 2019 Glassel joined OpTic 10 years ago and was the first female content creator to be part of the Green Wall. Her popular YouTube channel has amassed nearly 650K subscribers. The Minnesota Call of Duty franchise will start competing in the new league in 2020.

Ex-Infinity Ward dev confirms CoD 2019 will be ‘Modern Warfare’ amid MW4 rumors ActivisionInfinity Ward’s former Creative Strategist and Community Manager Robert ‘fourzerotwo’ Bowling has dropped yet another hint at the studio’s 2019 Call of Duty offering – this time, all but confirming the rumor that it will be Modern Warfare 4. All signs point to MW4 Although there has been nothing official, all signs point to a fourth entry in the Modern Warfare series being released in late 2019, with a sequel to Ghosts or Infinite Warfare increasingly unlikely. In addition to Activision stating that the 2019 CoD title will be ‘rooted in franchise history’, a number of leaks, rumors and analyst opinions all indicate MW4 is in the works, perhaps joined by a remaster of Modern Warfare 2 and/or 3. Fourzerotwo confirms CoD 2019 will be Modern Warfare Earlier in 2019, Bowling confirmed that a ‘modern’ shooter would be releasing in 2019, and although fans were certain he was referring to the Call of Duty franchise, this wasn’t clear. Following more rumors, after the the term ‘Modern Warfare 4′ was (supposedly) heard at a private test event and Eurogamer dropped a not-so-subtle hint by spelling out the games title in their coverage of the event, Bowling has now confirmed that he was referring to the next CoD being ‘modern warfare’. After a fan quoted his post stating “I’ll shit myself if it’s modern warfare” – Bowling coyly responded “you better buy some brown pants.” It’s worth noting that Bowling hasn’t worked on Call of Duty since Modern Warfare 3, when he was the Community Manager, and is now working at Electronic Arts – but undoubtedly still has the connections to be in the know. When will CoD 2019 be revealed? While all of this is still unconfirmed, it probably won’t be long until it is made official. Call of Duty titles are usually teased in late April or early May, with a release date typically in November (although 2018’s Black Ops 4 bucked this trend by releasing on October 12). Call of Duty fans are expecting a Modern Warfare 4 teaser any day now, and grow more impatient with every leak, hint and rumor.

ex-CoL reverse swept in Hitch’s Black Ops 2 tournament – results Twitter: HitcharrideMembers of the former Complexity Call of Duty dynasty suffered a reverse sweep defeat in the grand finals of Team Summertime’s Movemeber Invitational Black Ops 2 throwback event. As is tradition with the conclusion of a Call of Duty season, players flock to older games that they enjoy in a bid to create content, win some money, and relax during the off-season. The return to these titles has prompted throwback tournaments, with former OpTic Gaming member Davis ‘Hitch’ Edwards usually in the middle of proceedings. The content creator took things up a notch this time around though, linking up with Movember and the EsportsStadium in Arlington, Texas to run a charity event on a massive different scale. Running through September 28-29, eight teams competed for a portion of the $10,000 prize pool, as well as putting on a show to help raise some funds for Movember. When things got down to business on “Championship Sunday,” only two teams remained, with 6 out of 7 – a team made up of Crimsix, Karma, ACHES, and Clayster – and a name referencing their CoD Champs dominance over the years, facing off against the RodSquad of TCM, Twizz, Nelson, and Tsunami. After falling to the eGirl Slayers in round one, the former Complexity members had to battle through a losers bracket run just to get into the Grand Finals. On the other side of things, the RodSquad cruised through the winner’s bracket to gain a series advantage in the final match-up, with 6 out of 7 needing a bracket reset. The former Complexity stars managed to do so, though, taking the first series in a convincing 3-0, before jumping into a 2-0 lead in the second set of matches. Even though they appeared to have one hand on the trophy, they let it slip through their fingers as RodSquad completed the reverse sweep with a 6-3 win on Raid Search and Destroy – bagging themselves the tournament victory and the biggest chunk of the $10,000 prize pool. Aside from that, though, the generosity of the CoD Community was on show, as Hitch revealed that they had raised over $25,000 by the end of the day to benefit the Movember cause. I finally have a chance to think. Thank you so much to @EsportsStadium @Movember @eBeatzMusic @TurtleBeach and @ScufGaming for making this thing happen. $25,075.10 raised for suicide awareness and prevention. All from a Black Ops 2 tournament on Xbox 360 ty CoD community :green_heart: pic.twitter.com/U0erQUCexE — davis. (@hitchariide) September 30, 2019

Ex-CoD pros criticized for joining college Call of Duty league CCL Call of Duty League/CCLA group of former Call of Duty pros and upcoming amateurs — including CoD world champion Justin ‘SiLLy’ Fargo-Palmer — have enrolled at Bay State College to join the collegiate Call of Duty league with a full scholarship. The CCL is widely regarded as the best place for top college CoD teams to compete, with players earning scholarships to get them through their education as well as making a bit of money for competing. While it’s been a good place for upcoming talent to gain recognition, there has been some backlash as SiLLy’s team, complete with a former pro and several top AMs, is set to compete. An announcement was made on December 14 that the squad would be competing in 2022 for Bay State, and it’s caused a stir online. The squad that will be competing sees SiLLy alongside Timothy ‘Phantomz’ Landis (who previously competed for Evil Geniuses in Black Ops 4, as well as as a substitute for Paris Legion), Dillon ‘Wrecks’ Slotter, and Jacob ‘Druxy’ Eldridge. CCL rules dictate that competitors must be full-time students at their respective colleges, so each of these players will be getting a fully-funded university education — but it’s caused some upset online. Jukester on Reddit said that this is just a case of “top players coming in forming super teams and just finessing cash from college kids who are actually grinding.” Over on Twitter, Azlo said that it “defeats the point” of the CCL. Silly, Phantoms etc in the CCL now?! Doesn’t that defeat the point? idk — Azlo • Eli (@AzloOfficial) December 15, 2021 Meanwhile, it looks like this might not be the last of the big CCL announcements. Another player who has competed in the CDL, Adam ‘GodRX’ Brown hinted that he might be willing to make the move — and this could point to more players following suit. With Challengers players’ impatience towards the scene growing, the CCL could be the perfect outlet for players to compete while also getting an education for their future careers. With a franchised league, collegiate esports could be the future when it comes to team recruitment, similar to leagues such as the NBA and NFL. Whether this works out in a similar way for Call of Duty, however, remains to be seen.

Ex-CoD dev suggests SBMM explanation from Activision contained “bullsh*t” claim ActivisionA former Call of Duty developer has called “bulls**t” on some claims made by the company in a recent post where they spoke about the matchmaking process and, more specifically, skill-based matchmaking. On January 29, the Call of Duty team released a lengthy blog post that explained the matchmaking system in COD, detailing the importance of ping and connection, among other factors, when placing players into matches. Of course, the one key thing most players were looking for was how player skill impacts matchmaking — namely, SBMM, with similarly-capable players pitted against each other rather than a varied mix from very good to very bad players. For the first time ever, after years of questions, the COD devs finally answered, admitting that skill and player performance is, indeed, a variable considered in the matchmaking process. One key part of the blog that stuck out was the following: “Call of Duty has historically considered player performance among other factors as part of our matchmaking process. Our work in this area dates back as early as Call of Duty 4: Modern Warfare (2007).” With the suggestion that SBMM has been in COD since some of its earliest days, many players questioned to what extent it had been changed over the years — though one former developer suggested it was “bulls**t” entirely. Replying to a post about the topic on social media, Brian Bright responded with two emojis, suggesting that it wasn’t entirely truthful. Bright is a former principal designer at Infinity Ward, having worked on Call of Duty in some capacity from Modern Warfare 3 (2011) all the way up until 2019’s Modern Warfare. Bright didn’t expand at all on his comment, but many have taken it as proof that SBMM is not as old a game mechanic as the devs are suggesting. This has certainly thrown a spanner in the works, with Call of Duty players not sure of who to believe in this situation, but it’s clear that no matter how SBMM worked in the past, they won’t be getting rid of it any time soon.

Evil Geniuses Win the 2018 CWL Championship In the biggest underdog victory in the history of the event, Evil Geniuses are the world champions of the WWII season. Evil Geniuses were barely even on the radar as potential champions, but after defeating Team Kaliber in the grand finals they claim the trophy and the $600,000 first place prize that comes with it. In the first series of the grand finals Evil Geniuses took a 2-0 lead, but Team Kaliber pulled off a reverse sweep to force a second best-of-five. Once again EG were able to go up 2-0, and this time they didn’t let tK come back, closing it out in Capture the Flag for the 3-0 sweep and the championship. In the group stage Evil Geniuses were only a single map away from being eliminated from the tournament, pulling off a miraculous 3-0 sweep of OpTic Gaming to eliminate the defending world champions and reach the playoffs. Read more: 2018 CWL Championship Final Placements – Once there, Evil Geniuses marched through the winner bracket to the grand finals, taking down Team Vitality, Lightning Pandas, Team Envy, and Team Kaliber, before defeating Team Kaliber for a second time in the grand final to claim the trophy. With this win, both Patrick ‘Aches’ Price and Bryan ‘Apathy’ Zhelyazkov have earned their second championship rings, joining Jordan ‘JKap’ Kaplan and Ian ‘Crimsix’ Porter as two-time winners of the most prestigious event in Call of Duty. Damon ‘Karma’ Barlow remains unmatched as a three-time winner. Meanwhile, Justin ‘SiLLY’ Fargo and Adam ‘Assault’ Garcia collect their first rings, becoming the seventeenth and eighteenth players to count themselves as Call of Duty world champions.

Evil Geniuses spotted with potential new fifth following CWL Anaheim disappointment Evil geniuses / MLGCall of Duty roster change, following an image which was released of their latest scrim session. The Evil Geniuses organisation has not found much success in the CoD World League since trading their world championship roster with Team Envy at the start of the CWL season. Following their disappointing result at CWL Anaheim, where they finished Top 16, the team seem to have had enough of their current roster as they were spotted in a pre-game lobby with former Splyce star Lamar ‘Accuracy’ Abedi taking the place of the CWL rookie, Timothy ‘Phantomz’ Landis. It is quite likely that the Evil Geniuses squad are looking at picking up Accuracy, as both him and Phantomz have been accustomed to the main AR roles in their teams so far in Black Ops 4. Read More: Black Ops 4 June 18 update patch notes – Ground war improvements, Playlist updates, and more – It should also come as no shock to see Accuracy playing with other teams, as he is currently an “unrestricted free agent”, after he announced he was released from Splyce, shortly after being moved to the substitute position on June 3. :rotating_light: BREAKING: Accuracy has been spotted in a custom game with @EvilGeniuses + their coach. Phantomz no where to be seen. pic.twitter.com/du4WKJME0B — CWL INTEL #ROSTERMANIA (@INTELCallofDuty) June 19, 2019 The deadline for the final roster movement window of the CWL season will is June 20, which means players will only have a short time before settling on any roster changes. Any rosters locked in beyond this point will be stuck together for the remainder of Black Ops 4, including the CWL Finals in Miami and the Call of Duty World Championship, which will take place in Los Angeles, California. Although many suspect the roster change is going to take place, it has not confirmed by Evil Geniuses or any of the players involved as of now, and it is possible that Accuracy may have just been filling in. The next time fans will get to see teams debut their new lineups from the current transfer window will be for the return of the CWL Pro League, which kicks off again on June 24. Full speculated Evil Geniuses roster: John ‘Xotic’ Bruno – Dillon ‘Attach’ Price – Bryan ‘Apathy’ Zhelyazkov – Jordan ‘JKap’ Kaplan – Lamar ‘Accuracy’ Abedi –

Evil Geniuses reveal Call of Duty future ahead of franchising MLGCall of Duty, confirming that they will not be one of the franchise teams taking part in the new league next year. The highly-anticipated franchising of Call of Duty is set to kick off in early 2020 with the arrival of Modern Warfare and seven teams have already been announced. The city-based format, similar to Activision Blizzard’s Overwatch League, will see squads represent worldwide cities like Atlanta, Dallas, Los Angeles, New York, Minnesota, Paris, and Toronto. A number of current fan-favorite teams like OpTic Gaming, Luminosity Gaming, Team Envy, and Splyce will each run a franchised roster, however, one historic name will not be returning to the scene. On July 22, in a statement, Evil Geniuses revealed that they won’t be making the step into the franchise league for the inaugural season as they look towards the future and keep building the brand’s strength. “We’ve enjoyed competing in COD under the Evil Geniuses name for years, and unfortunately, we won’t be bringing the EG name to the forthcoming CWL Pro League 2020 season, or competing under the banner of any of the city-based franchises,” the statement announced. Evil Geniuses’ also announced that they won’t be leaving their current roster short-handed and will look to help them transition moving forward. They added: “We’re extremely proud of the work that we’ve been able to put into Call of Duty, and our results within the space. We’d like to thank our players and staff for their dedication and effort — we’ll be making sure that they continue to participate in Call of Duty through new homes, and other opportunities.” Despite a heartbreaking elimination in the CWL Finals play-in bracket, and not moving into franchising, Evil Geniuses will still be competing at August’s CWL Championships, their final event in Call of Duty. However, with the draw for the prestigious event still yet to be made, EG will not find out their fate for CoD Champs’ pool play stage until July 31. The exact number of teams that will be a part of the Call of Duty League’s inaugural season is currently unknown. Top names like 100 Thieves, FaZe Clan, and Gen.G are currently without spots, so it remains to be seen as to who will be making the move over as cleary EG won’t be. Evil Geniuses CoD roster Attach – JKap – Xotic – Accuracy – Apathy – FeLo – substitute –

Evil Geniuses Pulls off a Reverse Sweep to Reach CWL Championship Winner Bracket Final Evil Geniuses reverse swept Team Envy to reach the CWL Championship winner bracket final. Evil Geniuses’ charmed run at the CWL Championship continues, having now locked in a minimum top-three placement. On the second day of the event, Evil Geniuses were one map away from a group stage elimination, requiring a 3-0 sweep over OpTic Gaming to reach the playoffs. Having pulled it off, eliminating the defending world champions, EG swept aside Team Vitality and Lightning Pandas to reach the winner bracket semi-finals. Their opponent their, Team Envy, would be their most challenging of the bracket so far. Envy’s own run had seen them dispatch FaZe Clan and Ghost Gaming, and they came into the series against Evil Geniuses hot. Having taken the opening Hardpoint, Envy also claimed the first Search and Destroy, putting them just one map from victory. A tight Capture the Flag went all the way to overtime, but Evil Geniuses were able to secure it to stay alive in the series. The second Hardpoint, on Gibraltar, was another back-and-forth affair, but in the final minute EG were able to pull away to force a fifth game, London Docks Search and Destroy. The teams traded rounds for the majority of the game, but a 1v1 win for captain Patrick ‘Aches’ Price clinched it for EG at 6-4. Envy’s run isn’t over yet. They now go to the lower bracket, where they will face either Elevate or a rematch against FaZe Clan to stay alive.

Evil Geniuses finalize roster for BO4’s Pro League Play-in Brice ‘Faccento’ Faccento will join Evil Geniuses for Black Ops 4’s Pro League Play-in event. EG dropped Renato ‘Saints’ Forza to make room on the roster for Faccento. Saints will be available as a free agent. Faccento joins from a G2 team that looked solid at the start of the year in online events and placed top 16 at CWL Vegas. We’re happy to welcome @BriceFaccento onto our Call of Duty roster ahead of our CWL Pro League play-in campaign! Read more: https://t.co/eKAIQOE5LP pic.twitter.com/WkdQupM5xd — Evil Geniuses (@EvilGeniuses) December 30, 2018 Once Methodz became available from FaZe, G2 added him and made Faccento available to EG. Evil Geniuses placed top 8 at Vegas and was a heavy favorite headed into the Play-in event, but still felt a move was needed, saying “the change comes after much internal deliberation as we look to tighten our focus before the LAN league.” Faccento and Felo will team together for the first time since arguably the most successful stint of their careers, when the pair competed for Rise Nation during the Infinite Warfare season. The pair finished fourth at the 2017 CoD Championships to go along with a third at CWL Paris and a victory at CWL Vegas 2017. To keep up on the rest of the roster moves leading up to the Play-in event, check out Dexerto’s Call of Duty Pro League Qualifier Rostermania Transfer Hub. Evil Genius Roster Xotic – Faccento – FeLo – Goonjar – Royalty –

Evil Geniuses confirm Call of Duty roster shakeup, cite internal issues Evil Geniuses have officially confirmed a massive change to their roster ahead of the first LAN event of the Call of Duty season, CWL Vegas. Andres ‘Lacefield’ Lacefield announced on Thursday, November 15 that he was a free agent, and searching for another team – move that has now been confirmed. Lacefield will be replaced by John ‘Xotic’ Bruno, confirming the roster change that was first made public by Xotic’s former teammate, Chris ‘Parasite’ Duarte. Xotic sketched for EG and gave away our pool play spot to a team we are better than lmfao. He didn’t even tell us until just now and he knew for days. Scum. — Christopher Duarte (@Parasite) November 15, 2018 The organization have now confirmed the change, posting a statement on their Facebook page explaining why they made the decision. EG’s Call of Duty Manager Ryan Towey stated: “Team changes are always a difficult situation. It was brought to my attention very recently that there were several internal issues with our team that resulted in fundamental differences in how we’ve approached both preparation and practice. “After much discussion, a decision was made that it would be in the best interest of the team to make a roster change immediately. Andy is an extremely skilled player and this decision was not made based on performance; we wish him the absolute best at CWL Las Vegas and the remainder of the 2018-2019 CWL season.” The signing of Xotic to their roster will likely see Evil Geniuses sneak into the final pool play spot for CWL Vegas. The team who will miss out is the team that Xotic left, with former teammate Parasite furious at the situation, labelling the former Lightning Pandas player as “scum.” Read More: Major changes made to CWL ruleset ahead of CWL Vegas tournament – map pool, item restrictions, and more – It’s possible that Duarte could face off against Xotic and Evil Geniuses at CWL Vegas, as his team should have enough points to qualify for the play-in tournament once they officially announce their fifth. CWL Vegas Open is set to take place on December 7-9, at the Hard Rock Rotel in Las Vegas, Nevada.

Evil Geniuses Coach Bevils and Rise Nation’s SlasheR Disagree on How Pros Should Approach Practicing Search and Destroy Embry ‘Bevils’ Bevil and Austin ‘SlasheR’ Liddicoat have discussed the lack of the Search and Destroy practice that professional Call of Duty teams put in, disagreeing on its importance. Known as a Search and Destroy star, Bevils sat out the entirety of the Black Ops 3 and Infinite Warfare seasons before deciding to take another shot at the professional scene with the release of Call of Duty: WWII. Following a handful of top 12 finishes Bevils surprisingly decided to retire from playing right in the middle of Season 1 of the CWL Pro League before accepting a spot as the coach of Evil Geniuses in April. The new lineup found immediate success with a second place finish at CWL Seattle and it looks like they have decided to keep Bevils on heading into Season 2 of the CWL Pro League. Read More: Arcitys Gets Dragged Into Rostermania Drama as CoD Insider Leaks More Evidence of OpTic Gaming Changes – With his Search and Destroy roots, it is only natural that Bevils has some strong opinions about the game mode and in the early hours of May 3rd he took to Twitter to make it clear that he finds it surprising that so few professional teams practice it. Rise Nation’s SlasheR responded explaining that he has rarely found Search and Destroy scrims to be productive, but Bevils was quick to fire back by saying that this is because of the mindset that the players have with nobody taking it seriously. I disagree. Scrimming snd has only been productive a couple of times out of the 20-30 I’ve tried — Austin Liddicoat (@SlasheR_AL) May 3, 2018 With every best of five series featuring two maps of Search and Destroy, it seems counter-intuitive for players not to want to practice the mode but SlasheR gave two reasons why he doesn’t like to practice against his competition. He states that he prefers to play against ameteur teams because they “take it seriously” and then goes on to say that he is less worried about showing them his strategies and that he sees “no value in scrimming SnD against contenders to win an event”. I’ve only liked scrimming snd against top am teams. 1. They take it seriously and 2. I’m realistically not too worried about showing them my actual strategies. I find no value in scrimming snd against contenders to win an event — Austin Liddicoat (@SlasheR_AL) May 3, 2018 Once again Bevils responded saying that Rise Nation is one of the best teams in Search and Destroy and has some of the best players in that mode so he understands why they might not want to scrim against their competition and give away too many tactics. However, he finishes by saying that he finds it “unacceptable” that so many professional teams are so “bad” at SnD and that the lack practice simply leads to them winging it in official matches and hoping for the best. Due to a lack of practice in the mode. Pro snd for most teams is purely winged with everyone using the same rehashed basic strats and seeing who will play better and clutch up. — bevils (@bevils1sg) May 3, 2018 SlasheR’s opinion about not wanting to show tactics to other teams is one that has been held by many of the top players for a number of years in the Call of Duty scene. Some would argue that the fact that top CS:GO teams scrim against one another an a daily basis and then play each other in competitions is evidence that this is a non-issue. However, others would point out that CS:GO’s depth of tactics and strategies with varies grenades and setups make it much harder to predict what someone will do. It does seem that Bevils has a point, though. To completely avoid practicing a crucial aspect of the game just so that nobody else can practice it and potentially learn something feels a bit like everyone deciding to shoot themselves in the foot.

Evil Geniuses Call of Duty Players React to Winning the 2018 CWL Championship Eric Ananmalay / ESPAT MediaPatrick ‘ACHES’ Price, Adam ‘Assault’ Garcia, Bryan ‘Apathy’ Zhelyazkov and Justin ‘SiLLy’ Fargo-Palmer are the 2018 Call of Duty world champions. Evil Geniuses claimed gold at the Call of Duty World League Championship on August 19, defeating Team Kaliber in the grand final, and it didn’t take the players long to react to their incredible achievement. ACHES took to Twitter to say “LETS FUCKING GOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO. FINALLYYYYY”. The 2014 world champion had not won an event since the MLG Columbus Open in November of 2014 but proved many doubters wrong with a solid performance throughout the tournament. Read More: 2018 CWL Championship Final Placements – Assault said “WORDS DON’T EVEN EXPLAIN THIS FEELING” before reminding fans that EG had been just one map away from being eliminated in the group stage! SiLLy’s 2018 was a similarly difficult one at times, especially when he was dropped from the eUnited roster in April. SiLLy explained that “being an underdog really game me the fire to play my best individually” and stated that he was “glad to win the big one”. The 21-year-old has been through every high and low with the team in recent months and was surely a massive factor in Search and Destroy improvements seen at CoD Champs. Bevils said “the boys did it” before talking about the adversity they had faced earlier in the tournament and saying that he “couldn’t be more proud”. With Black Ops 4 due to be released on October 12, the players are likely to take some time away from their PlayStation 4’s before returning to the grind and beginning their campaign to retain their title in 2019.

Evil Geniuses reveal brand new five-man CoD roster for Black Ops 4 Evil Geniuses is the latest team to announce their five-man Call of Duty pro roster for the upcoming Black Ops 4 season. The new-look EG roster consists of Renato ‘Saints’ Forza, Andres ‘Lacefield’ Lacefield, Mathew ‘Royalty’ Faithfull, Jevon ‘Goonjar’ Gooljar-Lim, and Tyler ‘FeLo’ Johnson. This new roster takes place of the one that made a shocking run to glory at the 2018 CWL Championship, after which they collectively left the org to join Team EnVy. The roster news was first announced through a video Evil Geniuses’ official Twitter page, in which the team proclaimed “WE ARE BACK.” Roster Announcement: Evil Geniuses Call of Duty: https://t.co/RBEyXlyiMF Welcome to our new team! @SaintsNato @Goonjar @Felo @SaugaRoyalty @Lacefield pic.twitter.com/w9TqdGrC4w — Evil Geniuses (@EvilGeniuses) October 11, 2018 Saints comes to the team after having last been seen with Echo Fox, where the team finished 17-24 at CWL Champs after an up-and-down season. Lacefield, Royalty, and Goonjar join EG from Ghost Gaming and Lightning Pandas respectively, two teams that did not qualify for the Pro League during WWII but managed to get into CWL Champs, where they both finished an impressive 9-12th. FeLo had a strong run with eUnited after joining them in the second half of the WWII season. However, in order to make room for their two new aquisitions, eUnited decided to part ways with FeLo, opening the door for his move to EG. visiting our dedicated Rostermania hub here.

Evil Geniuses’ ACHES wants to see a classic Call of Duty mode return to competitive play Two-time Call of Duty world champion Patrick ‘ACHES’ Price, who has been competing for over a decade, wants to see one of the series’ classic multiplayer modes back in competitive rotation. For the last few years, Call of Duty esports has featured three-to-four modes: Search and Destroy, Hardpoint and Capture the Flag/Uplink. However, fans who were around during the Call of Duty: Ghosts season will remember that this wasn’t always the case, as Domination and Blitz were both played in competitive during the game’s run. Blitz wasn’t loved by the community, but ACHES has revealed he would actually like to see Domination make a return in the CWL, saying that it’s “very simple-to-follow, unique strategies require players to be good at multiple things, clutch situations, hype situations”, and more. But not everyone agrees. Esports veteran and former Call of Duty caster Chris Puckett – who is now working with the Overwatch League – thinks that Domination is not best suited to the spectator experience. Puckett argues that having three simultaneous objectives – all active at one time – can be chaotic for viewers, while Hardpoint solves this problem by having one, rotating, objective. ACHES replied to Puckett, explaining that despite the ostensible chaos, fans will be most familiar with the mode, as it has been in every Call of Duty multiplayer, and so even casual fans of the series will know domination well. Other pro players were not keen either, though. 2013 world champion Chris ‘Parasite’ Duarte simply said: “That game mode sucks”. ACHES was undeterred, however, suggesting that a whole new system could be used, including six game modes, with vetos and seeding deciding what is played in a five map series. More: What time is the Call of Duty Black Ops 4 esports reveal event? Stream and International timings – With that decision attracting most of the attention, there has been less conversation about potential game mode changes, but it is expected that Hardpoint and SnD will remain, with a third game mode being either Capture the Flag or Uplink.

World Champion ACHES explains why he’s not happy with the upcoming CWL season’s prize pool Evil Geniuses’ Call of Duty pro Patrick ‘ACHES’ Price is not too happy about the $6 million prize pool set for the upcoming CoD World League season. The $6 million prize pool, announced on September 19, is the highest ever for a single competitive Call of Duty season, and considerably more than the $4.2 million it was for the WWII campaign. Despite this fact, the reigning world champion took to social media to denounce the amount, calling it “weak,” and the announcement “misleading.” ACHES lashes out at new Black Ops 4 CWL Format for saving OpTic GamingThat has been something that ACHES, and others, have rallied for a long time, asking Activision to include team camos and items in-game and use some of the profits to help fund CWL prize pools.

Everything You Need to Know About the CoD: Black Ops 4 Private Beta – Schedule, Maps and Modes, Weapons, and More! The Call of Duty community waits in anticipation as the Private Beta for Black Ops 4 is less than a day away from launching on the Playstation 4. In order to address any and all of the questions you may have about the Private Beta, we have compiled a guide that includes everything that you may want to know, including how to access the Beta, the full schedule, modes, maps, weapons, scorestreaks, and specialists. How to Access The CoD: Black Ops 4 Private Beta can be accessed one of two ways: either by digitally pre-ordering the game through the PS Store, Xbox One Store, or Battle.net for PC, or by redeeming a code for a Beta download key. All those who have digitally pre-ordered the game on the PS4 can now download it and pre-load it from the PS store. If you have a Beta code, you can redeem it at callofduty.com/beta, after which a download key will be emailed to you. Full Schedule The Private Beta will be live over the course of two weekends, the first of which will only be available on the PS4 while the second will be for both consoles. Weekend 1 – Playstation 4 Exclusive August 3 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET – August 6 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET – Weekend 2 – PS4, Xbox One, and PC August 10 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET (PC Beta Early Access) – August 13 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET – PC Open Beta starts on August 11 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET – Modes The following Mulitplayer game modes and playlists will be included, and will be updated throughout the duration of the Private Beta. Control Our signature new game mode designed to bring out the best of tactical Specialist gameplay. – – Chaos Team Deathmatch A playlist that takes our ever-popular non-objective based game modes and adds a twist. The format here is 6 vs. 6, and allows two of each Specialist per team for chaotic fun. Includes Team Deathmatch and Kill Confirmed*. – – Capture Moshpit This playlist combines our fast-paced favorite objective modes, Domination and Hardpoint, for palm-sweating action. – – Search & Destroy* If you’re into slower-paced strategy, this one is for you. With new Specialist weapons and equipment, the tension is palpable. – – * The Multiplayer Beta is the first time that Search & Destroy and Kill Confirmed will be playable in Black Ops 4. Maps There will be a total of six maps that will be available in the Beta – the four that were playable at the E3 gaming convention, and two additional ones that have been added for the Beta. Frequency: A covert listening station deep in the mountainous region of Hunan Province is being used to track strategic targets across the globe. – Contraband: Surveillance of an international arms smuggling operation has uncovered this shipping hub on a remote, uncharted island off the coast of Colombia. – Seaside: An anti-government protest in this quaint coastal Spanish town grew out of control and forced a military shutdown. – Payload: A defensive ICBM launch facility deep in an Icelandic mountain range has been infiltrated by hostile forces attempting to steal a nuclear warhead. – NEW: Hacienda: A lavish vineyard estate situated on a quiet lake in the Spanish countryside, home to a high-ranking crime syndicate boss. – Gridlock: A Japanese metropolis whose city center has been jammed up by a bank heist gone wrong. – Specialists Specialists have returned for Black Ops 4 and players will be able to try out ten of them in the Private Beta. Here are all of the available Specialists and their unique traits and abilities. Ruin Special Issue Equipment: Grapple Gun – allows user to quickly grapple and zip to locations nearby. – Special Issue Weaponry: Grav Slam – Kinetic device that delivers a lethal blast radius around the point of impact. – Seraph Special Issue Equipment: Tac Deploy – Deployable beacon that gives your teammates the ability to redeploy to the surrounding area. – Special Issue Weaponry: Annihilator – Massive high-caliber revolver that fires devastating rounds with increased bullet penetration. – Firebreak Special Issue Equipment: Reactor Core – Emits a damaging radiation field that wounds enemies and reduces their maximum health for a time and prevents healing. – Special Issue Weaponry: Purifier – Flamethrower that shoots a steady stream of flame, scorching enemies within close range. – Battery Special Issue Equipment: Cluster Grenade – Powerful explosive grenade that sticks to surfaces and releases sub-munitions upon detonation. – Special Issue Weaponry: War Machine – High explosive grenade launcher. – Recon Special Issue Equipment: Sensor Dart – Reveals enemies within its proximity. – Special Issue Weaponry: Vision Pulse – Pulse the map to reveal all the enemies for yourself and teammates. – Torque Special Issue Equipment: Razor Wire – Damages and slows enemies that attempt to cross it. – Special Issue Weaponry: Barricade – Reinforced cover for protection while securing objectives. Built in microwave field slows and damages enemies. – Crash Special Issue Equipment: Assault Pack – Supplies ammo packs that provide bonus score for taking down enemies. – Special Issue Weaponry: TAK-5 – Heals and boosts max health for the user and their team. – Ajax Special Issue Equipment: 9-Bang – Tactical grenade that flashes and stuns. Can be cooked for multiple detonations. – Special Issue Weaponry: Ballistic Shield – Durable transforming defensive shield with a built-in machine pistol. – Nomad Special Issue Equipment: Mesh Mine – Explosive traps that connect to create lethal tripwires. – Special Issue Weaponry: K9-Unit – Attack dog that can be commanded to follow you or patrol a designated location. – Prophet Special Issue Equipment: Seeker Shock Mine – A deployable tactical that hunts down enemies and shocks them with temporary paralysis. – Special Issue Weaponry: Tempest – A tactical rifle that shoots electrically charged shock rounds to incapacitate enemies and any squad mates within their proximity. – Weapons Treyarch has posted all of the weapons that will be playable in the Private Beta online and on social media, and there will be one from each of the eight weapon classes. Furthermore, the classic Pick-10 class system will be returning in Black Ops 4, and will be featured in the Beta. Here are some of the weapons so far that we know will be available: VAPR-XKG (Assault Rifle) Balanced weaponry with superior mobility. MX9 (SMG) Stay in control while running and gunning. Swordfish (Tactical Rifle) A 4-round burst forward. Deliver long range precision with the Swordfish tactical rifle. Paladin HB50 (Sniper Rifle) Supreme accuracy complete with high bolt-action damage. Titan (LMG) Reliable firepower with ammo to spare. Strife (Pistol) Semi-auto standard issue sidearm. MOG 12 (Shotgun) Pump-action buckshot for reliable 2-shot kill. Hellion Salvo (Launcher) Rocket Launcher features either lock-on or free-fire. Scorestreaks As of now, there is no official list of all of the available scorestreaks during the Multiplayer Beta. However, Treyarch did tweet out a short clip of some of the ones that will be at the players’ disposal. Hellstorm Missile – Strike Team – RC-XD – and more! Blackout The highly anticipated Battle Royale mode called Blackout will be available for Beta testing at some point in September, but the official dates for it have not yet been announced. All those who have access to the Multiplayer Private Beta will also be able to play the Blackout Beta when it launches. Additional Information If this Private Beta follows suit with the ones from previous years, Playstation Plus will not be required to play it on the PS4 but Xbox Live Gold would be needed to play in on the Xbox One. – Although Beta stats will not carry over to the full game, everyone who participates will receive a special Beta Calling Card to use in-game when it launches, and all those who achieve max rank in the Beta will also receive a permanent unlock token to use in the full game. For PS4 players, all stats will carry over from the first Beta weekend to the second. – – Source – Treyarch / CoD Twitter

Everything You Need to Know About Multiplayer in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 will feature a major overhaul to just about every aspect of the multiplayer system, and that’s not an exaggeration. The slogan for Black Ops 4 was of course “Forget What You Know”, and they clearly meant it literally. Health Undoubtedly the biggest change is the health system. You can read the full details of this change here – but main takeaways are the 150 health and no automatic regeneration. Players will now need to manually regen their health, with the use of a syringe type injection by pressing the left bumper on console. Players who got hands on experience said that the time to kill is the longest that it has ever been, but have said that it plays well. 5v5 Another major change is that public matchmaking will no longer be 6v6 by default. The maps have significantly changed size, making them much more close quarters and so the play should still feel as fast paced. YouTuber’s Hutch and TmarTn explained their view on the 5v5 play from hands on experience. Takes like 5 seconds off spawn to find the action. Maps are pretty small. This is another change I didn’t really even notice until someone pointed it out to me. https://t.co/MuSJbM4qOU — Hutch (@z0mgItsHutch) May 17, 2018 Oh yeah and it’s 5v5 now. Didn’t notice it at all though. Maps were definitely smaller and pushed more action for fewer people. — TmarTn (@TmarTn) May 17, 2018 Specialist Draft Specialists will of course be returning in Black Ops 4 – you can read more about them here – but crucially for multiplayer, there will be a specialist draft. Meaning players will have to pick their desired specialist before the match begins. Killstreaks So far, there is very little known about kill streaks, however, a dog was clearly visible in the multiplayer trailer. During the trailer, the match announcer can also be heard saying “Friendly strike team deployed”, as potentially AI characters roped in from a helicopter – similar to WWII’s paratroopers streak. You also now receive “partial captures” in domination, meaning if you hop on a flag late, you will get a percentage of the points determined by how much you helped capture. Control Gamemode This is the first new gamemode that we know about, and it is very intriguing. There are two capture points on the map, the attacking team must take control of them, while the defending team must hold them off. Interestingly, there are limited respawns, meaning players lives will be particularly valuable. Swimming mechanics return This of course isn’t a new feature, but swimming will be returning in Black Ops 4. We are unsure if final killcam remains in Search and Destroy however, as it does in WWII. Pick Ten System Finally, the pick ten system for create a class is also returning, which is good news for fans who were put off by WWII’s ‘divisions’. There is also a new ‘gear’ category, which includes items such as body armor and stem packs – for faster health regen. Shotguns also are currently classified as secondary weapons. You can watch the full multiplayer reveal trailer below.

Everything you need to know about Gauntlet Mode in Black Ops 4 Zombies – Every ‘Unsinkable’ challenge and more With Treyarch officially kicking off 115 Day with the launch of January 15’s v1.11 update, it’s time to look into everything the new Zombies Gauntlet mode has to offer. Gauntlets were first teased on January 8 when Treyarch first detailed what would be coming to Zombies once the latest update dropped. The round-based challenge mode is currently only available on Voyage of Despair with the ‘Unsinkable’ variant being selectable from the main menu. The second Gauntlet will become available in late January, according to Treyarch. There are 30 rounds in total, with each round featuring a different challenge for players to complete. Players will be rewarded with a medal and a calling card every 10 rounds during their first completion. Failing a challenge, or going down, will give the player a strike and the game will end after three strikers are giving. You can find a list of every challenge below: Round 1: Survive the Round without taking damage – Round 2: Kill Zombies with equipment only – Round 3: Use melee only – Round 4: Survive the round with at least one perk active – Round 5: Use the Essex Model 07 Lever Action Rifle only – Round 6: Activate the Sentinel Artifact – Round 7: Possess the Shield at the End of the Round – Round 8: All Buys are disabled – Round 9: Obtain a weapon from the mystery box – Round 10: Defend the Cargo Hold while flooded – Round 11: Open all doors in the map – Round 12: Survive a wave of crawling dead – Round 13: Possess a re-packed weapon by the end of the round – Round 14: Complete the round with Zero Perks – Round 15: Defend the Poop Deck – Round 16: Use the Lever Action Rifle only – Round 17: Kill Zombies with headshots only – Round 18: Avoid all powerups – Round 19: Damage to players causes point drain – Round 20: Survive a Stoker onslaught in the engine room – Round 21: Every player must possess a Level 3 Special Weapon – Round 22: Kill Catalysts Zombies using the corresponding reactive alternate ammo type – Round 23: Reset to your starting weapon – Round 24: Replenish health drain with Zombie Kills – Round 25: Defend the Forecastle with no special weapons – Round 26: Complete the round before the timer runs out (Solo = two minutes) – Round 27: Use only Lever Action Rifle – Round 28: No HUD – Round 29: Pack-A-Punch Weapons disabled – Round 30: Defend the Grand Staircase from a ton of Zombies – It’s also worth noting that although the challenges rotate each round, they overall 30-round pattern remains the same each time. As such, Gauntlet mode will be a welcomed addition to those wishing to speedrun the mode and try to complete it with the fastest time possible. Read More: Competitive Call of Duty community reacts to SupremeAgility skipping out on CWL Pro League Qualifiers – There will be many more Gauntlets down the line during 2019, so be sure to follow us @DexertoIntel for everything you need to know about future Gauntlets.

Everything you need to know about CWL Vegas – Format, qualified teams, and more With Rostermania looking to be pretty much settled, it’s time to take a look at what we can expect from CWL Vegas, the first event of the Black Ops 4 season. The 2019 CWL season will feature an increased prize pool of $6 million, with $250,000 of that up for grabs at CWL Vegas to open the season. With this being the first event of the new season, how teams fared in the WWII season will determine their initial placements in Vegas. CWL Vegas Format (December 7-9, 2018) Pools 20 teams will battle in the pool play portion of the event Top-12 teams from Stage 2 of the WWII season will automatically qualify for pools Any top-12 team that does not retain at least three players from their WWII roster will be replaced by the team with the highest Pro Points from the WWII season – – – Top-12 teams from Stage 2 of the WWII season will automatically qualify for pools – Four teams from the Relegation Tournament – Four teams from the open bracket – – 20 teams will battle in the pool play portion of the event – Relegation Tournament Eight teams with the most Pro Points from the WWII season who did not automatically qualify will be eligible for the tournament – Top four teams move on to Pools – The remaining four move into the open bracket – – Open bracket Open to everyone Teams will be seeded based on their WWII Pro Points – – Top four teams will move into pools – – Open to everyone – With the off-season Rostermania all but settled at this point, we now have a good idea of where teams will start their Black Ops 4 campaign based on the Pro Points each player gained during the WWII season. Below is a full list of teams that qualified directly into pools, teams that will play in the relegation tournament, the teams expected to be the best of the open bracket, and a list of free agents who have the most Pro Points from the WWII season. Read More: First Black Ops 4 CWL rule set features new game mode and only one Specialist restriction – Note that this list is provisional and will be updated regularly. Not every roster is locked in yet, meaning that a new roster can still come in a change the placement of other teams. Pro Points Rankings as of October 26 Team Qualified directly to Pools PL = qualified teams thanks to CWL Pro League Stage 2 – PP = qualified teams thanks to their Pro Points from WWII – RT = qualified teams from the Relegation Tournament – OB = qualified teams from the Open Bracket – In italics = teams without an organization or yet to be confirmed – Qualified teams for the Relegation Tournament In italics = teams without an organization – The best teams in the Open Bracket In italics = incomplete teams (TBA) and teams with no organization – The 50 best free agents These free agents have not been announced as part of a roster so far. These include retired players, players still looking for a team, or players already under contract who just haven’t had an official announcement just yet.

Everything You Need to Know About CWL Anaheim – Stream, Schedule, Groups and More The final major open event of the 2018 CWL Season is upon us, as over 160 teams from around the globe descend on Anaheim, California, to compete for their share of the $200,000 prize pool. It seems not so long ago that Team Kaliber were winning back to back events at the opening tournaments of the season, but after two open wins by Rise Nation, and one from Luminosity, there is only one left – and it’s the big one. Every year, Anaheim outdoes itself with larger crowds and more teams competing, and this year is set to be yet another improvement, thanks in part to the work from organizers MLG. All the action will begin on Friday, June 15th, with the pool play matches between the teams from both Division A and B of the CWL Pro League. Brackets Stream: Alpha Stream Watch live video from Call of Duty on www.twitch.tv Bravo Stream: Watch live video from Call of Duty® Bravo on www.twitch.tvSitting in top spot in Division B and having won the last major open, Rise Nation will come in as favorites, but top teams including Red Reserve, OpTic Gaming and Evil Geniuses all come in looking strong also. Schedule Sunday, June 17th Alpha Stream Schedule Bravo Stream Schedule Charlie Stream Schedule Delta Stream Schedule The groups for the event are as follows. Group A Group B Group C Group D Prize Pool A total of $200,000 will be split between the top eight teams.

Everything You Need to Know About CoD: WWII DLC 4 ‘Shadow War’ – New Maps, Release Date, and More Sledgehammer Games has officially announced ‘Shadow War’ as the fourth DLC in Call of Duty: WWII. The DLC pack is scheduled to release first on the PlayStation 4 on August 28 and will contain three multiplayer maps, one War Operation, and one Nazi Zombies Experience. At the time of writing, it is unknown when Shadow War will release on other platforms, but it typically takes around 30 days for DLC to reach the Xbox One and PC, due to an exclusivity deal between Activision and Sony Below, we have included a full list of all the new content included in Shadow War, including the newly-released trailer. Shadow War – Call of Duty WWII DLC #4 Multiplayer Maps Airship: Set in a secret enemy base high in the Alps, Airship takes the battle to new heights. Fight for control of the docked zeppelin, or take your chances running along a treacherous cliff, where one slip up can lead to an unfortunate trip down the mountain that will end in a respawn. – Chancellery: The enemy forces have taken hold of a French Chancellery, but they won’t expect a chaotic firefight in the middle of the night. Wrest control of the stronghold’s main courtyard, while covering your team from the flanking pathways to the map’s main area for this epic night-time brawl behind enemy lines. – Excavation: In an Algerian mine, the enemy stockpiled priceless art and gold from their European conquests. The battle will ensue around these pillaged goods, the dunes of a tank graveyard, and rock outcroppings scattered around the map. – War Operation Operation Arcane: On top of these Multiplayer experiences, there is also Operation Arcane, a new War Mode Mission that will take players deep within a secret enemy research facility in the Austrian mountains. Allied Forces players will be tasked with infiltrating this lab, stealing enemy secrets and schematics and finally destroying whatever classified technology remains in a hanger full of UFOs. Of course, being that it is a research facility, there are a few clandestine weapons, such as the Tesla Gun, and mysterious super soldier serums that players can use to help turn the tide of battle. – Nazi Zombies Frozen Dawn: Shadow War also includes Frozen Dawn, the final chapter to the epic Call of Duty: WWII Nazi Zombies story. In this experience, we rejoin Marie, Drostan, Olivia and Jefferson as they try to stop an incredible evil once and for all. Acquiring the Sword of Barbarossa has not put an end to the undead threat. A darker and more powerful threat lurks in the depths of Thule. In the unfathomable depths of a lost city, our heroes are humanity’s last hope of ending the cult of Thule. Luckily, they will have a few secret weapons to help put the ancient rulers of the world to rest. –

Everything you need to know about Black Ops 4 Multiplayer and Blackout – Full Guides Black Ops 4 has officially released worldwide, and the Call of Duty community is back on its annual grind. Just as with previous Treyarch titles, Black Ops 4 has already proven to be a complex and multi-layered game that will have have players busy for months to come. The Multiplayer is full of intricate weapons, maps, items, Specialists, and more, all of which have their own unique characteristics and specifications. In addition, this year’s title also includes Blackout, Call of Duty’s first ever attempt at a battle royale. Although the mode comes as a part of Black Ops 4, it is elaborate enough to be easily considered its own whole game. All things considered, the complexity of Black Ops 4 can get a overwhelming during the heat of the battle, and this can prove especially true when switching between the two online modes. In an effort to help you navigate this year’s title, we have compiled a multitude of guides for both the Multiplayer and Blackout, which can serve as a blueprint for you to try and become the best Call of Duty player you can be. The list of links to all over our Black Ops 4 guides can be found below, and will be updated every time a new guide is released. Multiplayer What are all of the Black Ops 4 Specialists? Equipment, Abilities, and more – Layout for every map in Black Ops 4 Multiplayer – Names and details of all Multiplayer game modes in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 – How to unlock Gold, Diamond, and Dark Matter weapon camos in Black Ops 4 – What are the top five items to use Black Ops 4 unlock tokens on? – The best ways to counter Nomad’s Attack Dog in Black Ops 4 – How to win more gunfights in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 – What are the best guns to use in Black Ops 4 Multiplayer? – The best Black Ops 4 Multiplayer classes to use when starting out – Loadout tips from CoD pro players Attach and Apathy – How important is Armor in Black Ops 4? Full breakdown of statistics for Multiplayer and Blackout – Aiming tips with CoD pro players Attach and Apathy – Is long barrel any good in Black Ops 4 multiplayer? – Tips and Tricks to help you unlock the Dark Matter camo on Black Ops 4 – Best ways to move faster in Black Ops 4 Multiplayer – Blackout What are the best guns to use in Call of Duty Blackout – What are the top five best places to land in Blackout – Where to find Zombies on the Blackout Map – What are the best perks to use in Call of Duty Blackout? – How bullet drop works in Blackout – Where to find helicopters, mystery boxes, and loot areas in Blackout – How to get more wins in Blackout – Black Ops 4: How to unlock Specialists in Blackout – How to unlock Black Ops 4 Zombies characters in Blackout –

Everything We Learned About Blackout Battle Royale in Black Ops 4 From the Reveal Trailer With the Black Ops 4 multiplayer beta days away, Treyarch released a new mini trailer for the battle royale mode ‘Blackout’, revealing lots of new features. Despite only appearing for the last 30 seconds of the new multiplayer trailer, there was an abundance of new information on show, including weapons, maps and vehicles. Maps David Vonderhaar stated at the community reveal event that ‘parts’ of historic maps from the Black Ops series would make up the Blackout map, and finally we have some of these confirmed. Predictably, Nuketown makes an appearance. Of course, it wouldn’t be a battle royale without a sniper. The Blackout beta is set for September, but no official date has been confirmed yet by Treyarch. The multiplayer beta starts first on PS4 on August 3, and then PS4 and Xbox the weekend after. YouTuber PrestigeIsKey provides a full breakdown frame-by-frame of everything the teaser trailer showed off in Blackout.

Everything We Know (So Far) About CoD: Black Ops 4 ‘Blackout’ Battle Royale Mode Recent days have seen a lot of information released about Call of Duty: Black Ops 4’s highly anticipated ‘Blackout’ battle royale mode. GameInformer, who has been given early access to ‘Blackout,’ has revealed a lot of details about the mode that encompass a variety of its aspects, including player count, weapon rarities, vehicles, Zombies, and much more. Because the information is so extensive, we have compiled it all here in one place for your convenience and also provided links to individual articles that provide more detail about each topic. Read More: How and When to Watch Treyarch’s Special Live-Stream Preview of Black Ops 4 ‘Blackout’ Private Beta – We will also update this article if and when more information about ‘Blackout’ is revealed. Trailer Treyarch released a new trailer for Blackout on September 6 showing gameplay, locations, vehicle interactions, and more. Map and Locations The full Blackout map has been revealed, and it will contain 14 named locations: Estates: The rich neighborhood has a giant helipad where Little Bard can spawn. Good location if you want a shot at getting a chopper early. – Construction Sites: The unfinished skyscraper has a ton of loot and lots of opportunities to base jump out of the high areas to safety if things get hot. – Array: A few slices of elevation and play centered around the big relay dish make for a brutal warzone with lots of cover. – Nuketown Island: Lots of gear underground in the bunkers and lively action potential above ground, spurred on by a sign that identifies how many players are active here. – Firing Range: The hottest of the hot spots if you want instant action with plenty of players this is your go-to destination. – Hydro Dam: Big base jumps and deadly falls make up the critical point at the end of the map’s length forking river. – Asylum: You never know if you’re going to run into zombies as well as other players landing here, and while an early zombie supply stash is tempting, undead interference during your early loot-and-scoot can be dangerous. – Cargo Docks: Lots of elevation changes, a ship to roam on, and a giant crane arm. Great place to pick up boat spawn. – Factory: Lots of battles that go indoor/outdoor, with rooftop ambush action. – Fracking Tower: Tower located in a depression, highly exposed to the hills surrounding it. – Turbine: Bridge-to-bridge combat, large internal and exterior areas. Lots of desert and rocks to battle behind. – Rivertown: Urban combat, building to building fighting, perfect for close range encounters. Only area on the map surrounded completely by water. – Train Station: Long sight lines and train car-to-train car combat. – Lighthouse (not labeled): Will be across from the Cargo Docks on the southwestern quadrant of the map. – Player Count The initial player count in Blackout will be 80, although that number could change based on community feedback. Vehicles So far, there are four confirmed vehicles that will be in Blackout. Each of these vehicles will have their own set of unique characteristics, but they will be loud and not hard to destroy, in order to keep them from being overpowered. Land: Cargo Truck (holds one driver, four passengers) – ATV (one driver, one passenger) – Sea: Zodiac Inflatable Boat (one pilot, one passenger) – Air: Little Bird Helicopter (one pilot, four passengers) – Player Entrance Players will enter the Blackout map via a helicopter, and will jump and glide down to the location that they want to land at. Players will be equipped with special wingsuits that will allow them to glide down safely, and they can use the wingsuit throughout the game to avoid falling from great distances. Health and Healing System Just as in the Multiplayer, players will start off with 150 health in Blackout, which will be the maximum health in the mode. There will be various healing consumables players can use to increase their health, and standard bandages can be used to reach max health, unlike other popular battle royale genres. More details – How Player Health and Healing Will Work in CoD: Black Ops 4’s ‘Blackout’ Battle Royale Mode Paranoia: Gives an audio alert when you’re targeted by an enemy – Skulker: Move faster while crouched and prone – Stimulant: Increases max health by 100 points – Outlander: Reduced damage from circle. Increased speed while taking damage from circle. – Looter: Reveal nearby stashes and items – Iron Lungs: Hold your breath longer while shooting sniper rifles or diving underwater – Consumer: Reduces times it takes to use items, heal, or revive teammates by 20%. – Zombies will spawn in at least four specific locations on the map, which will be highlighted with a ray of light. Each location will spawn about 5-8 Zombies, since Treyarch don’t want to overload the map with Zombies. More details – CoD: Black Ops 4 ‘Blackout’ Mode Will Feature Interactive Zombies and Zombie Loot These Special Chests are not guaranteed to spawn in every game, but their spawn locations will remain consistent for the matches they do spawn into. The gold weapons acquired from these chests will have pre-equipped attachments and enhancements. More details – How Weapon Rarities Will Work in CoD: Black Ops 4 ‘Blackout’ Battle Royale Mode 3 tiers of health and armor – 8 primary ammunition types – 12 equipment items – 17 consumable perks – 17 weapons attachments – 24 different weapons – 125 items total – Additional and Miscellaneous Information Fall Damage is active – Friendly Fire is on – RPGs are available on the map and can be used to take out vehicles – Players can carry 2 primary weapons. – If you are not carrying a weapon, a melee knife is used – Treyarch is targeting 60FPS for all platforms. There is no FPS lock – Emotes are planned but not in beta – Treyarch Testing split-screen for Blackout – Not a simulation – Blackout might take place in North California – Treyarch is not ruling out adding characters from other Call of Duty games, but they’re current plans include Treyarch based characters – Blackout will have limited time events events to use/unlock certain content – There are a few types of Armor – No plans for players to pick up clothes in matches – Players can trade items between players, presumably within squads. – Dead players will drop their stashes, which you can loot. If you pick up a weapon that is quest related, you can take over the quest. – It’s possible circle can close in on pack of zombies – Circle will be randomly directed in games. They don’t want it closing outside of the map or in water places too often. – Blackout indirectly affects other game modes – Blackout features a “victory quote” when you win, but specifics not revealed – Blackout is all first person only; there’s no third person. “We develop first person shooters and put them on the internet.” – The point of the beta is to ensure game tuning, item tuning, progression are all on track to the numbers Treyarch – No information on Blackout going standalone, Vahn says he “makes the shoe” and not the business decisions’ – GameInformer asks if you can camp in a tub, Vahn says that won’t work and you won’t win like that. – Players can find Ruin’s Grappling Hook and use this. Any character can use the hook, you don’t have to be Ruin to use it. Many specialist abilities are available on the map to find and use – Horns on vehicles can be honked – There’s no other weather than the day setting. – There is a melee weapon in Blackout that has to do with Zombies – Asked about Zombies lore, Vahn says “nova gas symbology, circle outside” – Raven Software are working with Treyarch on Black Ops 4 – No voiced lines/dialogue between characters in BO4 in Blackout – At least one Mason in Blackout – There is no cross platform play – The circle may be made of Nova Gas, Vahn says being caught outside is “bad news” – Getting stuck outside causes player to hallucinate – The circle can cause vehicles to malfunction. For example, helicopters may start to not function properly and crash. – Treyarch says that the Blackout map, throughout development period, has been re-booted 3 times. – There will be more weapons, vehicles, items, map updates, and more on the way beyond launch. – When you pick up attachments, they will auto equip onto your primary weapons. Players can go to the menus and adjust as they like. – There is a consumable reconnaissance robot in Blackout. You can prop up and search around the area to see where enemies are using the robot, but it leaves you exposed to being killed while you control the robot. – There is basketball courts on the map. You can play basketball, but picking up the basketball takes up a primary weapon slot. There are other “just for fun” stuff on the map too. – You can spectate other players once you are eliminated. – Sensor Dart is available in Blackout and can share enemy location on radar. The dart can be stuck to a car/chopper to give info as you move across the map. – You can open/close elements like garages, doors, etc. – Bullet Drop is in Blackout and takes a bit to get used to compared to other Call of Duty modes – The skyscraper in Blackout was originally “much, much taller” in the map, but Treyarch reduced its height because it would cause players to get dizzy running up/down. – As one would expect, Treyarch are planning on using community feedback from the Private Beta to change various aspects of Blackout before Black Ops 4 fully releases on October 12. The Blackout Private Beta goes live on September 10 at 10 AM PT for the Playstation 4, while Xbox and PC players will have to wait for their beta on the 14th. The Private Beta will end for all platforms on September 17. Sources – charlieINTEL, GameInformer

Everything we know about Modern Warfare’s battle royale “Warzone” Infinity Ward / Twitter: @TheGamingRevoYTModern Warfare’s battle royale mode, rumored and leaked to be titled “Warzone,” has been all but confirmed by Infinity Ward. Here’s everything we know so far about the new mode coming to Chapter 2, including its supposed features and when it will be officially released. The battle royale is coming back to Call of Duty. After debuting with Blackout in the previous installment, Black Ops IIII, the popular game mode was teased in the launch trailer for Season 2 of Modern Warfare. At the tail end of the trailer, a group of players leap from a plane flying overhead a map, and parachute down; a less-than-subtle nod to an upcoming battle royale mode. We call this place the Warzone Numerous leaks point toward the new game mode being titled “Warzone.” After a redditor posted key art and a promotional image with the title Warzone clearly shown, a different leaker posted numerous in-game screenshots onto Twitter and confirmed the name. After that, another redditor posted a screenshot of them somehow glitched into a lobby of the Classified and locked section of Modern Warfare’s game menu. At the top of the screen reads “Warzone.” After all these leaks were posted, Activision started copyright striking the first-leaked promotional image across social media. Expected and leaked features The photos from the glitched lobby indicate that there will be an option to turn squad fill on or off. This means that players should be able to play solo against squads, but there’s no telling if there will be a solo or duos mode. So far Trios and four-man Squads have been leaked. Those same photos also revealed a feature title drop kits. Drop kits are likely one of two things. Either a selection of starting equipment or perks players can choose from, similar to CS:GO’s Danger Zone battle royale mode, or a selection of drop cosmetics, such as in Fortnite or Apex Legends. Leaked images on Twitter showcase a training area, in-game supply drops, and vehicles as features of Warzone. More leaked footage that the mode will support 200 players at once, and those players will have numerous vehicle options to choose from as well. Potentially free-to-play Modern Warfare potentially might be taking a page out of Fortnite’s playbook, and are rumored to be releasing Warzone as a free-to-play standalone download. This information comes from YouTuber and CoD leaker TheGamingRevoltuion, who leaked in-game screenshots on Twitter and verified the Warzone title. He says, in a now-deleted tweet, that he confirmed with the source who provided the Warzone name that the game would be free-to-play: “Notice the branding: Call of Duty: Warzone. That’s because it’s free to play and will be available as a direct download if you haven’t bought Modern Warfare. Just got confirmation that it’s 100% free to play.” Potential missions and daily challenges One member of the Modern Warfare community has leaked a huge list of potential missions and challenges for the battle royale mode. The list includes around 100 different daily challenges, as well as nine missions that each have seven challenges, with the exception of the introductory mission “Bootcamp!” which has 12. Expected release date? Leaker and YouTuber TheGamingRevolution believes that the Warzone mode will release on February 18, exactly one week after Season 2 was released. TGR has provided plenty of information regarding the battle royale, including its name, and estimates that date based on the information he’s acquired. We will continue to update this article as new information regarding “Warzone” is revealed.

Everything we know about Call of Duty: Black Ops 5 – Campaign, setting and more Call of Duty fans may be in for a surprise with the franchises plans for 2020, as a report claims that Treyarch may be making an early return with Black Ops 5 The report from Kotaku, claims that Treyarch have now taken over the Call of Duty 2020 release, after Activision informed developers that Raven and Sledgehammer studios were no longer in charge. Due to the late change, Raven and Sledgehammer studios will now also act as supporting studios to Treyarch for the 2020 release where needed. It is reported that Treyarch Studios will be working on a continuation of the fan favorite Black Ops series, with Call of Duty: Black Ops 5. Campaign mode returning to Black Ops 5 The latest installment of the Black ops series, Call of Duty: Black Ops 4, decided to go against the grain from usual Call of Duty game by removing campaign mode completely and replacing it with a new battle royale game mode, Blackout for fans to experience. It appears as if they will be reverting back to old ways, however, as Treyarch studios are likely to incorporate some of Raven and Sledgehammer’s original work for the single-player mode and transform it into their own Black Ops campaign. Raven and Sledgehammer were originally developing a Call of Duty campaign which was set to take place during the Cold War, and the sources claim that this setting will continue to be used for the campaign. Will be Black Ops 5 be Free to Play? Despite seeing massive success in the early stages of the Black Ops 4 release, it was reported that Activision’s overall revenue figures throughout the game’s life cycle were not quite what they expected them to be. Activision executives have now started to consider embracing and potentially implementing a free to play revenue model for future Call of Duty titles, and are likely to offer some free to play component as soon as the next Modern Warfare 4, according to Kotaku. Call of Duty have previously tested making their games free to play in the past, such as hosting free weeks and even months for their battle royale mode Blackout, allowing everyone to play the game mode without purchasing it. Will Call of Duty 2020 be available on Next Gen? With the next generation of consoles expected in 2020, the Kotaku report also stated that Black Ops 5 will be ‘cross-gen’ – available both on current and next-gen systems. It is quite likely that the 2020 installment of the Call of Duty franchise will be one of the first games to be available for the PlayStation 5, which is expected to be released at a similar time to Call of Duty’s usual release date, near November 2020. This means the possibilities for Treyarch alongside Raven and Sledgehammer to push the boundaries with expected power of the PS5’s hardware could deliver us the most visually stunning Call of Duty game we have seen yet.

Everything We Know About Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 – Teasers, Hints and Leaks In recent days, developer of Call of Duty: Black Ops 4, Treyarch, have been teasing small bits of information about the upcoming game ahead of its ‘community reveal’ event on May 17th. The teases and hints themselves have been small, but there is enough in them for fans to begin heavy speculation about what kind of game is on the horizon, set to release on October 12th 2018. As well as Treyarch themselves, there has been a number of leaks from individuals who claim to be in the know, and have even seen the game or know people who have. The leak claimed some very surprising things about the new game, such as saying that campaign had been entirely scrapped as it would not be ready in time, and that there would be a battle royale mode. What both of Treyarch’s teasers tell us however, is even more significant that boots on the ground or the class system. In previous years, the Call of Duty promotional cycle would always, without fail, tease the campaign mode, well in advance of the multiplayer or zombies modes. We would have expected to see campaign showcased at the upcoming community reveal – but judging from these teaser tweets, it looks more likely that multiplayer will be on show. Pick 10 system Treyarch’s first little teaser was this cryptic tweet, which many believe all but confirms the return of the ‘pick 10’ system of create-a-class, which Treyarch first created with Black Ops 2. Pick 10 is the preferred class system with most fans, with CoD: WWII’s ‘division’ system not working out as well as hoped. Return of Perks and Wildcards Then Treyarch’s second teaser was a much less cryptic tweet, confirming that perks will be making their return to the game. They only show four, but they are fairly easy to identify for most Call of Duty fans. Most significantly, both the top left and bottom left perks in this image heavily suggest that this upcoming game will be boots on the ground. There would be no need for ladders if you had advanced movement, and the boot symbol is self-explanatory. And this certainly gives credence to the leaks which suggested campaign had been scrapped. So, if the leaks were correct about that, we must also wonder if they were correct about battle royale, Overwatch style hero systems and everything else. The game’s slogan is of course “forget what you know” – so maybe this really will be a big change of direction for the series. If so, fans will be even more glad to see familiar features such as pick 10, the perk system and boots on the ground gameplay.

Black Ops 4 March 18 update patch notes – Player Collision, Game crashes, and more A new update for Black Ops 4 is landing on Playstation 4, PC and Xbox One that will look to fix increasingly annoying problems in the game, as well as bring PC players up-to-date with an extensive patch. The 1.15 patch is on the smaller side for consoles, clocking in at 115MB on Playstation 4 and 39MB on Xbox One, as PC players will be getting a 9.2GB transfer for their game. Treyarch had teased a fix to the bothersome player collisions after a spike in reports following the March 14 update, and it now looks like the company has kept its word with the latest patch. “Today’s update also fixes an issue that temporarily increased the player collision boundaries for teammates in Multiplayer,” the company said. Player collision has been an increasingly growing problem in Black Ops 4 and was even seen taking center stage at the start of a Search and Destroy match at CWL Fort Worth. The March 18 patch is bringing tons of PC-exclusive updates including huge upgrades to Blackout’s inventory management system and consumable interactions, while adding more quality-of-line improvements to the title. Though players on all platforms should feel the fix with Outrider’s Hawk that will hopefully address various issues with parking it right after deploying the ability. Further, a stability update has been added to prevent the game from crashing when using Mesh Mines in numerous situations. For the complete list of changes that came to Black Ops 4 with the March 18, read the patch notes below. March 18 Update: PC 1.14 Update, Player Collision Fix, CWL Fort Worth Recap Attachments can now be moved from one weapon directly to the other with the Middle Mouse Button. – Attachments can now go from Inventory or Stashes directly to a stowed weapon with the Middle Mouse Button. – Players can now “Swap and Attach” weapons found in a Stash with the Middle Mouse Button. – We’ve also added new interactions with consumables in Blackout for easier management: Players can now equip consumables with the Middle Mouse Button in the Inventory. – Added a “Use Consumable” keybind which allows using consumables without opening the Inventory. Pressing the button will use the currently equipped consumable. – Added a new element to the HUD to let players know which consumable is currently equipped. – Added the “Next Consumable” keybind which changes the player’s equipped consumable to the next in your inventory. – Jump into a match and let us know what you think! Friendly Player Collision Fix Today’s update also fixes an issue that temporarily increased the player collision boundaries for teammates in Multiplayer, as well as a crash that could occur when frequently switching between modes at the main menu. CWL Fort Worth Recap Big thanks to our partners at the Call of Duty World League and MLG, our incredible casters, all of the fans watching at home, and the thousands of fans who came out to party with us in Fort Worth, making this one of the highest-attended CWL open events of all time. Let’s do it all over again next time at CWL London, May 3-5. Read on below for today’s updates: General Stability Fixed a crash that could occur when frequently switching between modes at the main menu. – – Multiplayer Collision Addressed an issue causing increased player collision boundaries with teammates. – – Specialists Outrider Addressed various issues that could occur when parking the Hawk immediately after deploying it. – – – Outrider – Stability Fixed a crash that could occur when using Mesh Mines in certain situations. – – World League Hub Miscellaneous Updated friendly hitmarker. – Added improved stats in Hardpoint. – – Zombies Stability Fixed a crash that could occur when setting Custom Option “Damage Multiplier” under enhanced AI. – – The following updates are live today on PC: General Optimization Optimized GPU memory usage for lower-end setups. [PC only] – – Stability Fixed stability issues when booting the game after a previous session was ended due to a fatal error. [PC only] – – Theater Added keyboard shortcuts for all actions available in the Theater. This should help players to use the editing tools while keeping full control of the camera. [PC only] – Addressed an issue where the gamepad would not function properly in Theater. [PC only] – – Menu Addressed an issue where users could not make characters rotate in certain personalization screens. [PC only] – – Friendly Fire Unique Friendly Fire hitmarkers will now appear when damaging friendlies in any game mode with friendly fire enabled, including Hardcore modes, Blackout, and League Play. – – Lobby Addressed an issue that prevented a user that was previously a party host from entering game modes that could not be entered with the previous party. – – Multiplayer General Added buttons to quickly set score and time limits to “Unlimited” in Multiplayer Custom Game Rules. [PC only] – Added the ability to change Class when joining a match in progress. – – Maps Contraband Hurricane New stormy variant of Contraband added to rotation, free for all players. – – Casino Casino is now available in Hardpoint playlists and in Custom Games for Black Ops Pass holders. – Addressed an issue where the Sniper’s Nest could occasionally remain in the playspace after expiring in Casino. – – – Contraband Hurricane – Prestige Addressed an issue where some users could not progress beyond Prestige Master Level 999. – Addressed an issue where Create-a-Class slots unlocked through Prestige could have empty Equipment slots. – – Scorestreaks Thresher The Thresher will no longer damage friendly players in modes with Friendly Fire enabled. – Addressed an issue that caused the Killcam for the Thresher to display the incorrect point of view. – – Dart The Dart will no longer count toward team kill penalties in modes with Friendly Fire enabled. – – – Thresher – Equipment Addressed various instances where the Seeker could fall through the map. – Addressed an animation hitch when standing from crouch while holding a Trophy System. – – Specialists Outrider Addressed an animation issue with Outrider’s Hawk tablet while a pistol was equipped. – Addressed an issue preventing Stim Shot use after using the Hawk. – Addressed an issue causing a double reticle to appear when using the Sparrow, then the Hawk. – – – Outrider – Game Modes Heist Addressed an issue where keyboard navigation in the Heist Buy Menu would make elements unselectable. [PC only] – Improvements made to the revive UI to match the revive UI in Blackout. – Addressed an issue that could cause EKIAs from properly registering in Heist. – – One in the Chamber Disabled “downlinking enemy data” radar sweep voiceover. – – – Heist – Customization Mastercraft camos will now display on weapons in the Gun Rack. – Warpaint can now be seen through Seraph’s “The Professional” mask. – – Custom Games Addressed an issue that could prevent Equipment cooldown from functioning properly in Custom Games. – – UI Addressed a text overlap issue in the lobby in the map voting area. – – Stability Fixed a crash that could occur when using Mesh Mines in certain cases. – Fixed a crash that sometimes occurred while playing Stockpile with bots. – – World League Hub General Players that leave a match early will now receive an increased match quit penalty. – Unlocked all 12 Custom Classes for players to use in World League Hub. – Prestige Master players now properly earn XP in League Play matches. – Multiplayer Challenges now properly track while playing in League Play Events. – Prestige icons now properly appear when leveling up in League Play Events. – – Ladders and Rewards Added a Top 5 Ladder Reward tier that awards 4 Gems. – 1st Place Ladder Reward now awards 5 Gems. – League Ladder Tile in the World League Hub now properly updates after a League Play Event ends. – Addressed an issue where players were able to roll over their Ladder Points between Events. – – Daily Bonus Daily Bonuses will now roll over day-to-day for the duration of the current event. – Reduced the Daily Bonus point value from 200 to 100. – – UI Added red penalty text to the Quit Match popup to clearly indicate new match quit penalty. – Updated the World League Rank Calling Card description to include the card’s rank. – – Miscellaneous Addressed an issue where Match Bonus was rewarding fewer XP than intended. – Addressed an issue with inconsistent XP being awarded to players in Search and Destroy League Play matches. – Addressed an issue with Specialist Stats displaying Public Match Stats instead of World League Hub Stats. – Addressed an issue with the Previous League Play Results screen appearing before a player had completed their Skill Evaluation matches. – Addressed an issue with the League Play Career tile in the Barracks not properly updating. – Addressed an issue with Streak Flames not appearing in some cases. – – Blackout Inventory [PC only] Added interactions with items in the Inventory to let players manage their items in new ways: Attachments can now be moved from one weapon directly to the other with the Middle Mouse Button. – Attachments can now go from Inventory directly to a stowed weapon with the Middle Mouse Button. – Attachments can now go from a Stash directly to a stowed weapon with the Middle Mouse Button. Pick Up functionality has been moved to the Right Mouse Button. – – Players can now “Swap and Attach” weapons found in a Stash with the Middle Mouse Button. – Added interactions with consumables for easier management: Players can now equip consumables with the Middle Mouse Button in the Inventory. – Added a “Use Consumable” keybind which allows using consumables without opening the Inventory. Pressing the button will use the currently equipped consumable. – Added a new element to the HUD to let players know which consumable is currently equipped. – Added the “Next Consumable” keybind which changes the player’s equipped consumable to the next in your inventory. – – Addressed an issue where “Next Health Item” and “Next Equipment” keybinds could not be bound to the Mouse buttons. – – Added interactions with items in the Inventory to let players manage their items in new ways: – Spring Map Update Added updated lighting, new and improved greenery, and springtime trees in full bloom throughout the map. – – Weapons Operator Weapons Operator Weapons added to Supply Drops and Stashes. – Weapons come with Operator Mods pre-attached, which cannot be stripped. – Operator Weapons glow purple for easy identification. – – Purifier Firebreak’s Purifier flamethrower can now be found in Supply Drops. – – – Operator Weapons – Perks Reinforced Reduced Reinforced Perk fire resistance. – – – Reinforced – Equipment Grapple Gun Resolved an issue causing players to hold the Grapple Gun with the wrong hand when viewed in third-person. – – Recon Car Resolved a UI error that could occur when activating a Recon Car. – – – Grapple Gun – UI Addressed an issue that prevented Echelon images from appearing in the Merit Report screen. – Removed erroneous description text for the Medic Perk that referenced faster healing. – Addressed an issue that prevented the Spectate button from functioning on the Elimination screen until Skip had been pressed. – – Stability Fixed a crash that could occur when loading into Blackout in splitscreen. – – General Players can now mute team members via the Team Scoreboard. – Improved visibility of items on the ground when wingsuiting and parachuting into the map. – Enabled prioritizing ammo pickups over weapon pickups in Blackout Options. – Weapon Inspect can now be activated with left on the d-pad on consoles. – Gestures and Callouts can now be activated during the Victory screen. – Added new Limited-Time Modes stats filter in Barracks. All Limited-Time Modes now feed stats directly to the Limited Time Modes filter, including previous Hot Pursuit stats. – – – Miscellaneous Addressed an issue where the wrong Calling Card was displayed when a player spectated or viewed the Killcam. – Addressed an issue where the player character was missing when joining another player in the lobby. – – Zombies Host Migration Public matches will now automatically continue with a new host if the current host drops out mid-game. – – Armory Addressed a UI error that occurred when entering the Personalize Menu of the Armory for weapons that are disabled in the Edit Game Rules Menu. – – UI Addressed an issue that caused a progress bar from appearing when throwing Equipment. – – Stability Global Fixed a crash that could occur when a Catalyst zombie performed its special attack. – Fixed a crash that could occur when navigating from the Black Market to a Zombies lobby and back. – – IX Fixed a crash that could occur when a player started a Custom Mutations IX match where starting points had been adjusted in “Edit Game Rules”. – Fixed a crash that could occur when the player queued for a public Classic IX match. – – Blood of the Dead Fixed a crash that could occur if the player rapidly switched tabs while spectating. – Fixed a rare crash that could occur when the player killed themselves inside the Acid Trap. – Fixed a rare crash that could occur when certain visual effects were attached to the player. – – Dead of the Night Fixed a rare crash that could occur during the Stake Knife Quest. – – Classified Fixed an issue during the “Death-Con Five” Gauntlet where the player could be disconnected from the server and moved to the main menu when transitioning from Round 10 to Round 11. – – Theater Fixed a crash that could occur when viewing a clip made during the previous patch in Theater. – Fixed a potential freeze and/or crash that could occur in Theater when fast-forwarding a clip from Dead of the Night. – – – Global – Miscellaneous Global – Addressed issues where: The Welling could be permanently unlocked with a Permanent Unlock Token, despite it being the starting pistol. – Pack-a-Punching the Swordfish while it was equipped with the Holographic and Long Barrel attachments caused the weapon to have improper animations. – If the player left any party lobby hosted by a player, then accepted an invite into a custom Zombies game from a second player, it would result in the player losing functionality during the First Time User Experience screen. – The Ethereal Razor could be seen constantly even if the player was not using the knife. – The player put their only weapon into the Pack-a-Punch, effectively giving them fists in first-person, but a knife would be seen in their hand in third-person. – After killing the Blightfather, the 25% XP boost did not give out the appropriate value with a “MKII” weapon. – – Prestige Master – Addressed issues where: A Prestige Master Level 1000 player could still see an XP bar in the After Action Report after every match, despite there being no XP left to earn. – Earning XP at Prestige Master Level 322 could become corrupted. – The Options menu during a game would display the incorrect level and amount of XP for a Prestige Master player, and would be inconsistent with the After Action Report. – A Master Prestige player changed their Prestige icon and other players would see the default icon in the Social menu. – – “Death-Con Five” Gauntlet – Addressed issues where: Players may lose their sprinting animation after sliding and shooting during “Slippery” in Round 2. – Players were able to use Elixirs while not sliding, which was inconsistent with the round description during “Slippery” in Round 2. – If the player rapid-fired a semi-auto weapon while sliding, they could rapid-fire the remainder of the clip after stopping during “Slippery” in Round 2. – Damage would persist on players while standing still during Round 5. – The player would lose points when they run, walk, slide, crouch, or go prone in Nova 6 Gas, despite the description only mentioning when “standing” during the “High Gas Prices” Round. – – “Veni, Vidi, Zombie!” Gauntlet Addressed an issue in Round 26 in which players could briefly see their Equipment in their hands as their weapon changed. – Addressed an issue in Round 26 in which the revival animation would not play when the player was reviving another player. – – Classified Addressed a visual issue near the Mystery Box in the War Room Upper Level. – Addressed an issue where activating the Nova Crawlers by annoying McNamara during a round transition change would cause all spawns going forward to be Nova Crawlers. – Closed an exploit where the player could use the Ragnarok DG-5 to jump onto a filing cabinet in Central Filing. – – IX Addressed an issue where players were unable to repair barricades in the Ra Altar room. – Addressed an issue where the player may notice a misaligned Challenge text box in the UI after cutting a Challenge Banner rope. – – Blood of the Dead Addressed a rare issue where the player’s Shield Key could get jammed in a door while aiming down sights. – Addressed an issue that could occur where the Warden that spawns on the roof could path to the Infirmary and then get stuck. – Addressed an issue that could occur where random barricades would become unrepairable after Round 6. – – Dead of the Night Addressed an issue where gazing sequences would reset the FOV to 90. [PC only] – Addressed an issue where the light FX for Alistair’s Annihilator could persist on the screen when grabbed by the Crimson Nosferatu. – Addressed various visual issues in the Cemetery. – – Perk Up Elixir Addressed an issue where the player would only receive two Perks from the Perk Up Elixir after failing a round in any Gauntlet match by not completing the objective. – Addressed an issue where, if a player used the Perk Up Elixir in a Gauntlet to obtain extra Perks and then proceeded to get damaged down to 50 health, then used In Plain Sight while being attacked at 50 health, the round failed and the Perk Up Perks remained active when the player respawned in the next round. – – – Global – Addressed issues where: – -Treyarch

Everything Treyarch are working on after Day Two of the Blackout Private Beta – Armor, Inventory, and More Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 developers Treyarch have released an updated list of things they are looking at working on after Day Two of the Blackout battle royale private beta. The list highlights and covers a variety of in-game mechanics and aspects, including Armor, weapons, Zombies, Item distribution, Inventory management, kill credit, ladders, and reporting bad behavior. Most of these topics have been commonly mentioned in many of the feedback from the community, and Treyarch have thus responded by looking into how these mechanics can be adjusted and fine-tuned for that the gaming experience is fun, fresh, and balanced. Level 2 & 3 Armor: As with the MP Beta, we’re taking a cautious approach to changes to Armor during the Blackout Beta as we keep an eye on overall gameplay balance. As part of a secondary update that recently went live yesterday, we fixed a bug where all explosive damage was not impacting Level 3 Armor. We are currently evaluating and testing where and how often Level 3 Armor makes its appearance, as well as reducing its absorption properties (will transfer more damage and break easier). In doing so, we are also evaluating Level 2 armor to adjust appropriately. – Weapons: We slowed down the rate at which you can aim down the sights of the Koshka sniper rifle, and continue to carefully measure the performance and popularity of other weapons. We’ve got our eyes on the Vapr right now. It’s an incredibly popular weapon (no doubt given how powerful its suppressor is), but it hasn’t precisely proven to be overpowered. – Zombies: Zombies can attack you from a range we didn’t intend. We are testing the fix for this right now. – Item Distribution: This important game system governs how many of which type of Item (be it a Weapon, Perk Consumable, Backpack, Attachment, or anything else) appears at any Destination, in a Supply Drop, or in a Stash. We continue to slowly refine the quantity, frequency, and quality of those Items. – Item/Inventory Management: We’ve gotten a ton of great feedback about the Inventory and Item management systems in Blackout. As a start, we’ve decreased how long it takes to pick up Items in the world. Additionally, we automatically close the Quick Equip menu if you haven’t interacted with it within 5 seconds. We are currently evaluating additional “quality of life” features to improve this experience, including how you interact with a Stash and manage Attachments on weapons more efficiently. Some of these are complex systems and may not be ready before the Beta period ends. – Kill Credit: We’ve seen that there are certain situations where players are not being properly credited for kills. We’re looking to track down all the different scenarios where this happens and will fix them for launch. – Ladders: We’re aware that a number of players have had issues backing down ladders. The team is considering ways to address this. Adjustments to climbing down ladders may not make it into the Beta, but we’re looking at it in time for launch. As a reminder, it’s always faster to base jump if you’re high enough. Sprint towards the edge and press and hold the Jump button. – Reporting Bad Behavior: As we mentioned in our first update, we’re continuing to track bad player behavior with our security team and have been banning users for intentional team killing. If you encounter this or other bad behavior in-game, you can be part of the solution by using the “Report Player” system in the Social menu to report: Offensive Language – Cheating – Griefing – – In addition to the items listed above, Treyarch have already pushed through some live updates on September 12, which includes the new ‘Fast Collapse’ playlist. Playlist Updates: Added new “Fast Collapse” playlist (notes above). – – Miscellaneous Fixes: General stability and matchmaking fixes. – Downed players can no longer interact with their Inventory. – Fixed an issue where a raft was spawning upside down near Hydro Dam. – Fixed an exploit that could lead to unlimited ammo. – – Tuning Updates: Armor: Players wearing Level 3 armor will now take explosive damage. – Titan: Fixed the reticle on the gold Titan. – Koshka: Headshots will no longer 1-shot players with 200HP. – Paladin: Headshots will no longer 1-shot players with 200HP. – – As always, those who have tried out Blackout are encouraged to give their honest feedback, and can do so via any of the following channels: Twitter: @Treyarch and @ATVIAssist – Console: Depending on the technical issue, you may be given the opportunity to “report a problem” directly on your console. If that happens, please do so, as it helps us track down the source of issue. – Survey: After you’ve played the Beta, you will be given the opportunity to provide us with direct feedback through a survey. Stay tuned for a link at the end of the Blackout Beta period. – The Blackout private beta is currently live on Playstation 4 until September 17. Players on the Xbox One and PC will have to wait until the 14th-17th to try out the Private Beta. The beta on PC will become open from September 15-17. Source – Reddit

Everything Treyarch are working on after Day Three of the Blackout private beta – item pickup, footsteps, and more Call of Dut: Black Ops 4 developers Treyarch have released a Day Three recap of the Blackout private beta, including an updated list of things they are currently looking at and working on. The list is full of various in-game mechanics and aspects that Treyarch are looking to improve, including item pickup proximity, footsteps, the ‘Awareness’ perk consumable, bullet penetration, kill-feed, merits and leveling, base jumping, and the Collapse (gas). A lot of these topics have been commonly found in much of the feedback that players have submitted, and the developers have thus responded by looking into how these mechanics can be fine-tuned and adjusted. Item Pickup Proximity: We’re working on making Items easier to pick up without having to look directly down at them. This is not likely to be something we can patch in the Beta, but will be available on launch day. – Footsteps: We are working behind the scenes to adjust footstep volume so that your own steps and the steps of your teammates won’t sound louder than the footsteps of your enemies. We are still investigating any issues associated with adding that to the Beta. – Perk Consumable – Awareness: Speaking of footsteps, in addition to the above, we have made and are testing changes to Awareness so that your own team’s footsteps are muted even further. We are optimistic that this one might make it in before the Beta period ends. – Bullet Penetration: We’ve seen reports of windows blocking the first shot before they’re broken, and issues with how bullet penetration might work shooting through a ceiling, but not through the floor and vice-versa. We’re on top of it, and we’ll make sure bullet penetration works as you might expect before the game releases. – Obituary (AKA: Killfeed): We’re seeing requests for better intel when your teammates are downed and killed. We didn’t quite get everything we wanted to do with the Obituary in before the Beta deadline, so expect to see a more robust set of notifications for important game activity in the final version of the game. – Merits and Leveling: Merits and level progression aren’t intended to be a meaningful part of the Beta, as none of your game stats will carry with you to the final game. Nonetheless, we are working out the bugs and improving the accuracy of stat reporting. Additionally, we’ve heard the feedback loud and clear and are actively discussing the best next steps to improve this experience. – Wingsuit/Base Jumping: We generally like that you can get to almost anywhere across the map if you dive and gather momentum during Infiltration. However, in some cases the distance that you can travel and the speed at which you can dive allows you to outpace the helicopter itself, which is not intended. We are currently evaluating revised tuning that would still let you reach nearly any Destination of your choice, but you would have to wait a bit longer until the helicopter is further along its flight path. We’ll have a better idea tomorrow night if this change can make it in before the weekend. – Collapse: We are currently testing tuning changes to the damage tick rate of the Collapse, especially in early stages. With enough basic medical supplies in your Inventory, you can currently stay out in the collapsed area of the map longer than we intended. – Read More: Major armor nerf, new characters, and more added in latest update for Blackout beta – full patch notes – The featured playlist has also been updates as the previous day’s ‘Fast Collapse’ mode has been changed to ‘Close Quarters.’ In this new mode, players will be forced to engage each other at much closer ranges since the only weapons available are SMGs, shotguns, handguns, and fists. Twitter: @Treyarch and @ATVIAssist – Console: Depending on the technical issue, you may be given the opportunity to “report a problem” directly on your console. If that happens, please do so, as it helps us track down the source of issue. – Survey: After you’ve played the Beta, you will be given the opportunity to provide us with direct feedback through a survey. Stay tuned for a link at the end of the Blackout Beta period. – Source – Reddit

Everything Treyarch are working on after Day Four of the Blackout beta – Armor damage indicator, team-kill looting, and more Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 developers have released a recap for Day Four of the Blackout beta, including an updated list on everything they are currently working on. The list features a variety of in-game mechanics that Treyarch are looking to improve, including team-kill looting, audio occlusion, distinguishing vehicle vs player hits, armor damage indicator, camera controls while downed, scoreboard/teammate kill counters, draws, and kill-cams. Developers have decided to look closely at fine-tuning and adjusting these aspects of Blackout since they were among the most commonly mentioned in feedback received from players. Teamkill Looting: One of the most upvoted requests concerns preventing teamkillers from looting the bodies of teammates they’ve killed. In addition to reporting bad behavior through the “Report Player” function in the Social menu (and continuing to ban players for intentional teamkilling), we agree with this approach and are adding this, or something similar, to our “To Do” list. We have a zero-tolerance policy for intentional teamkillers. Be sure to report them so we can bring the banhammer down. – Audio Occlusion (AKA: Spatial Audio): We discovered and are fixing a critical bug where a player’s environment does not properly impact in-game sounds. This is why, for example, someone directly above or below the player can sound so much louder than expected. When the game is released, footsteps will be properly impacted by walls, floors, ceilings, and other objects in the world. – Distinguishing Vehicle vs. Player Hits: We’ve seen requests to make it easier to determine if a player’s shots are hitting a vehicle or an enemy in or near that vehicle. This is already being fixed in time for launch. Players will know the difference based on the color of their hitmarkers. – Armor Damage Indicator: Several players have asked for a clearer method of showing how much damage their Armor has taken. In the launch version of the game, players will see an Armor Health Bar that appears above their own Health Bar in the HUD when wearing Armor. The Armor icon will continue to break apart as it does now. – Camera Controls While Downed: We’ve seen requests to allow free-looking camera controls when downed. We intentionally don’t allow this, as players should not have better situational awareness when downed than when they’re on their feet. Nonetheless, we will continue to evaluate the camera position and other tweaks. – Scoreboard/Teammate Kill Counters: In the long term, we are working on some improvements to the After Action Report that will give players additional information about their team’s performance. We also have planned improvements for seeing performance stats in the game that will measure player Kills, Downs, Kills Confirmed, and Clean Ups, which will be separate from the “Players Left Alive” and “Players Spectating You” HUD details. – Draws/#1 Place, but Game Over Instead of Victory Screen: Some of you have been surprised to see your match end in a draw. Same here! It’s very possible, but unlikely, that two players could trade kills, and we need to do a better job covering this edge case and others like it. Stay tuned. – Killcam Details: In Blackout, players cannot access the Killcam until everyone on their team has been eliminated from the game. This is to prevent players from using the replay to give advanced situational knowledge to teammates still alive. After all members in a team have been eliminated, the Killcam button will appear on the Game Over screen. – Read More: Full patch notes for latest hotfix update released for Blackout beta – changes to Collapse, Wingsuit nerf, and more – Since the release of the Blackout private beta on September 10, Treyarch have maintained direct communication with its player-base as to what changes have been implemented and what improvements are being considered. However, with the beta having gone live now for both Xbox One and PC on September 14, the developers’ workload will likely increase considerably, with now three platforms to manage until the beta goes offline on September 17. It’s likely that many of the adjustments discussed in the post above will not be able to be implemented in time before the beta period ends, so players will probably have to wait until the full game releases on October 12 to see the changes. However, players are encouraged to continue providing feedback, and can do so via the following channels: Twitter: @Treyarch and @ATVIAssist – Console: Depending on the technical issue, you may be given the opportunity to “report a problem” directly on your console. If that happens, please do so, as it helps us track down the source of issue. – Survey: After you’ve played the Beta, you will be given the opportunity to provide us with direct feedback through a survey. Stay tuned for a link at the end of the Blackout Beta period. – Source – Reddit

Everything Treyarch are fixing, changing, and investigating after Blackout beta – Armor, footsteps, and more With the beta for Call of Duty’s new Blackout battle royale mode now over, developers Treyarch have released a full recap of the major aspects of the game they will be looking into. Included in the list are several important in-game items and mechanics that Treyarch will be looking to improve, including Armor, audio adjustments, inventory and item management, and Xbox One performance. Throughout the week-long beta period, these topics were the ones most often mentioned and discussed in the feedback received from players, and thus the developers have prioritized them for adjusting. Armor Armor’s role in Blackout is inherently unique compared to its role in MP. You only live once in Blackout, and you’re rewarded for scavenging in areas that often put you in perilous positions, especially as the Collapse gets smaller in the late game. For this and other reasons, we’ve been cautious about making sweeping changes to the way Armor works, though we’ve made some tweaks during the Beta and continue to evaluate how Armor will work at launch. Every Item in the game, from Armor to Weapons to Perks, is constantly re-evaluated to ensure they fit in the correct place in the game’s meta. You can expect Armor to be tuned multiple times as the game, and the gameplay content, evolves over time. Some changes to Armor since the start of the Beta include: Spawn frequency of Level 3 Armor has been reduced by 75% compared to its initial spawn rate in the Beta. – Level 3 Armor will now most frequently be found in Stashes and Supply Drops, though it may occasionally spawn in the world. – Level 3 Armor now breaks sooner and passes more damage to the player wearing it, and still offers headshot and other types of damage mitigation. We’ve heard your concerns that Level 3 Armor was still perhaps too powerful by the end of the Beta, and will be evaluating the data to see what other tweaks may be required. – Level 2 Armor was also minorly adjusted during the Beta and will potentially be tweaked further in time for launch. – Players will see an indicator of the condition of their own Armor, and those of their teammates, in the HUD. This provides a more granular indicator of the damage that your Armor has taken beyond the Armor icon and will let you know if it’s time to seek out a replacement. – Audio Adjustments We saw several reports of footsteps sounding louder or quieter than expected, and not always being able to tell the direction enemies were coming from. Others reported an uneven balance of footstep volume between teammates and enemies. We’re on it. Improvements to how audio will work at launch include: Sounds will be properly impacted by walls, floors, ceilings, and other objects in the world. This means enemies directly above or below the player should no longer sound louder than expected. – The volume of the cargo plane, punching, game countdown timers, and everything else you’ve brought to our attention (and many things you have not) will be reviewed in-depth as part of that process. The game has not yet had its final audio mix. – Teammates’ footsteps will be quieter compared to enemy footsteps. – The Awareness Perk will further reduce the loudness of the footsteps of your teammates. – All audio presets will be available at launch in the Options menu. Audio presets can make a big difference, and we offer many choices for those who play with headphones or surround sound. – Inventory & Item Management On the first day of the Beta, the community almost unanimously asked for faster Item pickups. As a result, we made pickup speed as fast as possible while still protecting players from accidentally picking up an Item when attempting to reload. Console players have asked for an option in Settings to allow them to tap a button to instantly pick up an Item. We like this idea a lot, and want to be sure we get it right and test it thoroughly. The Quick Equip menu can be fantastic for making Inventory adjustments quickly, but could also get in the way of picking up Items, opening doors, or entering vehicles. We adjusted the Quick Equip menu so it automatically closes after a few seconds with no interactions. We are also looking into the feasibility of closing the Quick Equip menu if the player performs other actions such as firing a weapon, changing stance, starting a Sprint, etc. We’ve already improved the proximity and height at which you can interact with Items on the ground so you don’t have to look down at that Item so precisely. It’s being tested now and is very likely to be in when the game comes out. Last but not least, we are creating designs for other “quality of life” improvements to these very important game systems including, but not limited to: Evaluating options to improve the Stash interface when looting enemies and containers on console. – Adding a new method to allow you to quickly remove all Attachments from a weapon. – Incorporating a way to swap Attachments between Weapons, if both Weapons support the same attachment. – Xbox One Performance We saw some reports of screen tearing and choppiness when playing in Quads on Xbox One, and we’re investigating. There are two specific issues that we have pinpointed on Xbox One that will be fixed for launch: Fix for issue where pressing the Xbox button would sometimes cause the player to lose controller input and have to restart. – Inviting friends to your party will work as expected (not only through the in-game Social menu). – That being said, no one expects the first day release of Blackout to be perfect; the developers themselves have admitted they will be constantly monitoring game-play data after release and add, adjust, change, and even remove things they see necessary. Players can also expect there to be a more content in the full release than in the beta, some of which may be revealed in the time leading up to launch. All in all, Treyarch have demonstrated that they are dedicated to working with community to make sure that most changes to Blackout are driven and inspired by their feedback. Source – Reddit

Everything you need to know about League Play in Black Ops 4 – World League Hub, how it works, and more The long awaited League Play mode will finally made its debut in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 on February 21, and here is everything you need to know about it. After months of patiently waiting, Call of Duty players were finally be awarded with League Play, which came as part of the brand new in-game World League Hub. For those who may be unfamiliar with League Play, and even competitive CoD as a whole, were are providing with all of the information you’ll need in anticipation of tomorrow’s release. When did League Play go live? League Play officially went live in Black Ops 4 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET / 6 PM GMT on February 21, but will only be available on PlayStation 4 for now. Thanks to Sony’s exclusivity agreement with Activision, Xbox One and PC players will get League Play a week later on February 28, with the launch time being presumably the same. How does League Play work? League Play is a ranked competitive mode in Multiplayer that will be modeled after the Call of Duty World League, which is the official CoD esports organization. This means that all of the matches played will follow the official ruleset used by the CWL, meaning the game modes will be limited to Hardpoint, Control, and Search & Destroy, and the choices of weapons, attachments, perks, scorestreaks, and Specialists that players can use will be placed under restrictions. Here is a comprehensive overview of how League Play, as provided by Treyarch: PRO SERIES AND LEAGUE PLAY EVENTS In the World League Hub, you will compete in the Pro Series playlist using the same game modes, rules, maps, and restrictions that the pros play. These are the same updated CWL rules that we recently implemented in the Pro Series Moshpit playlist in public Multiplayer and in CWL Custom Games, which has moved from Multiplayer to the World League Hub to make it faster and easier to jump into a competitive match. League Play Events will be run in tight, competitive time frames of 3-4 days using the Pro Series rules with no gaps between events to allow you to play for rank all week long. These events may be shorter or longer depending on the introduction of other types of competitive events later in the year. For the launch of the World League Hub, League Play Events will be the only events running. LEAGUE PLAY DIVISIONS Once a League Play Event starts, you will be placed in a Division of up to 50 players around your same skill level to compete for top position in the Division Ladder. What you are competing for in this Division Ladder, just like in the original League Play in Black Ops II, is Ladder Points. Win matches to earn more Ladder Points; lose matches, and your Ladder Points are reduced. The goal is to finish as high as possible in the Division Ladder by the end of the event by earning more points than other competitors in your Division. Your Division has no bearing on who you are matched with when competing, as you will always be matched with players from the entire global population in League Play who are closest to your skill level. This allows League Play matches to stay as competitive as possible. Note that matchmaking times may take longer than standard Multiplayer matches, as the system searches for the best skill match, and matches only start once full teams with the same number of players on each team have joined. Of course, League Play is the only mode in Black Ops 4 Multiplayer that utilizes skill-based matchmaking. LADDER POINTS AND DAILY BONUSES A base Ladder Point value is awarded for a win, with increased points for every win in a streak up to a 4-game win streak. A loss will deduct penalty points from your Ladder Points and reset your win streak. In addition to wins, you will earn an initial placement bonus of Ladder Points when placed in a Division, and a Daily Bonus is available every day. The Daily Bonus is a pool of Ladder Points that can be earned across your initial victories of the day. The Daily Bonus will be reset each day, and unearned points do not carry over to the next day, so be sure to get in every match you can to maximize your earnings. WORLD LEAGUE RANK You’ll notice this time around that we’re approaching the ranking system with a brand-new philosophy. In the past, League Play displayed a divisional rank based on a player’s skill bracket and Arena displayed a rank based on a player’s performance in the current season. We found that this type of system was unrewarding for most players because they would settle early into a rank that would become stagnant for the duration of the season. Even for the highest-ranking players, this could feel unrewarding because there was no persistence of their accomplishments across seasons, and that was a missed opportunity. To address this, we’ve created a new permanent, progressive rank system focused on a combination of both lifetime and recent performance, called your World League Rank. The new system progresses players higher in ranks based on final placement in events, and it permanently reflects personal best milestones that players achieve, such as placing in the Top 10 or 1 Place, along with streaks of getting multiple 1 Place finishes in a row. As such, the rank displayed in Black Ops 4 is based on a more rewarding persistent rank system that always allows players to progress from event to event. The higher you finish in events, the faster you will progress through the system, and your success will always be reflected in your rank. RANK REWARDS: GEMS Compete in a League Play Event, and you can earn Gems based on your final position in the Division Ladder. Earn enough Gems, and you’ll advance your rank. Gems are rank rewards that are granted based on your final place at the end of a League Play Event. Make it to the Top 25, and you earn 2 Gems. Finish in the Top 10, and you’ll earn an additional Gem for a total of 3 Gems. Finish 1, and you’ll earn another Gem for a total of 4. RANKS There are 20 ranks to achieve in the World League Hub. Each rank requires a number of Gem slots to be filled before the next rank can be earned. Once a rank is filled with Gems, the next Gem earned will advance the player to the next rank, and will be applied to the new rank. The Gem requirements start at 3 per rank and increase to 4 per rank once you reach Rank 11. Ranks 1-10: 3 Gems per Rank – Ranks 11-20: 4 Gems per Rank – PERFORMANCE TIERS Your permanent rank will also reflect if you’ve ever placed in the Top 10 or won a League Play Event. This means everyone who sees your rank will instantly know how high you’ve placed in any League Play Event. Place 1 in enough League Play Events and you’ll become a Champion, which will be reflected publicly with a new Diamond rank. Finish Top 10: Rank permanently upgraded to Silver. – Finish 1 Place: Rank permanently upgraded to Gold. – Finish 1 Place in 7 League Play Events: Rank permanently upgraded to Diamond. – VICTORY FLAMES Victory Flames reflect the highest level of performance for players at the top of their game. Gold flames will appear after you place 1 in a League Play Event, and will last for one event unless you place 1 again in the next League Play Event. The cosmetic state of your flames will advance to higher tiers with consecutive 1 Place finishes, up to 3 in a row. Victory Flames are temporary and must be maintained across League Play Events. For each League Play Event where you don’t finish 1, your flames will drop a tier in color or disappear completely if your flames were previously Gold. 1 Place: Gold Flames – 1 Place Streak x2: Blue Flames – 1 Place Streak x3: Purple Flames – What is the World League Hub? The World League Hub will be the ‘fourth pillar’ of Black Ops 4, in addition to Multiplayer, Zombies and Blackout. League Play will be located in this hub, along with CWL Custom Games and pretty much anything else related to competitive CoD and esports. Prior to launch, images of the World League Hub’s main lobby were being leaked after a glitch in the game was allowing players early access into the menus. What is the current CWL ruleset? As mentioned above, League Play will be modeled after the CWL, which means that all matches will follow the most recent version of the official competitive ruleset. You can check out that ruleset in its entirety down below, although it is subject to change at any time. Maps and Modes For this year, all competitions will be played on three game modes: Hardpoint, Search and Destroy, and Control. Control is a new signature game mode that brings out the best in Black Ops 4 team tactical gameplay. It brings together some elements of S&D and Hardpoint in a way that feels completely unique. Like S&D, teams alter between attacking and defending two pre-determined objective areas on the map. Like Hardpoint, these objectives are hills where attackers must stand in to capture them. Each team gets a collective 25 lives per round. A team takes a round when they either capture both hills on offense, run out the clock on defense, or expend all of the other teams’ 25 lives on either side. Our initial slate of maps may be reduced ahead of CWL Las Vegas. We want to make veto strategy an important element this season but have kept the map pools for each mode purposefully larger to allow us to adjust in the future. At this time, Control will be our third game mode – replacing Capture the Flag from the previous CWL season. Here are the maps and main settings changes for Control: Maps: – Updated November 15 — Arsenal — Frequency — Gridlock — Seaside Settings: — Two second respawn delay — Three-second suicide penalty — 15-second pre-match timer — Five second pre-round timer As for the other two modes, here is the initial map pool and settings changes for Hardpoint and Search and Destroy: Hardpoint Maps: – Updated November 15 — Arsenal — Frequency — Gridlock — Hacienda — Seaside Hardpoint Settings: — Two second respawn delay — Three-second suicide penalty — 15-second pre-match timer Search and Destroy Maps: – Updated November 15 — Arsenal — Frequency — Gridlock — Hacienda — Payload Search and Destroy Settings: — Time limit decreased to 1:30 — Round Win limit increased to six rounds — Select Spawn disabled — Silent Plant enabled — 15-second pre-match timer Five second pre-round timer Specialists – Updated January 29 The following Specialist is restricted from use in CWL competition: — Nomad — Torque — Ajax Specialists in the game can be used by one player on each team, just like in regular Multiplayer lobbies. Specialist Equipment – Updated January 29 The following Specialist Equipment is restricted from use in CWL competition: — Tac-Deploy — Seeker Drone — Reactor Core Sensor Dart has been removed from the restricted Specialist Equipment list and has been re-enabled in competitive play (Updated 11/15) Following CWL Las Vegas, special attention will be paid to the tuning of specific Specialist Gear (specifically for esports competition), adjusting elements like the damage dealt and durability of some offense-based equipment as well as the active time and impact of persistent support items. Some equipment the studio would like to try adjusting – specifically for Esports Modes – include how Tac-Deploy operates and how many spawns it can generate, Reactor Core’s strength and radius, the damage and durability of Torque’s gear and more. Weapon Restrictions The following will be restricted for competitive play. — Titan — Hades — VKM 750 — MOG 12 — SG12 Hellion Salvo has been removed from the restricted weapons list and has been re-enabled in competitive play (Updated 11/15) Rocket Launchers have traditionally been restricted from competitive Call of Duty due to free fire functionality and the damage that they apply to other players. However, they will be permitted in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 competitive play after a tuning adjustment has been made to significantly reduce damage to players. The ultimate goal of keeping Launchers in play in competitive is to serve as a tactical counter to equipment and scorestreaks exclusively, and not affect player-to-player combat. For that reason – specifically when selecting Esports settings in custom games, which will be added to the game in the near future – damage to players from Launchers will be dramatically reduced, such that it will be insignificant. Other Restrictions – Updated January 29: The following will be restricted for competitive play. Attachments: — High Caliber — High Explosive — Laser Sight II — Max Load — Rapid Fire — Rocket Cache — Steady Grip Optics: — Fast Lock Perks: — Gung-Ho — Skulker — Team Link — Tracker Wildcards: — Overkill — Primary Operator Mod — Secondary Operator Mod Scorestreaks – Updated January 29: — UAV — Care Package — Counter-UAV — Sentry — Mantis — Dart — RC-XD Gear: — Acoustic Sensor Lobby Settings In all modes, some standard game settings will be changed, including: — Friendly Fire enabled — Battlechatter disabled — Revenge voice disabled — 3 Person Spectating Disabled — 3 Person Gestures Disabled — Gesture Camera Controls Disabled — Team Assignment – Open — Announcer – Enabled

Everything in Warzone Pacific Season 4 Reloaded: Release date, Terminator skin, Zombies, more ActivisionWith Warzone Pacific Season 4 Reloaded next on the calendar, we’ve got an early rundown on what to expect. From a Terminator crossover to the return of Zombies, here’s what you need to know about the next major CoD update. As we near the halfway point of Warzone Pacific Season 4, the next sizeable content drop is quickly coming into focus. Although we just got a new Battle Royale map, powerful weapons, and a range of equipment, there’s still plenty more on the horizon. Another action series crossover is in the pipeline as Activision has teased the emergence of Skynet throughout Season 4. Beyond that, we also know Zombies are returning to some degree, though you’ll have some new tools at your disposal to fend them off. From when Season 4 Reloaded goes live to an early look at new Warzone content on the way, here’s all you need to know. Contents: Release date – Terminator crossover – New gameplay features – Playlists in Season 4 Reloaded – Zombies making a return – New weapons on the way – Warzone Pacific Season 4 Reloaded: Release Date In-game seasons typically follow a four-week release cycle, but the first half of S4 is getting a few more days to breathe. Season 4 Reloaded will drop on July 27 at 9AM PT and will bring all of the following shakeups to the game. Terminator crossover coming in Season 4 Reloaded Although teased back in June, Activision has remained fairly quiet on the upcoming Terminator crossover ever since. Following on from the likes of Godzilla and Kong, Die Hard, and Rambo to name a few, Arnold Schwarzenegger’s iconic T-800 is next up. Individual bundles in the store will allow players to purchase skins for both the Cyberdyne Systems Model 101 (aka the T-800) and its T-1000 successor. While exact prices are yet to be confirmed, it’s safe to expect a cost of 2,400 CoD Points, no different from previous bundles. Armored SUVs & Portable Redeploy Stations As revealed in the Season 4 roadmap last month, we know for certain that at least two new gameplay additions are on the way to shakeup the core BR experience. First is the Armored SUV, a powerful new vehicle that’s hopefully less problematic than its earlier counterpart. This vehicle comes with a Nitro Boost making it one of the fastest on Caldera today. Moreover, Portable Redeploy Stations are also arriving soon, giving teams the power to launch up into the sky and swiftly rotate from just about anywhere on the map. New playlists in Warzone Season 4 Reloaded New in the midseason update is the Titanium Trials: Endurance game mode. Described as “an updated version of the highly-competitive Iron Trials,” this playlist is sure to be the toughest on offer for the rest of Season 4. The mode offers an updated take on Iron Trials, increasing every player’s health to 300 and bringing a custom loot table to the fold, meaning that rare items will be far more common to combat the increased level of HP across the board. Zombies return as part of Warzone Season 4 Reloaded patch Zombies are set to return during Warzone Season 4 in the Reloaded patch. According to the roadmap, Rebirth of the Dead is set to drop undead hordes across Rebirth Island. This mode will function similarly to Zombie Royale where players come back to life as zombies to hunt down the players that are still alive on the map. New weapons in Warzone Season 4 Reloaded Last but not least, we also know of a new weapon set to arrive as part of the Season 4 Reloaded update. Players will soon be able to get their hands on the Vargo-S Assault Rifle. The gun will be unlockable through an in-game challenge but will also be a part of a blueprint that will arrive sometime after the update.

Everything in Warzone Pacific Season 4: Release date, Fortune’s Keep map, Caldera changes ActivisionWarzone Pacific Season 4 Mercenaries of Fortune is the next major update locked for the hit Call of Duty battle royale and it’s set to be a can’t-miss patch. From an entirely new map in Fortunte’s Keep to a range of new weapons, modes, and features, there’s plenty on the horizon. Seven months removed from Warzone’s jump to the Pacific and we’re already fast approaching the fourth seasonal update. Following up on one of the biggest crossovers to date, as Godzilla & Kong drew mixed reactions in Season 3, the next patch is looking to keep players hooked in the leadup to Warzone 2. With seemingly just a few months left until the transition, the game’s Pacific era is quickly winding down. Exactly how Caldera’s chapter will come to a close remains to be seen, but Mercenaries of Fortune is already being teased as one of the more significant updates thus far. From a brand new BR map, just the fourth in Warzone’s brief history, to a wide array of new gameplay features, weapons, and more, here’s everything you need to know about the Warzone Pacific Season 4 update. Contents Warzone Pacific Season 4 release date – New Fortune’s Keep map – Caldera map changes – Weapons arriving in Season 4 – New game modes on the way – Fresh equipment and features – Warzone Pacific Season 4: Release date The next season of Warzone is set to kick off at 9AM PT on Wednesday, June 22, after the conclusion of the current season’s battle pass. Season 3 got underway on April 27 and was soon followed by Season 3 Reloaded on May 25. Following the cadence for major updates every four weeks, we can safely expect Season 4 Reloaded to come rolling about a month after the new release as well. New Fortune’s Keep map revealed for Season 4 For just the fourth time in Warzone history, an entirely new map is on the way in Season 4. Multiple teasers on social media quickly led to the full reveal of Fortune’s Keep. Fortune’s Keep Trailer. Available with Season 4 on June 22. #Warzone pic.twitter.com/s1xP0xkyTb — CharlieIntel (@charlieINTEL) June 14, 2022 We’ve now seen a quick tour of the map thanks to the Season 4 teaser trailer that was released on June 14, and it seems like players are in for more close-quarters chaos in the various buildings of the Keep. Below is a full overhead view of the map along with a breakdown of every new POI. Fortune’s Keep POIs: Overlook – Town – Graveyard – Terraces – Keep – Gatehouse – Grotto – Smuggler’s Cove – Bay – Winery – Camp – Lighthouse – After some early confusion, we now know for certain that Fortune’s Keep will serve as a third map in rotation alongside Caldera and Rebirth. Rather than replacing the latter, as many feared, the two smaller maps will simply alternate over the coming weeks, with Fortune’s Keep kicking things off for the season. Warzone Pacific Season 4: Caldera map changes As previously teased in an interview with Dexerto sister site Charlie Intel, Season 4 is set to bring “one of the biggest shifts Caldera has had since launch.” Headlining the changes is the return of an iconic POI as Storage Town makes the leap from Verdansk to Caldera. Placed between Mines, Airfield, Village, and Dig Site, this classic POI is set to feature mostly as experienced players remember, though with some added verticality due to its position on the island. On top of Storage Town, over a dozen existing POIs across Caldera are being tweaked to some degree. Some will have new pathways, others will see improved sightlines, while a handful may even feature new Mercenary Vaults for players to investigate. New weapons arriving in Warzone Pacific Season 4 Thanks to the full Season 4 roadmap, we know to expect four unique weapons throughout the next update. As usual, two are set to launch day and date with Season 4 while the remaining two will arrive later down the line, likely as part of the mid-season patch. Both the Marco 5 SMG and UGM-8 LMG are launching first through the Season 4 Battle Pass while the Vargo-S Assault Rifle and Push Dagger Melee Weapon are set to join a few weeks later. Four new game modes throughout Season 4 To keep things fresh for another season, four distinct playlists are on the way throughout Season 4. Up first is a Resurgence mode for the new Fortune’s Keep map, followed by a Golden Plunder LTM at launch. While Resurgence works just the same as before, allowing you to respawn after a set amount of time, this new Plunder mode ramps up the difficulty with a higher player count, new ATMs, along with rare Golden Keycards. Read More: Top 10 most viewed Warzone Twitch streamers – Later in the season, these playlists are expected to be joined by two further additions. Titanium Trials: Endurance and Rebirth of the Dead are both listed as in-season updates, for better or worse, meaning we’re sure to see them near the halfway point. Fresh gameplay features on the way: SUV, EMP Grenade, more Also on the way in Season 4 is a range of new gameplay features and equipment. From the Armored SUV to a direct counter with the EMP Grenade, there’s plenty in store to shake up the meta. As part of the newly upgraded SUV vehicle, players will find a rooftop turret seat along with a handy Nitro Boost feature to get out of trouble. Among the new additions is even a Portable Redeploy tool, allowing you to launch from just about anywhere on the map for a swift rotation.

Everything in Warzone Pacific Season 3 update: Classified Arms release date, Godzilla event, more ActivisionThe Warzone Pacific Season 3 update, known as Classified Arms, is now live and we’ve got a full rundown on all there is to know. From map changes and upcoming events to a huge balance pass, here’s a look at everything in the latest major update. Four months since Warzone entered the Pacific era with the jump to Caldera and Season 2 has already drawn to a close. That can only mean one thing as the next massive content drop is now in focus. Warzone Pacific Season 3: Classified Arms is now live with everything from new weapons, features, map changes, and plenty more included. So before dropping into the next big patch, be sure to brush up with our breakdown of everything there is to know about the Warzone Pacific Season 3 update. Contents Season 3 release date – Cinematic reveal trailer – Godzilla & King Kong event – New weapons – New contracts – Caldera map changes – Gas Mask animation fix – Season 3 Battle Pass – Patch notes – Warzone Pacific Season 3: Classified Arms Release Date Warzone Pacific Season 3 went live on Wednesday, April 27 at 9AM PT. This marked a full 10 weeks since the Season 2 content drop, and five weeks since the Season 2 Reloaded patch, keeping in line with the regular schedule. This time around, the update was quite hefty. The full download sizes across each platform are as follows: PlayStation 5: 43.2 GB – – PlayStation 4: 43.2 GB – – Xbox One Series X / S: 40.9 GB – – Xbox One: 40.9 GB – – PC: 38.3 GB (Warzone Only) – 98.3 GB (Warzone and Modern Warfare®) – – Warzone Pacific Season 3: Classified Arms Trailer Weeks ahead of the Season 3 launch, Activision revealed the first official look at the Classified Arms update. This brief cinematic revealed the dire consequences of multiple Nebula bomb explosions around the fictional world. Task Force Harpy have discovered treasure troves of classified arms. The truth will soon be unearthed. pic.twitter.com/1efe4Hm7JF — Call of Duty (@CallofDuty) April 13, 2022 With one such bomb detonating in Caldera, enemy forces appeared to have “shaken something awake. Something far more powerful and fearsome than we could ever hope to comprehend.” While it was mysterious at first, a Godzilla-esque roar could be heard at the very end, more on that below. This was our biggest hint at what’s to come in Season 3. Warzone Pacific Season 3: Godzilla & King Kong event A limited-time event known as ‘Operation Monarch‘ is set to launch during Warzone Pacific Season 3. As you would expect, this upcoming event focuses on the highly anticipated Godzilla and King Kong crossover. “The battle” is set to begin on Wednesday, May 11, two weeks after the Season 3 update goes live. Alongside the cinematic trailer for Season 3, the official Call of Duty account also shared a jumbled audio file teasing this event. Upon deciphering this clip, fans uncovered a hidden message. “Monsters are real,” the teaser appeared to imply. Given the Godzilla roar at the very end of the trailer, it strongly suggested a new event is on the way to shake up Warzone. I checked it on Audacity, looks like it says “Monsters are real” pic.twitter.com/mLdLJydyEg — HeckinBrandon (@HeckinBrandon) April 13, 2022 As previous leaks have indicated, Raven Software has seemingly been building towards a mega event with larger-than-life monsters like King Kong and Godzilla. Now, it’s guaranteed thanks to some leaked artwork on the PlayStation Network. An email sent out on April 18 also revealed Godzilla in full. Massive artwork captured the monster approaching an inflamed Caldera. While there’s still no telling the full scope of its impact, it seems a given that Godzilla’s arrival will drastically alter the map itself. Warzone Pacific Season 3: New Weapons Days after the first Season 3 teaser, another brief clip was spread across social media. This time, new guns and mysterious weapon blueprints were on display. Four new weapons in total were since confirmed for the Season 3 update. Classified Arms is the title of the season and thus, these unique weapons are a key focus. Players can get their hands on the M1916 Marksman Rifle, the Nikita AVT Assault Rifle, Sledgehammer Melee Weapon, and H4 Blixen SMG. Both the Marksman and the Assault Rifle were made available at launch, while the Melee Weapon and SMG are set to arrive later into the season. Warzone Pacific Season 3: New Contracts Sabotage joins the fold as the Season’s new contract. Taking on this job means players will be assigned a vehicle to destroy somewhere on Caldera. Taking care of your target will result in an Armored Truck being dropped of nearby, but you’ll still have to fend off an enemy teams who try to take advantage of your hard work. Just like Most Wanteds, Recons, and Bounties before it, Sabotage will spawn randomly around the map for players to pick up. Warzone Pacific Season 3: Caldera Map Changes When it comes to new map changes, Season 3 may be the biggest update yet. From new POIs to a different Gulag, there’s plenty to learn before dropping in. Up first comes Dig Site, an entirely new POI that joined Caldera in Season 3. This location fits in with the theme as giant monster skeletons are littered across the land amidst ample equipment from those who investigated the area before. Found between Mine and Ruins, Dig Site is set to be one of the hotter drop spots early on as everyone gets their bearings with the new location, Next up, three existing POIs received major upgrades in Season 3. After teasing “some really cool stuff” for Peak earlier in the month, Activision finally revealed its full plans on April 21, along with new changes to Runway and Lagoon as well. Rather than removing the controversial Peak area or drastically changing its geometry, the location has actually been buffed to some degree. More Supply Boxes and Contracts have been added, new ‘ascenders’ allow for quicker rotations, and with new towers built up, it’s “even easier to drop” from Peak to any other location, making this a better drop spot than ever. Runway has been rebuilt with new structures around the POI. Not only that, but experienced players will also be happy to learn that foliage has been removed from this particular area, making it much easier to spot enemies from afar. Last but not least, Lagoon now has some extra terrain as the tide has gone out. This should make flanking all the more easier if you find yourself in this corner of the map. Beyond general map changes, a brand new Gulag layout is also arriving in Season 3. Known as ‘Hold,’ the latest Gulag forces players to fight “off the coast of Caldera” in a three-lane, symmetrical arena. Warzone Pacific Season 3: Gas Mask animation fix Gas masks will no longer interrupt players from pulling their parachutes, meaning that it will be safe to land quickly when entering the circle and no one has to worry about dying to fall damage. Additionally, players will no longer pull their gas masks down mid-gunfight after being hit with Nebula V Rounds. Warzone Pacific Season 3: Battle Pass No different from usual, a new season in Warzone means a brand new Battle Pass. From new weapon Blueprints to Operator skins and of course, plenty of CoD Points, fans have 100 Tiers of rewards on offer in Season 3. Be sure to check out the full Season 3 Battle Pass right here. Warzone Pacific Season 3: Full patch notes With the Warzone Season 3 update having gone live on April 27, full putch notes were made available on the very same day. From new playlists to a sweeping balance update, there’s plenty to wrap your head around before dropping in. You can brush up on the full Warzone Season 3 patch notes with our breakdown here. That’s everything there is to know. If you’ve got more questions about Season 3, try checking out some of our other guides: All Weapon Buffs and Nerfs | What is the Sabotage Contract? | How to unlock M1916 in Warzone | How to unlock Nikita AVT in Warzone

Everything in Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: Caldera map changes, new Token system, more ActivisionWarzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded is latest major update for the popular CoD Battle Royale and with the patch now live, here’s a full breakdown of everything you need to know. Warzone Season 3 is now in effect with new map changes, weapons, and even a monstrous event all stealing the spotlight over recent weeks. Though with each cycle in the CoD Battle Royale comes one hefty midseason update. This time around, things are no different as the Pacific chapter has now reached its third Reloaded patch. While the first of its kind focused on performance issues and the second honed in on Rebirth Island, the third offered a far more well-rounded scope of improvements and additions. From gameplay tweaks to new features, there’s plenty to wrap your head around. So here’s an early look at everything set to launch as part of the Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded patch. Contents Season 3 Reloaded release date – New Weapons – Fast travel system – New Warzone Perk – Loot Pool update – Champion of Caldera – Patch notes – Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: Release Date The Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded update went live on Wednesday, May 25 at 9AM PT. Season 3 kicked off on April 27 and with the latest Battle Pass set to expire on June 27, this put the Reloaded patch at exactly the halfway point. Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: New Weapons Up first with the Season 3 Reloaded patch, we already knew for certain that at least two new weapons would be joining the mix. Following up from the M1916 Marksman Rifle and the Nikita AVT Assault Rifle in the Season 3 update, the H4 Blixen SMG and the Junkyard Jet Melee Weapon were both locked in for the big content drop. No different from typical mid-season additions, the H4 Blixen SMG was made available through a limited-time challenge after the Reloaded patch. You’ll need to secure three slide kills in a single match 15 times to unlock this one. Meanwhile, as you would expect, the Junkyard Jet Melee Weapon functions just the same as the rest, though with a distinct animation. There’s currently no telling how this powerful addition may be unlocked, though it’s safe to expect a melee-focused challenge following the Reloaded update. Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: Mine Cart fast travel system Following on from some early leaks, we soon got confirmation that a new ‘transit system’ would arrive in Season 3 Reloaded. With 14 access points scattered across Caldera, players can use underground mine carts to rapidly travel across the map. Taking inspiration from the Red Doors that appeared on Verdansk not too long ago, Caldera now has its very own fast travel option. In a new tweak on the formula, however, it’s worth keeping an eye and an ear out for light and audio clues. Various indicators will let you know if an opposing player is waiting on the other side of the underground network. Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: New Serpentine Perk on the way A new Perk made its debut through the Warzone Season 3 Reloaded update. Raven Software’s Ted Timmins confirmed the news in an interview with CharlieIntel, announcing that Vanguard’s Serpentine Perk was set to arrive in the BR. The Serpentine Perk reduces incoming damage while sprinting by 20%. Not only does this addition appear as ground loot, but it can also be selected for any given Loadout. This should serve as a direct counter to Snipers, according to Timmins. “I think fundamentally it’s going to be really healthy to Warzone to allow players to have that all-important counterplay,” he said. Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: New items in loot pool Four new items were introduced in the loot pool across Season 3 Reloaded. Two of which were unique Tokens, one a general Operator buff, and the last, a new Field Upgrade. First up comes the Gulag Entry Token. This provides yet another chance at redemption after your initial run. Say, for instance, you win your first Gulag but die a few minutes after landing back in Caldera. If you happened to pick up a Gulag Entry Token, you’d be dropped right back in the Gulag for another round. Next is the Redeploy Extraction Token which bypasses the above process. Without needing to visit the Gulag, this Token allows for an instant redeploy. Making its debut in core BR playlists is the Speed Boost buff. Having previously appeared in Warzone Clash, this pickup does exactly what you’d expect, providing a temporary movement buff. Last but not least, the Radar Jammer is an all new Field Upgrade in Warzone that scrambles the minimap of any nearby players. Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: Champion of Caldera mode Season 3 Reloaded also marked the introduction of a new Solo-focused playlist in Warzone. Known as Champion of Caldera, this slight pivot looked to improve on the traditional BR Solos grind. Crucially, players now begin each match with custom loadouts at the ready along with a Gas Mask and a Redeploy Extraction Token. As outlined above, this new Token provides a second life, giving you a chance at redemption should you fall early. 150 players round out the mode with the same goal in mind as usual: survive until just one is left standing. For a full rundown on the new mode, be sure to brush up with our Champion of Caldera guide here. Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded: Patch notes The full Warzone Pacific Season 3 Reloaded patch notes arrived day and date with the update on May 25. From reducing the overall BR lobby size to a widespread balance pass and even new Roze skin nerfs, there’s plenty to digest before dropping back in. You can brush up on the full Warzone Season 3 Reloaded patch notes here.

Everything in Warzone Pacific Season 2: Release date, map changes, new vehicles ActivisionThe Warzone Pacific Season 2 update is finally here and we’ve got the full breakdown of everything packed into the latest patch. From new Caldera map changes to unique vehicles and weapons, here’s what you need to know about the major update. 10 weeks since Warzone’s jump to the Pacific and Season 1 is now drawing to a close. With delays making this one of the longest seasons to date, the popular Call of Duty battle royale is finally set to shake things up in February. The highly-anticipated Season 2 update is locked in and appears to be bringing more new content than usual. From map changes on the divisive Caldera to devastating new vehicles and plenty more in-between, there’s a ton to get familiar with. So before the big patch arrives, get ahead of the curve with our early rundown of everything there is to know about the Warzone Pacific Season 2 update. Contents Full Season 2 Roadmap – Caldera map changes – New Bomber vehicle – Nebula V explained – Armored Transport Trucks – Redeploy Balloons – Rebirth Island map changes & Iron Trials – New weapons – Patch notes – Battle Pass – Warzone Pacific Season 2: Full Roadmap The full Warzone Pacific Season 2 roadmap was revealed on February 9. This stacked schedule revealed not just content arriving on day one, but extras on the way throughout Season 2 as well. From the announcement of Rebirth Island Iron Trials to a new Rebirth Reinforced layout, there’s plenty on the horizon beyond the update itself. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Caldera map changes Following on from various Season 2 leaks, an in-game bug accidentally let slip some interesting tweaks for Caldera. With the minimap showcasing a different outline to what the player was seeing in front of them, Raven Software quickly cleared the air to prevent more confusion. “Maybe the map knows about a change coming to this area in Season 2?” the devs teased. Days later, the devs revealed two massive new locations known as The Chemical Factory and Chemical Research Labs. The Chemical Factory POI has been dropped between Mines and Docks. What once looked like a refinery now appears as Nebula V plant, with deadly gas seeping out. Expect this to be one of the hottest drop sites in Season 2 as it comes packing valuable rewards, including a chance at the new Nebula V Bomb, more on that below. Read More: Ultimate Warzone event calendar – The second map change in Season 2 doesn’t appear on the surface. Rather, new facilities have been scattered underneath Caldera. There’s only one entry point for these POIs so it’s worth preparing for a fight before jumping in. Warzone Pacific Season 2: New Bomber vehicle “Fresh off the assembly line” comes a brand new “fleet of Bombers” in Warzone Season 2, early leaks first revealed. These powerful new vehicles were soon confirmed by Activision and are now live in-game. From day one, Loadout Drops have always been invincible. In Season 2, however, that has changed as these new Bombers can outright destroy them. To help balance these new aerial vehicles, Activision has nerfed planes as a whole. Health decreases are now in effect to make them less of a threat moving forward. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Nebula V & Portable Decontamination Stations Nebula V is a brand new element in play in Warzone Season 2. Not only can this feature make your weapons stronger, but a rare Nebula V Bomb can even change how players navigate Caldera. As a new Field Upgrade, squads are able to utilize Nebula V Ammo to their advantage. While the bullets themselves don’t deal extra damage, downing a target causes them to erupt with a poisonous gas cloud. This can prevent allies from reviving unless they have a Gas Mask. On the more deadly side of the equation comes the Nebula V Bomb. As its name implies, this is a rare item that players can detonate on Caldera for massive damage. Following an initial blast, this item then spreads deadly gas in a wide radius for up to two minutes. Those without a Gas Mask will have to think fast and flee the area. To counter the new Nebula V additions, teams can now rely on a Portable Decontamination Station (P.D.S.). This piece of equipment removes gas in a small area for a brief period. This can give you a short window to revive allies in a toxic area, or even help you survive out in the gas in the final zone. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Armored Transport Trucks New Armored Transport Trucks are responsible for driving the toxic Nebula V gas around Caldera. Expect to see these in almost every match throughout Season 2 but rest assured, taking them out could be the key to victory for your team. Each vehicle contains extremely rare loot and in some cases, even a Nebula V Bomb for your squad to use. Read More: Warzone 2: Everything we know – You’ll need to be careful of its machine gun turrets and deadly mines, however, as these trucks don’t mess around. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Redeploy Balloons If you’re one of many who find Caldera “boring” due to its slower pace, Redeploy Balloons have been implemented just for you. Looking to up the ante in Season 2, this feature now lets players launch into the sky, similar to the Red Balloons in Apex Legends. Latching onto a Redeploy Balloon will have you flying through the air for a quick rotation. This should greatly speed up navigation across the newest Warzone map. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Rebirth Island map changes & Iron Trials Not only has Caldera changed in the big Season 2 patch, but Rebirth Island is also in line for some updates as well. “Something lurks within Rebirth Island’s shadows,” devs teased on February 8. There’s no telling exactly what this means just yet, but Raven Software teased “substantial changes” are set to arrive in the middle of the season. Furthermore, Iron Trials is making its long-awaited Warzone return, though with a big twist. Rather than focusing on the main map, Iron Trials will soon be live for Rebirth Island instead. Serving as a more competitive Duos playlist, this mode ramps up TTK, tightens the rules, and features a different loot pool containing just Cold War weaponry. Warzone Pacific Season 2: New weapons As with every new seasonal update, Season 2 brings some extra firepower. This time around, four unique weapons are on the way to Warzone throughout the latest season. The KG M40 Assault Rifle and Whitley LMG were both made available at launch. Meanwhile, the Ice Axe melee/throwable weapon and Armaguerra 43 SMG are set to arrive later in Season 2. Be sure to brush up with full details on all four weapons before they make an impact in Warzone. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Patch Notes Ahead of the February 14, update Raven Software provided the full Season 2 patch notes. Highlighted by nerfs to the Bren and MP-40, along with a handful of bug fixes, there was plenty to digest. You can check out the full patch notes for Warzone Pacific Season 2 here. Warzone Pacific Season 2: Battle Pass As with every new seasonal update in CoD, a full 100-Tier Battle Pass just landed in Warzone Pacific Season 2. From two powerful weapons to a Semtex Grenade and a variety of Operator skins, there’s plenty to get your hands on this time around. Reaching Tier 100 also provides a handful of special rewards beyond just a Legendary White Mirage Anna Skin. Be sure to brush up on everything in the Season 2 Battle Pass with our in-depth breakdown.

Everything in Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Rebirth map changes, new weapons, more ActivisionWith the Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded patch now upon us, we’ve got a full look at everything packed into the latest major update. From Rebirth Island changes to new quality of life improvements, here’s everything you need to know before dropping in. As Warzone Pacific Season 2 rolls on, we’ve now reached the next big content drop in the form of the Reloaded patch. While Season 2 provided one of the biggest updates yet with everything from new POIs and equipment to unique vehicles, the Reloaded update still gave provided a great deal more. From a new Rebirth map overhaul to an assortment of game-changing features, there was plenty implemented through the latest update. Below is a full rundown on everything there is to know about the Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded patch now in effect. Contents Season 2 Reloaded Release Date – Rebirth map changes – Rebirth Reinforced event – Weapon Trading System – Quality of life improvements – Health buffs – Patch notes – Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Release Date The Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded patch went live on Wednesday, March 23 at 9AM PT. As Season 2 went live on February 14, we learned the Battle Pass runs for 72 days in total. This put our halfway point for the season directly at March 23. Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Rebirth Island map changes After roughly 15 months of regular Rebirth, the bite-sized battle royale map was finally in store for some huge changes. Up first came an entirely new POI known as ‘Stronghold.’ This area replaced the often overlooked Security Area POI and provides far more of an incentive to now visit that particular corner of the island. Two additional POIs have also been added in the form of Prison Courtyard and Dock. Furthermore, Season 2 Reloaded also implemented Redeploy Balloons on Rebirth, giving players a far more effective method of rotating. Last but not least, Communication Towers also arrived to mix things up. These brand new additions provide a single UAV ping for the cost of $1500. Be sure to check out our full rundown on every Rebirth Island map change in the Season 2 Reloaded patch. Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Rebirth Reinforced event A limited-time Rebirth Reinforced event kicked things off following the Season 2 Reloaded patch. As usual, this event comes with a unique set of challenges and rewards, though there’s more to this particular occasion than first meets the eye. Community Challenges have been announced for Rebirth Reinforced, giving players more of an incentive to grind on the newly updated map. Some of the biggest rewards are locked behind tasks that require the full Warzone community to work together. From massive XP boosts to entire new features on the map, there’s plenty to strive for as a community during the Rebirth Reinforced event. Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Weapon Trading System Brand new in the Season 2 Reloaded update is a Weapon Trading System on Rebirth Island. Rather than spending hard-earned cash to purchase equipment or streaks, this new Trading System allows you to exchange weapons instead. Say for instance, you find a Legendary gun on the ground but have no use for it. With a Weapon Trading System nearby, you can simply hand over this unwanted weapon and grab yourself anything from a UAV to a Self-Revive. While the feature is exclusive to Rebirth to begin, it’s expected to arrive in regular BR modes later this year. Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Quality of life improvements With the arrival of Season 2 came a wide range of smaller gameplay adjustments. Looking to improve the moment-to-moment experience, everything from Gas Mask animations to Fighter Planes were tweaked. Now with Season 2 Reloaded, a handful of extra changes have been added. Based on previous intel, we knew of three particular quality of life improvements locked in early. Now with the full patch out the door, we know of almost a dozen gameplay tweaks that were included. Following the latest update, players can change from prone to crouched while downed, drop their Gas Masks, and also pick up extra Armor from other Armor Satchels. Beyond that, Portable Buy Stations are also available to change the pace of any given match. Rather than rushing to a fixed Buy Station, teams are now able to drop their own on the map for easy access. That’s just the tip of the iceberg, however, as even more gameplay changes were loaded in the full Season 2 Reloaded update. You can check out the full list here before dropping into the new patch. Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Health buffs For the first time ever in standard Warzone battle royale playlists, health buffs have been implemented. Rather than introducing the change as a surprise in the Season 2 Reloaded update, however, Raven Software let fans call the shots. 📢 We want your feedback as we work towards building the ultimate Battle Royale experience in #Warzone Season Two Reloaded. Do you like the current Health pool in BR, or would you like to see us increase it to match Vanguard Royale? Have your say below! 🗳️ — Raven Software (@RavenSoftware) March 16, 2022 In a March 16 Twitter poll, players were able to vote on a slight health change for the upcoming patch. With the vast majority voting in favor of a bump from the regular 100HP to 150HP, ordinary playlists now align with Vanguard Royale’s incremental shift. Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded: Patch Notes The full Warzone Pacific Season 2 Reloaded patch notes were made available just hours before the update went live on March 23. From ground loot changes to a range of bug fixes, there’s plenty to wrap your head around. Be sure to brush up on the full patch notes here.

Everything coming in Warzone & Cold War Season 5 Reloaded: release date, weapons, modes ActivisionThe Warzone and Black Ops Cold War Season 5 Reloaded update is fast approaching and we’ve got a complete rundown on everything there is to know. From new maps and modes to a mysterious in-game event, here’s the early intel. With Warzone Season 5 nearing the halfway point, another major update is on the horizon already. Season 5 Reloaded is next on the calendar and we’ve got an early look at what to expect. As usual with the mid-season patches, a ton of fresh content is expected. New maps and modes are on the way for Cold War while a ton of limited-time content is on the way for Warzone as well. Before Season 5 Reloaded arrives, get caught up with everything we know. Warzone Season 5 Reloaded release date Season 5 Reloaded is all set to release on Thursday, September 9. However, updates will be available across Cold War and Warzone earlier in the week. Cold War players can start downloading the Season 5 Reloaded update on Tuesday, September 7 at 9PM PT. Meanwhile, Warzone players can begin their Season 5 Reloaded downloads on Wednesday, September 8 at 9PM PT. Warzone Season 5 Reloaded: New Weapons Following on from the EM2 Assault Rifle, TEC-9 SMG, Marshal Handgun, and Cane melee weapon, new additions are expected for the Season 5 Reloaded patch. The first confirmed weapon joining the mix in Season 5 Reloaded is the Sai, another functional melee weapon. This can be unlocked by completing challenges during the limited-time seasonal event. Warzone Season 5 Reloaded: New Maps While Season 5 came with a handful of new maps on day one, even more appear to be on the way for the Reloaded patch. Zoo, a classic Black Ops map, was listed in the Season 5 roadmap. Now, it’s finally set to arrive as part of the Reloaded update. Zoo was a popular DLC map in the original Black Ops title and hasn’t been seen since. Thus, Cold War will be the first time players get to jump in over a decade. Warzone Season 5 Reloaded: New Modes Alongside the fresh battlegrounds, new modes are also on the way as part of the Reloaded patch. From Cold War multiplayer modes to Warzone playlists, there’s something for everyone. On the multiplayer side, another classic game type is in store for a big return. Demolition appears to be the way in the Reloaded patch, forcing teams to attack and defend bombsites simultaneously. Read more: Ultimate Warzone event calendar – For Warzone, a massive 50v50 mode will made available following the Reloaded update. Clash is a new playlist that features a mix of large-scale deathmatch action and traditional battle royale features. Moreover, Iron Trials ’84 is another fresh experience on the way for Warzone players. This hardcore mode limits health regeneration, cancels free Loadouts, and makes the Gulag a little tougher. Warzone Season 5 Reloaded: The Numbers Event Rounding out the Reloaded update, a mid-season event is be on the way. Previous leaks suggested ‘The Numbers’ event will split teams up and force players against each other for a limited time. This highly anticipated event is set to go live on September 21 at 10AM PT.

Everything in Warzone 2 & Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 Reloaded: New weapons, modes, more ActivisionWarzone 2 and Modern Warfare 2’s joint Season 5 Reloaded update is upon us, and we’ve got the full rundown on everything to know. From new maps and modes to fresh weapons in the mix, here’s a look at all the new content. Although sights are now firmly set on Modern Warfare 3’s November 10 release, that doesn’t mean devs are leaving the current titles to flounder. Far from it, in fact, as plenty of support is still planned for the next few months. Next on the calendar is the Season 5 Reloaded content drop for both Warzone 2 and Modern Warfare 2. As always, this means new equipment, maps, modes, gameplay tweaks, and of course, plenty of cosmetics to boot. So before you drop in, familiarize yourself with all the latest additions with our Season 5 Reloaded primer below. Contents: Warzone 2 & Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 Reloaded: Release date Season 5 Reloaded is set to go live on Wednesday, August 30, 2023 at 9AM PT | 12AM ET across both Warzone 2 and Modern Warfare 2. No different from usual, players can expect a seamless transition once they’ve downloaded and installed the latest update. New Warzone 2 game modes in Season 5 Reloaded One new mode is set to shake things up in Warzone 2 during the Season 5 Reloaded stretch, while a familiar mode makes its return as well. First up, Fore Resurgence rolls out as a bite-sized version of the Al Mazrah experience. Launching as revamped map, this mode is entirely tailored for quicker battles in smaller lobbies. This version will “include the entire Al Bagra Fortress point of interest and immediate surroundings.” Next we also have the return of the Armored Royale limited-time mode. In Season 5 Reloaded it will purely be available in Quads. The objective here is to prevent your MRAP vehicle from being destroyed. New weapons in Season 5 Reloaded The Season 5 Reloaded update brings three new weapons for use across both BR modes in Warzone 2 and Multiplayer game types in Modern Warfare 2. The Pickaxe Melee Weapon, Lachmann Shroud SMG, and 9mm Daemon Pistol all join the ever-growing CoD arsenal. DRC – Zone 1 multiplayer map debuts in MW2 Season 5 Reloaded Built with “frenetic action” in mind, The Visitor Center is opening its doors in Season 5 Reloaded. This multiplayer map takes a hot spot from DMZ and gives it a new spin, letting players duke it out near the infamous Building 21. New Operators arriving in Warzone 2 & Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 Reloaded As you may have expected, Season 5 Reloaded also brings with it a range of new cosmetic content. Chief among the new additions are Operator bundles for Lara Croft, 21 Savage, and the returning Mace. All three cosmetic bundles will be available in the CoD store for a price, most likely 2,400 CoD Points each. So that’s all there is to know about the Season 5 Reloaded update thus far. We’ll be sure to keep you posted in our Call of Duty section with all the latest details as the content drop goes live.

Everything in Modern Warfare Season 2 roadmap: maps, modes, weapons, more Infinity WardActivision and Infinity Ward have released the official roadmap for Modern Warfare Season Two which details all of the new content that will be released on day one and throughout the following weeks. The highly-anticipated second season of Modern Warfare was finally officially revealed on February 10 after a plethora of leaks had surfaced about the new content in the days prior. As with Season 1, this next chapter will be jam-packed with content that won’t be all released at once; some of it will go live right on the first day, but the rest will be made available at various points throughout the season. Modern Warfare Season 2 Roadmap: There are plenty of highlights from the roadmap; there will be a combined five new maps added between multiplayer, Gunfight, and Ground War. Read More: Top 6 moments from CDL London – There will also be a bunch of new modes and playlists released, including a CDL Playlist that will feature the official Call of Duty League ruleset, albeit falling short of the ranked mode that everyone’s been calling for. Players will also be pleased to see that, in addition to the two new weapons released on day one, there will be a third “classified” gun added at some point during Season 2. Modern Warfare Season 2 official trailer: When does Modern Warfare Season 2 launch? Modern Warfare Season 2 is set to be released on Tuesday, February 11 on PlayStation 4, Xbox One, and PC. It will be launched as part of a massive update that will likely be rolled out around 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET. What’s being released on day one of Season 2? There will be plenty of new content that’s set to go live right on the first day of Season 2, including several new maps (two multiplayer, one Ground War, and one Gunfight), the return of Gunfight Tournament, a CDL playlist, the Ghost Operator, and two new weapons. NEW MULTIPLAYER MAPS Rust – The classic map returns! A small map for fast-paced combat, Rust brings the battle to an oil yard in the middle of the desert. The site of the Modern Warfare 2 Campaign mission, “Endgame”, may be just that for players who don’t learn the tricks to master this arid field of play. Utilize the environment for cover and grab the high ground and low ground to take advantage of your enemies. – Atlas Superstore – Go shopping in Atlas Superstore, a new Multiplayer map that takes place in a supercenter warehouse that has been taken over by Al-Qatala forces. Battle in dense lanes of traffic, over fallen shelving, and throughout the shipping, receiving, and employee-only areas. Clean up on aisle six! – NEW GROUND WAR MAP Zhokov Boneyard – A resting place for discarded airplane parts, Zhokov Boneyard is a Ground War map in Verdansk. Traipse through this airplane junk yard and avoid the turbulence of the enemy team while capturing your objectives. – NEW GUNFIGHT MAP Bazaar – A tightly contained cross-section of the streets of Urzikstan is turned into a battleground in Bazaar. Experience the tension-filled Gunfight while navigating a new zone of combat. The randomized Gunfight loadouts all have a chance to shine as the maps symmetrical layout offers opportunities for big moments and epic plays. – NEW WEAPONS Grau 5.56 – lightweight, maneuverable and full of potential. – Striker 45 – hard-hitting and long-range SMG. – NEW MULTIPLAYER MODES Gunfight Tournament – Enter this single elimination 2v2 firefight and battle to earn rewards. 32 teams will enter, but only one can be crowned Gunfight Tournament champion. Gunfight Tournaments will be live for a limited time. – CDL Playlist – Fight like the pros in this Call of Duty League ruleset playlist. In this playlist, the settings and available weapons, maps, and modes have been altered, so you can battle like the best of ‘em. – NEW OPERATOR Ghost – Simon “Ghost” Riley first originated in Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2 and is a British special forces Operator and a commanding officer in Captain Price’s Task Force 141. He is an expert at clandestine tradecraft, sabotage, and infiltration. – What’s being released throughout Season 2? The rest of the content, and there’s definitely plenty of it, will be going live at various points throughout Season 2, likely via weekly updates every Tuesday. This includes another new multiplayer map, two Operators, several new modes for both MP and Gunfight, and a weapon that hasn’t been revealed yet. NEW MULTIPLAYER MAP Khandor Hideout – NEW MULTIPLAYER & GUNFIGHT MODES Infected Ground War – An outbreak has occurred in Ground War. Join up with your fellow Survivors to hold off the Infected horde until the time expires. Infected players will have limited loadouts but increased movement abilities, so be wary of their crafty play. If you do get infected, attack with the horde to assault and takedown any remaining Survivors in a large-scale match of Infected. – NVG Reinforce – Battle under the cover of darkness in the NVG Reinforce playlist. Reinforce is a hybrid objective mode that blends elements of Domination with Search & Destroy. – Demolition – Similar to Search and Destroy, this respawn mode pits two teams against each other with the objective of attacking or destroying bomb sites. The attacking team must destroy both bomb sites within the time limit to win the round. Decimating one bombsite adds to your time. Destroy, defend, and be mindful of explosives in Demolition. – Gunfight Variants – NEW WEAPON Classified – NEW OPERATORS Talon – Mace – Because there’s no Season Pass or purchasable DLC model in Modern Warfare, almost all of this new content will be free to everyone on the three platforms at the same time. The only exception will be the premium Tiers of the Battle Pass, which will cost 1,000 CoD Points to unlock. However, all of those items will be purely cosmetic and can’t affect actually gameplay.

CoD Mobile Season 9 Zombies Are Back patch notes: Krig-6 AR, Ice Drake Mythic, more ActivisionCoD Mobile Season 9: Zombies Are Back is now in focus and as the name confirmed, the classic Zombies experience is back in effect on handheld devices. On top of that, new weapons and cosmetics round out a jam-packed update and we’ve got the full patch notes to get you up to speed. With Season 8: Train to Nowhere now in the rearview mirror, CoD Mobile fans are diving into the latest content drop in Season 9. Following on from early leaks and teasers, the latest content drop, referred to as the ‘Zombies Are Back’ update, comes boasting a wide range of content yet again. From another Black Ops Cold War weapon to the return of round-based Zombies, there’s plenty for fans to check out. So before you drop in to the latest patch, be sure to brush up on everything there is to know about the CoD Mobile Season 9 update. Contents CoD Mobile Season 9 update release date As the Season 8 Battle Pass alluded, CoD Mobile Season 9 was locked in for Wednesday, October 12 at 5PM PT. No different from usual, new content was available around the globe right away, with players immediately gaining access to the new season. This marked a full five weeks since the previous season took over, falling in line with the usual cadence of new seasons in CoD Mobile. Cold War Krig-6 Assault Rifle lands in CoD Mobile Season 9 Days after the Chinese build of CoD Mobile let slip crucial details, we learned for certain the Krig-6 Assault Rifle from Black Ops Cold War was making its debut in Season 9. Having only appeared in Cold War previously, this marks the AR’s second round in a CoD title. As a powerful and accurate weapon, the Krig was a popular competitive gun due to its fast TTK and long-range potential. While the default gun itself landed in Season 9, the Krig was also accompanied by a new Mythic-tier skin. Back in Season 2 of Warzone and Cold War, the Krig received an Ice Drake Blueprint that completely transformed the gun into a chilling dragon. Now, CoD Mobile fans have access to the very same design. Classic Zombies return in CoD Mobile Season 9 “Horde Incoming,” a September 18 YouTube upload warned CoD Mobile players. Soon after, we learned for certain Zombies were returning in two ways with the Season 9 update. For starters the classic round-based experience is back in full force as players venture through Shi No Numa once again. Meanwhile, Super Attack of the Undead is also making an appearance in the update, as players fight not only the AI Zombies, but infected humans as well. Unfortunately for those who have been patiently awaiting the return of Zombies in CoD Mobile, it appears it’s once again listed as a limited-time mode, meaning it will soon disappear once again, rather than feature permanently. Zombies Classic first appeared in the handheld title in 2019 and has been featured sporadically ever since. Hacienda gets a haunted makeover With Halloween season upon us, one of CoD Mobile’s multiplayer maps received the spooky treatment this year. While others have received a similar rework in the past, it’s Hacienda’s turn this time around. With cobwebs throughout, creepy pumpkin heads around every turn, and a nighttime chill covering the map, expect a completely different atmosphere when you load back into this familiar locale. CoD Mobile Season 9 Battle Pass As always, a new season in CoD Mobile means an all-new Battle Pass. This time around, players can get their hands on two powerful pieces of equipment without having to pay a dime. Both the C4 explosive and the aforementioned Krig-6 AR are available for free in the Season 9 Battle Pass at Tier 14 and Tier 21 respectively. On the premium side, a range of new Operator Skins are available, with some fitting the new undead pirate theme. Moreover, a number of Weapon Blueprints, including one for the Krig-6, can also be unlocked through Premium Tiers in the Season 9 Battle Pass. CoD Mobile Season 9 patch notes XPR-50 Damage Increased by 55-60 -> 80-75. – Range adjusted by 560m to 35m. – Removed recoil penalty. – Added upper and lower arm MP upto 1x -> 1.2x. – Damage bonuses to 85-77. – OUTLAW(BUFFED) New engagement added: 30m-> 8m-30m. – Damage profile adjusted: 90-75 -> 91-90-75. – LOCUS(BUFFED) STF Delay reduced: 0.24s -> 0.23s. – ADS time penalty reduced: 7% -> 4%. – Fire interval penalty reduced: 15% -> 10%. – MSMC First range damage increase: 25 -> 26. – First range reduced: 8m to 7m. – CBR4(BUFFED) Lower arm multiplier increased: 1x -> 1.1x. – ADS movement speed increased by 10%. – LK24 Horizontal recoil reduces by 40%. – ADS movement speed increased by 3%. – TYPE 24 Vertical recoil penalty reduced: 20% -> 10%. – Horizontal Recoil penalty reduced: 15% -> 10%. – ADS time penalty removed. – Stomach Multiplier increased: 1x -> 1.1x. – Headshot Multiplier increased: 1.2x -> 1.3x. – ICR-1 First range damage increased : 15m -> 20m. – Chest multiplier increased: 1x -> 1.2x. – Headshot multiplier increased: 1.3x -> 1.4x. – M16 Damage increased: 30-27-22 to 30-28-24. – Upper arm multiplier reduced: 1.2x to 1.15x. – Reduced Burst Delay: 240mx -> 220ms. – HOLGER Increased Damage: 31-25-19 to 31-28-23-19. – Range increased: 16-20-50m to 18-24-50m. – BSA improved by 17%. – PEACEKEEPER MK2(NERFED) Reduced ADS movement speed boost from agile stock. – Range reduced: 14-25-40m to 13-21-40m. – Reduced hit flinch boost from firm tape. – MQ27 No. of IR projectiles increased: 3-> 4. – HAWK X3 Increased Damage: 30-23-28 to 36-23-18. – Range increased: 15-37m to 20-37m. – XS1 GOLIATH Increased damage: 40-30-22 to 40-36-22. – Increased movement speed. – NAPALM Reduced Score cost: 1190-> 1090. SWARM Reduced Drone Count: 6-> 5. –

Everything in COD Mobile Season 8 update: New map, lever-action shotgun, more ActivisionCOD Mobile Season 8 delivers a wide range of fresh content, including a new map, a new shotgun, grenade, and more. In July, a leak revealed that Warzone Mobile and Modern Warfare 3 will launch on November 10, 2023. MW3’s release date was correct, but we haven’t heard any news about Warzone Mobile since. COD Mobile fans will most likely not complain, as they initially feared that the upcoming battle royale title would phase out their favorite game. However, Activision reassured community members by committing to the game’s future in March. The COD Mobile devs stuck true to their word so far and have delivered multiple seasons of content since that announcement. From the release date to what’s included, here is everything you need to know about CODM Season 8: Error 404. COD Mobile Season 8: Error 404 release date & launch time CoD Mobile Season 8: Error 404 is all set to go live on September 6 at 5 PM PT. This lines up seamlessly with the end of the current Season 7 Battle Pass, meaning new content will roll over right away as players install the new update. Kurohana Metropolis, lever-action shotgun, cluster grenades and Headquarters Kurohana Metropolis is a sci-fi-themed multiplayer map with a downtown area filled with close-range combat spaces. The new map joins COD Mobile at the start of Season 8. Previously, Headquarters was only available in private matches, but it becomes a featured game mode in the upcoming season. Headquarters is an iconic Call of Duty game mode that first appeared in the original COD. Also known as King of The Hill, the game mode has gone on to appear in most games and always attracts attention. Teams capture and hold the Headquarters location and win by reaching a score limit or by having the most points by the end of a round. Super Slide is a new playlist that allows operators to slide longer across multiple game modes. The seasonal update also adds a lever action shotgun and cluster grenades. A new operator and season pass round out the Season 8 content list. We will provide an update when the full patch notes go live. That’s everything we know about the new season so far. For more, make sure to check out the rest of our COD Mobile coverage.

Everything in CoD Mobile Season 7 update: Elite of the Elite patch notes ActivisionCall of Duty Mobile’s Season 7 update is finally upon us and we’ve got the rundown on the full patch notes. From new maps to an Ozuna collaboration, here’s everything there is to know. CoD Mobile has been on a roll lately with new seasons bringing some of the biggest updates of the year. Following close behind the launch of Undead Siege and a tie-in Aether Hunt event throughout Season 6, a brand new update is already here. With a constant influx of new maps, modes, and weaponry, CoD Mobile Season 7 keeps the momentum going with tons of fresh content. Moreover, popular musician Ozuna has even teamed up with CoD Mobile to release an assortment of crossover content as well. Here’s a complete overview of everything to know about CoD Mobile’s Season 7 update. CoD Mobile Season 7 release date & time Season 7: The Elite of the Elite, released on Wednesday, August 25 at 5PM PT / 8PM ET / Thursday August 26 at 1AM BST. Players can jump into all the new content right away and start earning the season’s newest skins, rewards, and more. CoD Mobile Ozuna collaboration Award-winning artist Ozuna provided CoD Mobile fans custom in-game content this season. To kick off the new update, Ozuna wrote a brand-new song “A La Buena, El Mejor.” The in-game collab also went live on Wednesday, August 25 with the start of Season 7. This introduced a bear-themed Ozuna skin, calling cards, avatars, and more Ozuna items in CoD Mobile. For fans that want to see the musician in action, Ozuna will be streaming Season 7 here on September 2 and 3, along with special guests. CoD Mobile Season 7 brings new maps As usual with new seasonal updates in CoD Mobile, more maps were expected to keep the multiplayer experience fresh. As confirmed after various teasers, Season 7 gave us two fresh battleground for the handheld title. First up, Scrapyard. The classic Modern Warfare 2 map was in Call of Duty: Mobile in early 2020 but now makes its return with a couple of new updates. Jump into the game and dominate opponents just like the old times. Next up is a new map to CoD Mobile, Monastery. This was originally in Call of Duty Online, but now this has been completely reimagined to fit the play style of CoD Mobile. New themed event for CoD Mobile Season 7 The new event, Cyber Attack, is set to launch on September 3. Here, players will go on missions in Multiplayer and Battle Royale every six hours to attempt to get rewards. The higher your operator’s level is, then the better chance you have to retrieve higher rewards. Some of the rewards available include operators, Technic Turret Weapon Blueprints, an Epic Charm, and more. New CoD Mobile Season 7 weapons If you missed the first Season 7 teaser, we already knew for certain that at least two new weapons were on the way to CoD Mobile. Shortly after, it was confirmed that we will be seeing the Hades LMG that was previously in Black Ops 4. This high mobile LMG, can do lots of damage if used in the right situation. Read More: How to unlock Martyrdom in CoD Mobile – Also available in CoD Mobile: a classic CoD weapon, the Crossbow from Modern Warfare was integrated into Season 7. https://twitter.com/PlayCODMobile/status/1426951841812783107 CoD Mobile Season 7 patch notes MULTIPLAYER – OPTIMIZATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS Fennec Increased Damage Multiplier on abdomen from 1 to 1.05 without any attachment – Decreased Damage Range from 15-20-27 to 12-17-24 without any attachment – Decreased Damage Multiplier on limbs from 0.9 to 0.8 without any attachment – Shorty Decreased Damage Range from 3,6,15 to 3,6,10 without any attachment – Increased ADS Bullet Spread without any attachment – Decreased Damage Range from +25% to +18% when equipped with Marauder Suppressor – Type 25 Decreased Hit Flinch from -8% to -20% when equipped with RTC Steady Stock – Decreased Horizontal Recoil from -6.4% to -10% when equipped with RTC Steady Stock – LK24 Increased Damage Multiplier on chest from 1 to 1.1 without any attachment – Slightly decreased Horizontal Recoil without any attachment – Increased Hip Fire Accuracy without any attachment – Decreased ADS Bullet Spread from -6.6% to -9% and Horizontal Recoil from -6.7% to -9% when equipped with MIP Strike Stock – Decreased ADS Bullet Spread from +9.6% to +8% when equipped with No Stock – Decreased ADS Bullet Spread from +8.4% to +6% when equipped with YKM Light Stock – Decreased ADS Bullet Spread from +10% to +8% when equipped with YKM Combat Stock – RUS-79U Increased Damage Multiplier on chest from 1 to 1.1 without any attachment – AS VAL Decreased Movement Speed from -1% to -2% and decreased Reload Speed from 0% to +6% when equipped with Large Extended Mag B – Holger 26 Decreased Movement Speed without any attachment – Decreased Damage Range from 16-24-50 to 16-20-50 without any attachment – Increased ADS Time from -8% to -5% and decreased Movement Speed from +4% to +3% when equipped with MIP Light Barrel (Short) – Increased ADS Time from -12% to -9% when equipped with MIP Light – Increased ADS Time from -10% to -7% and decreased Movement Speed from +4% to +3% when equipped with No Stock – Increased ADS Time from -15% to -12% when equipped with YKM Combat Stock – Decreased ADS Time from -23% to -28% and increased Movement Speed from 0% to +1% when equipped with Holger – 26K Double – Stack Carbine Mag – Decreased ADS Time from -25% to -30% and increased Movement Speed from +3% to +5%, increased Reload Speed from -20% to -25% when equipped with Holger – 26C Lightweight Polymer Mag –

Everything in CoD Mobile Season 6: New maps, weapons, roadmap & more ActivisionCoD: Mobile Season 6, The Heat, has got plenty in store for fans of the portable shooter. Here’s what you need to know about the latest season. Players on the Zombies side of the CoD: Mobile have been enjoying themselves in Aether Hunt and Undead Siege events. If you’ve been feeling left out, then you’re in the right place. Season 6 of CoD: Mobile is underway, bringing a boatload of content that is sure to keep the gunfights as hot as ever. This is bound to be one of the best seasons yet. So, here’s what you need to know. New maps & modes CoD: Mobile has ushered in the current era with a slew of new playlists/modes for players to settle the score in. Newfound classics such as Cranked: Confirmed and Grind are amongst the events sweeping the scene. Here’s what you can dive into: Currently in play: 08/03 – 08/09 Grind (MP) – 08/03 – 08/09 Gun Game Mosh Pit (MP) – 08/06 – 08/12 Summer Showdown (MP) – 08/06 – 08/12 Stack 24/7 (MP) – 08/06 – 08/12 Tank Battle (BR) – 08/06 – 08/19 Featured Event – Aether Hunt – 08/06 – 08/19 Rottweiler Lucky Draw – Starting soon: 08/10 – 08/16 Rapid Fire (MP) – 08/10 – 08/16 Cranked: Confirmed (MP) – Carrying on the tradition of porting over familiar maps, Modern Warfare fans will be pleased to see Gunfight staple Stack appear in CoD: Mobile. Based within a claustrophobic, small military compound , this map will definitely inspire some risky plays and close quarters bloodbaths. CoD Mobile second anniversary event To celebrate the second anniversary of CoD: Mobile, the developers will be giving players the chance to leave their mark within the game. Based around community creations, this event is an opportunity for players to forge their own unique weapon aesthetics. Players will be able to choose between a limited number of weapon types, whilst also deciding on a popular season theme to determine the look of their creation. Each design will be subject to voting status, in which the developers will then take the winner into account. The winning design will be released free of charge during the second anniversary season. Fresh melee weapons Fans looking to get up close and personal with their rivals, can do so with the latest melee weapons. Giving players the choice between a trusty Wrench, Katana or Machete, these new additions will sharpen up the competition. The developers added that it should be noted that the Wrench is earned via Richtofen’s Rewards, not Bounty as pictured below. To earn the Katana, you’ll need to complete the Sharpened Skills challenge event. This can be done by gaining melee kills, getting backstabber medals or killing enemies via melee with the Dead Silence perk equipped. The Machete will soon be available in an event called Machete Madness. Currently, there are no details when this event will launch, but players can purchase the Machete – Dog Tooth pack within the in-game store. MX9 SMG shakes up the battlefield In a bid to assert dominance against the furious QXR, the MX9 SMG is the latest functional weapon to be added into CoD: Mobile. Armed with a blistering firing rate and high damage output, this compact wonder can be transformed into a team wiping machine with the right attachments. We’ll be curious to see what you can do with this fierce addition. The MX9 SMG can be earned through the Battle Pass, as Tier 21 for free. Packing a heap of content like this is sure to set the CoD: Mobile scene on fire. We’ll be seeing you on the battlefield.

Everything in COD Mobile Season 5 update: New map, Search & Rescue, more ActivisionCOD Mobile Season 5 delivers a wide range of fresh content, including a new map and an update to the Tournament mode. Warzone Mobile has stolen a lot of attention in the handheld COD realm. Fans feared that the new battle royale experience would phase out COD Mobile, but Activision reassured community members by committing to the game’s future. The developers promised a “robust roadmap of fresh new CODM content and updates for the long haul.” Some players still held reservations if the Microsoft acquisition of Activision Blizzard goes through, but the latest seasonal update provides plenty to get excited about. From the release date to what’s included, here is everything you need to know about CODM Season 5: Get Wrecked. CoD Mobile Season 5: Get Wrecked release date & launch time CoD Mobile Season 5: get Wrecked is all set to go live on Wednesday, May 31 at 5 PM PT. This lines up seamlessly with the end of the current Season 4 Battle Pass, meaning new content will roll over right away as players install the new update. Armada Strike, Search & Rescue, and Tournament Mode improvements Call of Duty Black Ops: Cold War introduced Armada Strike, a multiplayer map that takes place on a fleet of ships. The unique environment includes rappel lines for easy access to different levels of the ship. And players can even dive into the water for stealthy flanking routes. Search & Rescue is a combination of SND and Kill Confirmed. Teams either attack or defend a bomb site, but players can also reive teammates or eliminate enemies by picking up dog tags. And finally, the weekend Tournament mode will allow players to compete in Multiplayer and the battle royale, starting with the fan-favorite map Alcatraz. COD Mobile Season 5 patch notes Here are the full patch notes for CODM Season 5. New Multiplayer map: Armada Strike Battle breaks out on the high seas in Armada Strike, where players must fight for dominance on a large ship in the center of a fleet of oceangoing vessels. First introduced in Call of Duty®: Black Ops Cold War, Armada Strike challenges players with skirmishes above and below deck and includes rappel lines for rapid access between both levels. Dive into the water to conduct aquatic flanking attacks and fight for possession of the central control room to cut off a critical pathway through the ship. Watch for snipers and other long-range Operators across starboard and port, and, whatever you do, keep pushing the enemy team until you hit that victory screen. New Multiplayer Mode: Search & Rescue Combining elements of Search & Destroy and Kill Confirmed, Search & Rescue tasks players with attacking or defending bomb sites. Players have the ability to revive downed teammates once per round. Upon their first elimination, Operators will drop a dog tag where they fall. If a teammate picks it up, the Operator will spawn back into the round; if an enemy gets to it first, the downed Operator is out. As in Search & Destroy, teams can win either by successfully detonating or defusing a bomb site, or by completely eliminating the enemy team. The Trophy System Comes to Battle Royale Getting bombarded by grenades and other explosive projectiles? Defend your position with the Trophy System, coming to Battle Royale in Season 5. The autonomous defense system destroys a limited number of incoming explosives while active so that you can focus on the enemy in front of you instead of running away from an impending blast radius. Keep your eyes open for this valuable tactical piece when scavenging across the map. New Themed Event: Desolate Endurance Build your own survivor base, collect supplies, construct facilities, and secure your foothold in this land of chaos. Participate in Multiplayer and Battle Royale to earn milestone rewards, including daily tasks that reward advanced materials upon completion. Use these advanced materials to upgrade the buildings in your base, helping you to more efficiently collect further rewards. New Seasonal Challenges and Featured Events Season 5 features new Seasonal Challenges and Events rewarding Operator Skins, Weapon Blueprints, Battle Pass XP, and more, including the new Tactical Flashlight attachment. New Attachment: Mount the new Tactical Flashlight on the RUS-79U to reveal enemy Operators from a greater distance in all lighting conditions. This is a great attachment for quickly acquiring enemy targets at long-range in all environments. Check the in-game Events tab throughout the season for more info, as well as for Daily Missions rewards and Monthly Login incentives. New Improvements to Tournament Mode Starting in Season 5, the weekend Tournament mode will allow players to compete in both the weekly rotating Multiplayer mode and Battle Royale, beginning with Alcatraz. Melee Camos: Get up close and personal with new Tournament mode Melee Camos. After unlocking enough Primary Weapon Tournament Camos, the Melee Camos will become available to earn, so you can battle in style even when fighting toe to toe. Improved Crates: Tournament crate contents will see an upgrade as well, with players being able to use their 1CP coupons on the first pull of Mythic Card Crates.

CoD Mobile Season 10 Shadows Return update patch notes: New maps, weapons, modes ActivisionCoD Mobile Season 10 is now upon us, with the handheld title introducing even more maps, weapons, and modes to the mix. With the major update now available, here’s a look at the full patch notes and every new piece of content now live. With CoD Mobile Season 9 now in the rearview mirror, Season 10 is now live for everyone around the world. As usual with the free-to-play game, each month brings a heaping serve of new content and Season 10 is no different. From the usual assortment of maps and weapons to brand new gameplay features and modes, there’s always plenty to be excited about. Before you jump into CoD Mobile Season 10, here’s a full rundown on everything in the latest patch so you can get ahead of the curve. Contents CoD Mobile Season 10 release date CoD Mobile Season 10 went live at 4PM PT on Wednesday, November 17. As usual, the moment we rolled over into Season 10, all new content immediately became available. New CoD Mobile Season 10 weapons Two new CoD Mobile weapons arrived in Season 10. Both the SVD Sniper Rifle and the CBR4 SMG (otherwise known as the P90) were made accessible on day one. Following the recent trend, these two guns also carry over from 2019’s Modern Warfare. The new SVD Sniper is featured in the Season 10 Battle Pass while the CBR4 SMG is available through an in-game challenge. New CoD Mobile Season 10 maps One new map launched with CoD Mobile Season 10. Vacant from Modern Warfare 2019 is officially the latest map in the handheld title. Having first appeared in 2007, the popular map has been remade a number of times ever since. The CoD Mobile port is taking after the 2019 Modern Warfare iteration. Vacant was available from day one as soon as CoD Mobile Season 10 went live. Control arrives in CoD Mobile Season 10 Also featured in this major update is Control, a popular game mode that was introduced in Black Ops 4. In this objective-focused playlist, teams have to fight over two specific locations on any given map. Both teams have a set number of respawns, making every life that much more valuable. New CoD Mobile Season 10 Operator Skill: Munitions Box CoD Mobile Season 10 also added a new Operator Skill to the mix. Similar to how the Field Upgrade works in mainline CoD entries, the Munitions Box allows CoD Mobile players to restock their team. NEW “”Armory Box”” Gameplay In #CODMOBILE 🔥 pic.twitter.com/XsnjcDgxSr — Warzone Mobile News (@WZMUpdates) November 2, 2021 Upon dropping a Munitions Box into the map, you and your teammates can get max ammo once again. Read More: 10 most popular CoD Vanguard weapons – Moreover, shooting the box can also damage nearby foes once you’re done with it. CoD Mobile Season 10 Battle Pass No different from every Season before it, the latest update brings an entirely new Battle Pass to CoD Mobile as well. Season 10 comes with everything from Blueprints to weapon Charms and even powerful Scorestreaks. The SVD Sniper Rifle outlined above can be unlocked at Tier 21 of the Season 10 Battle Pass. Moreover, the Orbital Laser Scorestreak is also available at Tier 14. Headlining the Season 10 Battle Pass, however, is the new Stansfield Operator along with a mix of rare Operator Skins for popular characters. Full CoD Mobile Season 10 Patch Notes MULTIPLAYER： New Maps – Vacant Originally featured in COD: Modern Warfare, Vacant is now available on mobile! – Warriors will face a completely different rhythm of battle in the map, in which the indoor area is intensive close combat, and the outdoor area is deadly long-distance combat. According to your own combat style, choosing the right action and route will be the focus of mastering this map. – – New Operator Skill – Munitions Box You can now place a munitions box that can replenish ammo and tactical equipment for the whole team. When it is destroyed, it will cause explosion damage. – – You can now place a munitions box that can replenish ammo and tactical equipment for the whole team. When it is destroyed, it will cause explosion damage. – New Game Mode – Control For multiple rounds, players take turns as the offensive and defenders to attack and defend the points. Teammates share the resurrection times, and the team that reaches the number of winning rounds first wins. – – For multiple rounds, players take turns as the offensive and defenders to attack and defend the points. Teammates share the resurrection times, and the team that reaches the number of winning rounds first wins. – MVP Replay The new MVP replay function has been launched and will replace the original last hit function. MVP replay will show two wonderful kill shots of players who have won the MVP in this game. – – Hackney Yard We have optimized the lighting of Hackney Yard as a whole, and optimized the railing outside point A to solve the problem of abnormal climbing. – – We have optimized the lighting of Hackney Yard as a whole, and optimized the railing outside point A to solve the problem of abnormal climbing. – Nuke Town The material of some wooden boards in NukeTown does not meet the exceptions of blocking the bullets, resulting in lower damage caused by bullets penetrating these wooden boards. So we fixed it and the damage is now in line with expectations. – – Hovec Sawmill Halloween is over, and the Hovec Sawmill is back to daytime. At the same time, we also added the animation effect of the waterwheel by the stream. – – Mode – Payout S&D You can now spend money to buy custom backpack weapons in the game. We optimized the in-game money system and revised the target number of games. Now the number of winning target games has been changed to 6 games. – – You can now spend money to buy custom backpack weapons in the game. We optimized the in-game money system and revised the target number of games. Now the number of winning target games has been changed to 6 games. – Perk – Gung-Ho Fixed the issue that when Gung-Ho is equipped, it will freeze when hip firing with a burst gun while moving. – – Fixed the issue that when Gung-Ho is equipped, it will freeze when hip firing with a burst gun while moving. – Operator Skill – Tempest We modified the hitting method of Tempest, now hitting the ground or the wall also spreading lightning to the nearest enemy in a small area. – – We modified the hitting method of Tempest, now hitting the ground or the wall also spreading lightning to the nearest enemy in a small area. – Score Streak – UAV The red dots of enemies are now optimized so that it will appear in sync with the scanning effects. – – UI Adjustments The interface of operator skills in the loadout has been optimized and we added the skin function, you can change the appearance of operator skills here. – We fixed an issue where the coverage area of some score streaks, such as Cluster Strike, on the minimap did not match the actual range after adjusting the zoom ratio of the minimap. – – News push The issue that some players could not turn on the message push function in IOS is now fixed. – – Battle Royale： New Loot Box Effects The loot box in BR will display the corresponding color effects of the highest quality item in the box, and we believe this will allow players to locate high-quality loot more quickly in fierce battles and improve search efficiency. – – The loot box in BR will display the corresponding color effects of the highest quality item in the box, and we believe this will allow players to locate high-quality loot more quickly in fierce battles and improve search efficiency. – New Game Mode – Warfare-Blackout Warfare mode is now available in Blackout. – – Alcatraz – Mechanism adjustment The white and green attachments will no longer be refreshed in this map. – Classes and orange attachments may appear in the third-level box. – Increase the number of Classes and Class Drivers in the airdrop. – – Alcatraz – Class refresh rotation The classes that can be picked up in Alcatraz have been updated. The latest rotation list is: – Trap Master, Hacker, Poltergeist, Refitter, Desperado, Pumped – – Fixed the issue that the virtual joystick may be triggered when using the guard deck and tactical equipment roulette. – Fixed the issue that the function to replace attachments when the backpack is full was not available to magnify sight. – We optimized the logic of picking and backpack management: Advanced accessories that have been replaced will no longer be prioritized in the backpack. – Added HUD animation when the armor is used. – – BR Battle Adjustment Fixed the issue that prevented fire when auto picking up. – – BR Map Adjustment Optimization of collision of vegetation in the Blackout, reduced the situation that vehicles and airdrops are stuck on the tree. – – SE Adjustment Optimized the sound performance when using Kinetic Armor Overcharger. – – Action Optimization Optimized the action performance of the wingsuit when players land on the ground. – – Clan Wars In the past three seasons, we have noticed that some fighters have not obtained enough tokens in exchange for the season rewards they deserve. In order to optimize everyone’s participation experience, we have made the following adjustments to the rewards: The number of token rewards obtained each week will be greatly increased (in fact, we have increased the number of tokens for weekly rewards in version 12.0) – Tokens will be reset when the season is updated. At the same time, the store will only list items that are limited to this season, and previous season rewards will be removed. Therefore, you are guaranteed to spend your tokens before the end of the season! – Soldiers who have not yet received their favorite rewards don’t have to worry. The rewards from previous seasons will return to the game in other forms in Clan Wars from the next version. – Team frame adjustment: The frame will now be issued according to the final rank of the team when the team battle is settled last season and lasts for a whole season. The frame will no longer change according to the rank of the weekly settlement. – – Balance Adjustment Multiplayer and Battle Royale Shorty – Even after a round of weakening, shorty still has a strong dominance at close range, becoming the only option for secondary weapons, and even squeezing out the use of high-burst submachine guns. This adjustment reduces the damage, adjusts the shooting interval and recoil, and shortens the distance of one shot. Single damage: 28-20-17-15 -> 28-14-13-12 – Slightly improved recoil: base 3.57 -> 6, max 6 -> 12 – Recoil recovery: 9 -> 8 – – MW11 – The 600ms TTK of the current version is seriously inconsistent with today’s average strength, so we increased the close-range damage of MW11, shortened the short-range TTK to 400ms, and the shortest TTK to 200ms. Damage Range: 20-25-30 -> 9-20-25-30 – Damage: 26-20-17-16 -> 35-26-20-17-16 – Head damage ratio: 1.4 -> 1.75 – Chest and abdomen damage ratio: 1 -> 1.15 – – Swordfish – Four bursts and five bursts put forward higher requirements for the player’s aiming ability, and the difficulty of using firearms is relatively high. Therefore, we slightly lowered the burst interval, increased the magazine capacity, and improved the fault tolerance rate during use. Burst interval: 0.2 -> 0.16 – Default magazine capacity: 36 -> 40 – Expanded magazine capacity: 44 -> 52 – Halberd Mag: Magazine capacity: 40 -> 50 – Damage to the chest and arms: 0~40m: 24 -> 26. 40m away: 21 -> 23 – – Type 25 – With the change of version, even if Type25 is equipped with a Stopping Power Reload, the close range TTK does not have a significant advantage. Therefore, we have increased its rate of fire and damage to the abdomen, improved close combat capability, and increased the damage of the Stopping Power Reload without affecting the MP’s original TTK, thereby increasing its suppression effect. Decrease the horizontal recoil by 30% and the vertical recoil by 20% – Fire Rate: RPM 790 -> 857 – Damage to the abdomen: 24 -> 26 – Stopping Power Reload – Vertical recoil: +8% -> +20% – Horizontal recoil: +0% -> +15% – Damage: 25-23-20-19-16 -> 28-24-21-19-16 – Remove reload time debuff. – – Man-O-War – Man-O-war’s current large spread, slower rate of fire and difficult to control recoil make the actual TTK differ from the theoretical value, and the impact caused by the empty gun is too large. So, we slightly adjusted the trajectory of the first 6 bullets to make it more stable, and slightly lower the spread to avoid excessive disadvantages of long-range combat. Adjust vertical recoil – Decrease the ADS bullet spread: about 5% – – MX9 – At the beginning of the design of MX9, it is hoped that players can obtain strong suppression ability at close range by proficiently mastering the positioning ability and recoil control ability in high-speed movement. However, the higher base damage and smoother recoil curve of the MX9 makes it not difficult to accurately hit the upper body. This adjustment slightly reduces the base damage, adjusts the recoil curve, and puts forward higher requirements on the player’s positioning ability. Base damage: 30-24-16-15 -> 25-21-18-16 – Increased horizontal recoil – – R9-0 Sprint-to-fire delay: 0.25 -> 0.2 – Bolt time: 0.5 -> 0.4 – – DLQ33 – In order to adapt to the hp of the Payout S&D, the damage to the chest, abdomen and arms is slightly increased to ensure that DLQ33 can kill the full armor target while hitting these parts, and this adjustment will not change the TTK in MP mode. Damage to chest, abdomen and arms: 135 -> 150 – Perk-Speed Up Kill – – After the shotgun is equipped with Speed Up Kill perk, the speed bonus obtained by destroying the enemy is too high. The extremely high speed and operation will lead to many situations where one person kills multiple people. Therefore, the movement speed bonus of the perk is retained, the running speed bonus is removed, the fast movement ability during the reload (and bolt) is retained, and restrict operations such as sliding shovel that are linked to the speed of movement. Movement speed bonus: 10% -> 0% – Recoil recovery adjustment of semi-automatic weapons – – During the recoil recovery phase of marksman rifle and sniper rifle, players can move the camera at a certain angle to interrupt the recoil recovery process, so as to quickly aim at new targets. Compared with the experience server, the lens movement range required to take effect is increased. Launcher balance adjustment – – Launchers have always been in a relatively awkward position in CODM, we hope that they can be used for tactical purposes in specific scenarios and not be abused in the game at the same time. By splitting its mobility and damage, we hope that each launcher will focus more on its own positioning. Fixed the issue that the explosion damage of launcher weapons would take effect after being delayed. – Weapons previously affected by this issue: War Machine, Sparrow, FHJ-18, SMRS, Thumper, AMR with Explosive Mag. – – FHJ18 – FHJ18 is the nemesis of Score Streaks and the vehicle, we hope it can perform most steadily in the face of these behemoths. Initial flight speed: 30m/s -> 60m/s, maximum speed unchanged. – – Initial flight speed: 30m/s -> 60m/s, maximum speed unchanged. – SMRS – SMRS is an all-rounder and can easily deal with people or vehicles, but its performance against vehicles in MP mode is too bad. Direct hitting in BR mode puts too much pressure on the opponent. We want it to be more balanced. Direct hit Damage in MP: 160 -> 300 – Explosion Range in MP: 3.5m -> 2.1m, the lethal range remains basically unchanged. – Direct hit Damage in BR: 300 -> 290 – Initial flight speed in BR: 120m/s -> 80m/s, maximum speed unchanged. – – Thumper We have always been very cautious about the strength of the Thumper. A launcher with a parabolic trajectory may overturn many existing tactics. However, it seems that Thumper’s ability to kill enemy players has not reached expectations, and even has some weaknesses in the face of Score Streaks and vehicles. Direct hit Damage in MP: 130 -> 160 – Minimum Damage in MP: 10 -> 1 – Explosion Range in MP: 4m -> 3.5m, lethal range increased by about 30% – – Multiplayer Map – Terminal – The sofas in the airport restaurant and the seats in the aircraft are bunkers that the defender relies heavily on. The attacker lacks countermeasures against it. We adjusted the models and collisions of these bunkers, hoping to optimize the confrontation experience here. Map – Tunisia – Players can now throw lethal and tactical equipment from the skylight through the wine cellar. Perk – Martyrdom – Slightly shorten the explosion delay time. Perk – Quick Fix – Fixed the issue that when the Quick Fix effect is triggered, the hp will continue to be recovered after being damaged. And the function that regenerates health after kill will be triggered every 2 seconds. Tactical – Gas Grenade – Reduce the deceleration rate, slightly reduce the range of action. Score Streak – Hawk X3 – Slightly reduce firing spread. Operator Skill – K9 Unit – Increase K9 Unit’s movement speed. Battle Royale Nova Gas – The Nova Gas is changed to only deduct the hp but not the armor, and the damage has been adjusted. Safe Zone Shrink adjustment – Postpone the first time Safe Zone shrinking, to slow down the early rhythm. Reduced the damage to hp outside the first three safe zone in Blackout and Isolated. Character movement adjustment – Decrease the swimming speed, and increase the ADS movement speed in the water. Match/Ranked Match Optimization： Multiplayer Added more display scenes for the pre-qualified 5000 special honors. – Optimized the calculation rules of qualifying points for MP qualifying. The fierce losers will now lose fewer qualifying points. – Optimized the waiting time during the night match, so that the game can start faster. – Optimized the display of qualifying time. Now you can see the start and end of the season time in the qualifying hall at any time. – Fixed the issue of waiting too long for the start of MP qualifying under certain abnormal conditions. – Now, if you join the game in the middle of the MP mode and are defeated at the end, it will not affect the winning streak. – – Battle Royale Optimized the matching pool division function of the BR mode, and smoothed the difficulty of each matching pool. – Optimized the display of qualifying time. Now you can see the start and end of the season time in the qualifying hall at any time. – – Other System Adjustment Appointment Function – Team up with a friend for 5 games to unlock: When this friend is in the game, you can invite him/her to team up after he/she finishes this game. Praise Function – Give praise to your friends or opponents after the game, encourage excellent teammates or praise your opponents. FOV setting – Fov setting is available, where players can adjust the fov of the first-person perspective by themselves. Shader Preload Function – Players can now reload shader in audio and graphics settings, which can help players get a smoother game experience. MEMC Setting – Players can now turn on MEMC in audio and graphics settings. We recommend players who want to experience higher frame rate, but whose device is prone to hear and drop frames, can try to enable this option. At present, MEMC only supports BR mode and the frame rate is set to ‘Max’ or above. In addition, it only supports some Android phones for the time being, and subsequent versions will gradually become popular.

CoD Mobile Season 1 Heist update patch notes: New maps, Weapons, Battle Pass ActivisionCoD Mobile Season 1 2022 now upon us as the handheld title kicks another year off with all-new content. From fresh weapons and maps to unique cosmetics, here’s everything you need to know about the latest major patch. After a full year of monthly seasonal updates, CoD Mobile has gone back to the beginning with Season 1 as the new year gets underway. As always, new content has landed with the usual mix of weapons, maps, cosmetics, and events all deployed to shake things up in the handheld game. Before you dive into the new patch, here’s a full rundown on everything there is to know about CoD Mobile Season 1 2022. CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: Release Date CoD Mobile Season 1: Heist launched on Wednesday, January 19 at 4PM PT | 7PM ET. This date marked five weeks since Season 11: Final Snow came into effect, making it slightly longer than the standard CoD Mobile update cycle. CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: New Weapons Two new weapons joined the mix in CoD Mobile Season 1. After early features in the Chinese test build, full patch notes confirmed exactly what to expect. Upcoming Weapons in Season 1! pic.twitter.com/IHQktRA3fm — Call of Duty ❄ (@DannyINTEL) December 29, 2021 Up first is the Kilo 141 Assault Rifle from Modern Warfare 2019. Continuing the trend of new MW additions in CoD Mobile, this AR is a fast-firing gun with an optional burst-fire mode. Based on an early look in the test build, it could be a force on any map with a full set of attachments. Next is the PPSh41 SMG pulled from Black Ops Cold War. This has been a common SMG throughout the CoD franchise having appeared in five different titles. There’s no telling how impactful these additions might be early on. But if their console and PC power is anything to go by, they could shake up the mobile meta in no time. CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: New Maps Two new maps have arrived in CoD Mobile Season 1. One is a unique redesign of a pre-existing map while the other is a new remake of a Black Ops 4 classic. Hacienda has made its mobile debut in Season 1. This popular design featured in Black Ops 4 and was a prominent pick during that year’s competitive cycle. Read More: When is CoD Warzone Mobile coming out? – On top of the new map, another redesign was also locked in for the new update. Season 1 marked the arrival of Nuketown Temple, a new variant to celebrate the Lunar New Year. 🎆 In preparations for the festivities… 🏮 The lanterns are getting lit!🔜 Coming soon to #CODMobile! pic.twitter.com/aaNRuyQ8Ix — Call of Duty: Mobile (@PlayCODMobile) January 7, 2022 CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: New Game Modes Three unique playlists are set to arrive in CoD Mobile throughout Season 1. Up first is Heist, a Black Ops 4 mode returning with a twist. Players must track down more gold coins than their opponents to win. Though gold can also be used to purchase more powerful weapons and armor. Payout Search and Destroy is also set to feature in CoD Mobile’s ranked playlist for a limited time. Meanwhile, Red Envelope Kill Confirmed rounds out the new playlists as a 10v10 variant “full of surprises.” CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: Heist Battle Pass No different from previous updates, CoD Mobile Season 1 comes with its own limited-time Battle Pass. With dozens of tiers to grind through, players have access to all forms of new content through this month’s collection. Season 1: Heist Battle Pass #CODMobile pic.twitter.com/PJJ7mp72pm — Call Of Duty: Mobile Leaks & News (@PlayCODNews) January 12, 2022 Headlining the new Battle Pass is the Yuri – Bratok Epic Character skin. This comes complemented by skins for Makarov, Iskra, and Ajax alongside a number of fitting weapon blueprints to boot. Moreover, the Season 1 Battle Pass provides everything from new Scorestreaks and Avatars to Emotes and Charms. CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: Content Creator Bundles Three popular content creators have their own skins in CoD Mobile available throughout Season 1. IFerg, BobbyPlays, and Hawksnest have all received their own cosmetic bundles in the handheld title. All three arrived with their own unique weapon skins, player icons, and other goodies often found in store bundles. Below are the key dates to keep in mind before these bundles leave the store. iFerg CoD Mobile Bundle: January 11 – February 3 – BobbyPlays CoD Mobile Bundle: January 13 – February 5 – Hawksnest CoD Mobile Bundle: January 16 – February 7 – CoD Mobile Season 1 2022: Patch Notes Below are the full CoD Mobile Season 1 patch notes. MULTIPLAYER: New Map – Hacienda – New Map – Chinese Nuketown – New Tactical Grenade – Storm Ball Creates a spherical barrier at the target location to block the enemy’s gaze. – Enemies inside the barrier do not recover HP. – – New Game Modes Heist – Payout Search and Destroy Payout Search will be included in Ranked Multiplayer for a limited time. – – Red Envelope Kill Confirmed – – – Map Update Tunisia: Updated the skylight in the wine cellar, allowing players to throw various props through the skylight. – – Other Updates – Added a feature where attachments remain equipped when replacing designs. – Optimized the quality of the MVP kill cam. – Added a zoom function to the map display when specifying an orbiting laser line. – Reduced screen freezes and frame drops when using MQ-27 Dragonfire and Hawk X3. – Balanced the amount of weapon experience gained and account progression in multiplayer. – Adjusted the acceleration of the M13 to match the weapon running speed. – BATTLE ROYALE: Feature Update – Voluntarily discarding attachments prevents players from acquiring attachments of the same type or of any rank for 30 seconds. – Reduced the chance of getting unsuccessfully experienced by players when the network environment is poor. – Expanded display of advanced attachments for spectators. – Optimized environmental sound effects when the player is in a wild environment. – Updated text prompt when players exit Battle Royale. – Gameplay adjustments Sniper Challenge Mode Adjustment All pistol weapons except the MW11 will no longer appear in the mod. – Updated recommendations for custom sniper rifles and gear. – If you do not have a sniper rifle in your backpack, a custom sniper rifle recommended by the designer will be displayed. – – – Sniper Challenge Mode Adjustment – New Features Warfare mode supports spectator mode. – – Map Optimization Adjusted the structure of the Blackout map to optimize overall gameplay and performance. – Added snow and ice areas to Blackout. – – New weapons Kilo 141 One of the fully automatic assault rifles with longer optics to enhance the headshot effect. – Moderate damage output, average rate of fire, and a convertible drum magazine. – – PPSh-41 This is a low-precision submachine gun that uses a large-capacity drum magazine. – Charge the enemy with the advantage of non-aimed fire! – – – Kilo 141 – New weapon inspection Exclusive weapon inspection has been added to some mythical weapons. – – Optimization of combat performance Muzzle Smoke Effect Added different types of muzzle fire smoke effects, each muzzle attachment has its own smoke effect. – Added muzzle heat dissipation smoke effect, and muzzle heat dissipation smoke appears after more than 10 consecutive shots. – – – Muzzle Smoke Effect – Weapon performance update Improved weapon handling. – Tweaked the grenade throwing behavior model. – Improved photorealistic site effects. – Optimized gun shake performance when moving non-aimed fire and aiming fire. – – CLAN WARS: Clan Wars Update Adjustment of individual contribution rules In order to increase the weekly clan credit reward factor and obtain character shard rewards, you must form a team with a clan member in a node competition. – – – Adjustment of individual contribution rules – Relaxation of entry restrictions Players who are new to the clan can also participate in the competition for that week. – Clans with fewer active players than the matching requirement can also join, but will be deducted based on a decrease in node score. – Recruit more clan members to prevent your clan from being penalized. – – BALANCE ADJUSTMENT: Multiplayer: QXR Stage 3 range damage increase 22-19-16-12 ▶ 22-19-18-12 – Increased first range 8m ▶ 10m – – AMR Tactical reload time 4 seconds ▶ 3.4 seconds – Empty magazine reload time 5 seconds ▶ 4.1 seconds – – PP19 First range damage 26 ▶ 28 – Headshot damage ratio 1.2 ▶ 1.3 – Chest damage multiplier 1 ▶ 1.15 – – DR-H Increased range in the first section 7m ▶ 9m – Increased range in the second section 13m ▶ 15m – Tactical reload time 2.3 seconds ▶ 2.1 seconds – Empty magazine reload time 2.8 seconds ▶ 2.5 seconds – – D13 Sector Number of shots 3 ▶ 4 – Ammo 1 ▶ 2 – – Score Streak If you cancel the score streak that you need to deploy by pressing the minimap, you will have to wait a certain amount of time to use the streak bonus again. – Reduced cooling time after overheating of XS1 Goliath. – Enhanced Hawk X3’s aiming support. – – Operator Skills Increased the Purifier’s rate of fire, direct hit damage and initial number of bullets. – – – QXR – RANKED MATCH UPDATES: Multiplayer When a solo player faces a 4-person queue entered as a team, additional Rank Points are earned, and more information can be found in Ranked Rewards. – New season reset rules for top 5000 players have been adjusted, more details can be found in the Ranked Lobby. – Starting this season, the rarity of the top 5000 players’ calling cards has been adjusted to Legendary. – Mismatched composition of pre-formed teams during matchmaking has been mitigated. – The probability of matching with other teams with the number of players is greatly reduced. – The matchmaking scope at the beginning of the season will be expanded to accommodate the shortage of top-ranked players. – Solo players are matched with players of similar or lower ranks. – Team Deathmatch/Forefront Rank Bonuses are more affected by relative individual performance than match results. – – OTHER SYSTEM UPDATES: Adjust loadout Loadout can be changed during queue. – – Adjust the sensitivity setting The gyroscope can be adjusted separately for fire sensitivity and normal state sensitivity. – Scope precision for red dot sight and holographic sight can be adjusted separately to enhance player operability. – – Update jump control Added advanced control options for jumping and climbing motions in settings. – Players will no longer ride and climb automatically by pressing the jump button when selected. – A new option allows players to set the jump button to climb by moving the jump button up to avoid accidentally touching it during combat. – – Battle royale Medicine settings You can turn off the recommended Medicine setting for Battle Royale HP items, which is enabled by default to prevent item replacement in user shortcut keys. – –

Warzone & Black Ops Cold War Season 1 Reloaded patch notes & roadmap ActivisionWith Season One nearing its midway point, Activision, Treyarch, and Raven Software have rolled out a massive midseason update with new content and changes for Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War and Warzone. Here’s everything you need to know about what’s on its way. Season 1 continues to chug along in Black Ops Cold War and Warzone; despite the numerous game-breaking exploits currently plaguing the battle royale, the new season has added tons of new content and some major changes to the game, as well as BOCW’s multiplayer and Zombies. The good news is that more is finally here – as part of a trend that Infinity Ward started with Modern Warfare, there are now two major updates per season, one at the beginning and one towards the middle. Below you can find everything there is to know about the S1 Reloaded update, including all of the confirmed additions, changes, as well as the release info. Black Ops Cold War Season 1 Reloaded Roadmap Season 1 Reloaded playlist update for Warzone & BOCW Multiplayer Dropkick – Sanatorium 24/7 – Nuketown 24/7 – Raid + Crossroads Strike 24/7 – Gunfight Blueprints – Face Off (3v3) – Prop Hunt – – Zombies Cranked – Onslaught Raid (PS4/PS5) – – Warzone BR Quads, Trios, Duos – Buy Back Solos – Plunder Trios – Rebirth Island Mini Royale Solos – Rebirth Island Resurgence Quads – – What’s new in Black Ops Cold War Season 1 Reloaded update? Multiplayer As far as multiplayer goes, Cold War has a brand new Fireteam map called Sanatorium, which is officially described as “a low-wooded hills area where your team will unearth the clandestine secrets of Project Golova,” containing “land, sea, and air vehicles.” There’s a rumor going around that Sanatorium will be one of the various Fireteam maps that eventually gets used to piece together the next main Warzone map, although that remains to be seen. There’s also a new 6v6 MP mode called Dropkick, which involves two teams battling it out for a briefcase that contains nuclear codes. The side to score 200 points first wins and gets to enjoy an “explosive ending.” As for new weapons, while there wasn’t a new gun released, Treyarch did add a melee item called Wakizashi. The sword can be unlocked in both multiplayer and Warzone by executing two finishing moves while having the Combat Knife equipped in 10 different matches. Last but not least, there’s some Double Weapon XP on its way as well, starting on Jan 15 at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET and wrapping up on the 19th, at the same time. Zombies Zombies fans, there’s good news for you as well! A new mode called Cranked has been released, where every kill resets the timer that determines how much longer you have until dying: “Spend too much time without a zombie takedown, and you’ll explode!” The iconic Raid multiplayer map has been added to the PlayStation-exclusive Zombies Onslaught mode for PS4 and PS5 users, along with some fort of new intel for Dark Aether. Of course, for those who don’t own BOCW, Activision is hosting a free Zombies access week from January 14-21, giving everyone a chance to try out Die Maschine, Cranked, and Onslaught (PS playuers only). What’s new in Warzone Season 1 Reloaded update? Unlike with Cold War, not actual new content has been formally announced for Warzone’s midseason patch, although the playlist update that accompanied it did shuffle around a lot of the available modes. Of course, Warzone’s major update actually came the day prior – a January 13 weapons tuning patch implemented nerfs to some of the battle royale’s most overpowered weapons, including the DMR, Type 63, and dual-wield Diamattis. In other news, on Jan 15 – a day after the midseason update goes live, the Call of Duty League’s London Royal Ravens franchise will be hosting a $25,000 Warzone tournament starting at 10 AM PT / 1 PM ET. For more information about this event, visit our ‘Ravenstorm’ event coverage hub. Everything coming later on in Season 1 Reloaded As revealed by the roadmap above, not only was a ton of new content added on January 14, but there will be more released between this update and the end Season 1, which is expected to be sometime around February 24. In terms of multiplayer, the iconic Black Ops 2 train-station map, Express, is being remastered for the latest title and will be arriving February 4. Perhaps more importantly, the highly anticipated League Play is finally on its way, as Activision have confirmed it will be released “in-season,” meaning before Feb 24. There will be a new Operator, Zeyna, coming Jan 21. Zeyna Ossou is a Senegal-born DGSE Mobility and Heavy Weapons specialist who will be packaged as part of a store bundle. In terms of Zombies, a brand new map called Firebase Z has been unveiled: “With the destruction of the WWII-era ‘Projekt Endstation’ site after investigating the otherworldly Dark Aether anomaly in Poland, Requiem now sets its focus on the latest Dark Aether outbreak site: Outpost 25, known by the code name ‘Firebase Z.’” Firebase Z will be available on February 4, free on all platforms; more information about the map will be revealed as part of the 115 Day celebrations on Jan 15. That wraps up everything there is to know about the BOCW & Warzone Season One Reloaded update; make sure to follow us on Twitter, @Dexertointel, for all the latest Call of Duty news, updates, guides, and more.

Everything coming to Modern Warfare & Warzone this week ActivisionThe Call of Duty: Modern Warfare devs have revealed what’s changing in Multiplayer and Warzone for the week beginning August 17, with a few playlist shakeups coming down the line. With Modern Warfare Season 5 in full flow, Infinity Ward have been keeping both the normal multiplayer modes and Warzone feeling fresh with the addition of some new content. Each week, the devs roll out new updates with fresh cosmetics available to purchase from the in-game store, as well as rotating the different playlists so that players aren’t just grinding Shoot the Ship 24/7 each and every week. With a new week getting underway, the devs have revealed the playlist changes that are coming to Modern Warfare multiplayer and Warzone beginning August 18. Though, the battle royale isn’t changing all that much. Modern Warfare playlist changes – August 18 In terms of fresh Multiplayer modes, the Faceoff playlist, which takes the usual 6v6 Multiplayer modes and places them onto the 3v3 Gunfight maps, will be available. On top of that, if you’re looking to get some work in with snipers, a playlist focused on the Oil Rig, Suldal Harbor, Cheshire Park, Hovec Sawmill, and Khandor Hideout maps will be playable. This will have deathmatch and objective game modes. Cyber Attack Pro will also be playable in the playlist update. Instead of needing to revive downed teammates before heading to the objective, they will simply respawn. Warzone playlist changes – August 18 As for Warzone, there aren’t any big shakeups coming in terms of new battle royale modes. Mini Royale will still be playable, as will Blood Money Trios and Battle Royale Solos, Duos, Trios, and Quads. However, if you find yourself in the Gulag, the weapon pool is being tweaked. That’s right, this week the weapons will be from the assault rifle and SMG pool. If you’re hoping for some double XP this week, well, you’re out of luck. The devs aren’t bringing that back just yet, so you’ll just have to grind for your XP.

Everything coming in Warzone Season 3 Reloaded: New killstreak, Specialist Perk Package, Weapon Trade Station ActivisionSeason 3 Reloaded is just around the corner for Warzone, and it’s bringing with it a handful of new changes, as well as the return of some popular mechanics. The mid-season Reloaded update to Warzone’s Season 3 is continuing to take advantage of the Rebirth Island hype. It looks to give the game another bump of hype through new events that can occur during a match and new gear/equipment to help dominate the battlefield in new ways. With Rebirth Island still sitting strong in the fanbase, Warzone Season 3 Reloaded is looking to take it even further to make help the rest of the season go out with a bang. Warzone Season 3 Reloaded changes Season 3 Reloaded is mixing things up for players in each match, offering some random occurrences and new equipment that can help dominate the competition. Heavy Armor Public Event Players will be able to immediately get their defenses bolstered with this new event that can occur at Infil. When it occurs, the max number of plates that can be equipped will be raised, so that the total number of Health Points will go from 150 to 200. The extra armor slot will be applied to all types of vests (standard 3-plate, Communications Vest, Medic Vest, Stealth Vest, or Tempered Plate Carrier). For every vest, but the Tempered Plate Carrier, each plate will be 50 Health for a total of four plates, with the Tempered Plate Carrier being three plates of 66.7 Health. Utility Box Field Upgrade This new Field Upgrade is going to combine both the Ammo and Armor Boxes, allowing people to resupply their weapons, lethal, tactical, and more, all in one place. It can be found at Buy Stations or to be picked up off the ground. Changing time of day Rebirth Island will now see several different types of weather and time of day during a match. There is no information about what these different types of weather will be, or how often they will occur. Weapon Trade Station The Weapon Trade Station is making a return to Warzone in Season 3 Reloaded, offering players a location to gain some extra loot at the cost of rarity. People can use the Weapon Trade Station to trade in their weapon for another one of lower rarity, and some more loot. Rariry is determined by the amount of attachments on the weapon. The possible rewards for using the Weapon Trade Station are ammo, cash, and equipment, including Lethals, Tacticals, Field Upgrades, Gas Masks, and Killstreaks. This can include the new Specialist Perk Package. Specialist Perk Package This rare package cannot be found across the map, and when picked up, it will give you access to every available Perk in the game. These Perks are as follows: Perk Slots 1 and 2: Battle Hardened, Double Time, E.O.D., Focus, Irradiated, Mechanic, Mountaineer, Scavenger, Shrapnel, Sleight of Hand, Spotter, Strong Arm – Perk Slot 3: Cold-Blooded, Escapist, Payout, Primed, Quick Fix, Resupply, Stalker, Survivor, Tempered, Tracker – Perk Slot 4: Birdseye, Combat Scout, Flex, Ghost, High Alert, Resolute, Shrouded – Due to how powerful this can be, it is going to be incredibly rare to find, but will be a game-changer when used. Foresight Killstreak Use your intuition to know what’s coming before it even happens, with the Foresight Killstreak that will allow you to see all the gas circle locations for the match. Using this will allow you to never be caught off guard by the gas and stay in the safe zone at all times. There are some more surprises for Warzone planned as well, with the Urzikstan Bunkers having something going on in them. What that is, however, is up to the players to discover on their own. For now, though, that’s all that is coming to Warzone in Season 3 Reloaded, and once more information is available or more surprises are found, this will be updated to reflect that.

Everything coming in Warzone Season 2: Fortune’s Keep, Wonder Weapons, Ranked & more Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 3Warzone Season 2’s changes have been announced, and the latest Warzone content update is coming with a ton of Zombies-themed content. From power-ups to Wonder Weapons, Warzone’s getting a CoD Zombies makeover. Here’s everything we know about the upcoming season. Warzone has been a huge hit amongst CoD fans since its inception, and that’s largely due to how consistently the mode has been updated with new content. However, MW3’s take on Warzone hasn’t been too well received since launch, with many creators calling out the mode’s shortcomings. So, getting Season 2 of Warzone right is important. To spice things up and give players a new experience, they’ve done a ton of crossover with a fan-favorite CoD mode: Zombies. With a ton of map integration for core mechanics of the iconic mode that take this crossover concept further than it’s ever gone, Season 2 is sure to bring some chaotic fun to CoD’s flagship battle royale mode. Contents Fortune’s Keep – Zombies crossover content: Wonder Weapons, Power Ups & more – Warzone Season 2 Ranked play and changes – Warzone Season 2: Fortune’s Keep returns Fortune’s Keep is back, though it’s coming with a bunch of changes to core POIs. Many of the Keep’s grandiose locations have been ravaged by war and torn asunder, with almost no part of the map untouched. Here’s a full bird’s-eye overview of the map: There are too many POIs and map changes to go over here, but there’s a full Tac Atlas that’ll let you take a sneak peek at each location. For now, though, the biggest news is Grotto being entirely leveled. What was one of the most popular POIs has been reduced to a crater. Every POI has seen significant change, and, while Fortune’s Keep will feel familiar in layout alone, the actual flow of the map will be very different. Additionally, Extendable Bridges will be available across the map that players can use to restrict or open up certain paths. Warzone Season 2 Zombies content: Contracts, Wonder Weapons, Power Ups & more Zombies are taking over in Warzone Season 2. It isn’t like this is an entirely new step for Warzone to take, but the amount of tools players will have access to that carry over from Zombies is unprecedented. Power Ups For Season 2’s launch, a number of power ups will be attainable by either opening caches or taking out other players. Here’s the full list of Power Ups players will be able to attain: Double Points: 60-second duration. Doubles Plunder from ground loot and kills, and score events in Resurgence (that contribute to teammate respawn timers). – Full Armor: Instant buff. Fully fills your active Armor slots on pickup. – Max Ammo: Instant buff. Fully fills ammo for all your carried weapons on pickup. – Fire Sale: 90-second duration. Reduces the price of all shop items for a small duration of time. – Looting Spree: 60-second duration. Adds bonus items to caches, with a very high chance of a bonus Common item, and a small but significant chance of an additional Legendary item. – Zarkour: 60-second duration. Increases movement speed by around 25%, with infinite Tactical Sprint and Reloading while Sprinting, and disables Fall Damage. – Undead Sight: 45-second duration. Operators or AI enemies within the range of your vision are highlighted red and friendly squadmates are blue. Tracker footsteps are active. – Some of these Power Ups are all-time Zombies classics, but others are entirely new for this limited time event. Wonder Weapons Wonder Weapons have been a feature in Zombies for almost 2 decades at this point, and the devs have confirmed that a certain selection of them will be available on Fortune’s Keep. Operators with previous Fortune’s Keep combat experience know that even a Konni explosion won’t have dislodged all the secrets this island has to offer. Latest intel confirms Wonder Weapons with limited ammunition support and no restock options can be acquired under certain circumstances, [[REDACTED]] available via several [[REDACTED]]. Multiple [[REDACTED]] are also active throughout the area of operations. We know Wonder Weapons will be there somewhere, but we aren’t aware of which ones just yet. Limited Time Events Zombie Nest Eradication Contracts, and Rogue Signal events will all be added to this map. The Zombie Nest contracts are pretty self-explanatory, with players following a Zombie’s tracks to a nest so they can eliminate all of them and get their reward. Rogue Signal is a bit more involved. Within a match, expect the Rogue Signal competitive Public Event to periodically appear, pitting you against other Operators and teams in a 90-second objective-based mission. There’s Cash, XP, and a special unique Reward Cache on the line. After a notification appears, expect a new HUD element with an objective, a scoreboard, and your (or your team’s) placement compared to your rivals. The steps to completion are as follows: Receive Objective: All teams receive the same task. Examples include “Get the most kills,” “Deal the most damage to players,” or “Open the most caches.” – Complete Objective: All teams can optionally complete the objective within the following 90 seconds. The top three teams receive cash prizes of varying amounts and the location of the special Reward Cache. – Claim Reward: The Reward Cache remains locked for the next 30 seconds. Whichever team opens the Cache first receives the reward. Rewards are randomized, don’t remain with you after the match, and for Season 2 can include [[REDACTED]], a Wonder Weapon from MWZ, and [[REDACTED]]. – Squad Wipe Streaks Though it’ll be disabled for ranked playlists, the Squad Wipe Streak feels like it’s built for high level players looking to crush casual lobbies. Those who are looking for a fast-paced way to play normal Warzone matches are in for a treat in Season 2. Look at the top right of your HUD during Season 2 to see a new “Skull and Sickles” icon next to the remaining teams, players, your kills, and players watching you. This keeps count of your Squad Wipe Streaks total; this represents the number of squad wipes you achieve back-to-back within a set period of time. This is tracked per match and is added to your main stats along with your personal best: Bragging rights confirmed! Here’s how this works: Step 1: Fully eliminate your first team and one point is added to your Squad Wipe total, and the match status HUD (top right) updates with an icon. – Step 2: Next to this icon is a countdown bar, giving you (or a squadmate) around 90 seconds to eliminate your next team. If you’re already on a streak, the timer resets. – Step 3: Search and eliminate the next team before the countdown bar empties and continue your streak. – Note: After each streak, a white flare shoots up from the last enemy player to be slain. Visible for around ten seconds, this enables rival squads to spot your aggression if they’re observant. Step 4: Compete with enemy players or teams to obtain the highest Squad Elimination Streak in a match. – Step 5: Claim in-game Calling Card and Emblem rewards as you reach Squad Wipe milestones throughout this and future Seasons. – Mid-Season Changes As per usual, mid-season updates have already been announced, with some new killstreaks and field upgrades planned for later on in Season 2. Here’s what you can expect from those content updates when they eventually arrive: Research Vessel (Mobile Point of Interest): A large pontoon-style watercraft has been rumored to appear in the waters off the coast of Fortune’s Keep, later in the season. Certain to draw attention, the craft is large enough for combat to take place across the deck. The ship comes with its own helipad, Ascenders, and a variety of countermeasures and [[REDACTED]] to discover. Bunker Buster (Killstreak): Use binoculars to designate a target structure. This Lethal Killstreak launches a missile that vertically decimates a building through multiple floors, hopefully clearing out foes hiding inside. The impact creates a long column of gas designed to force surviving enemies out of cover. Portable Decontamination Station (Field Upgrade): We’ve said it before, but we actually mean it this time — an improved version of the Portable Decontamination Station (PDS, also known as the Personal Decontamination Station) Field Upgrade joins the loot pool at mid-season, emitting a cloud of chemicals that counteract the corrosive properties of the circle gas, creating a temporary safe zone. Expect to deploy this to the ground, in water, on a platform, vehicle, and close to a Buy Station to reactivate it. New Weapons New weapons are coming to MW3 and, in turn, Warzone. Season 2’s release date is a global one, meaning these weapons will have day 1 access in Warzone. For a full rundown of the new guns, check out our MW3 Season 2 explainer. Ranked Play arrives in Warzone Season 2 For those looking to prove their skill in more ways than just smurfing in normal lobbies now have their shot. Ranked finally returns to Warzone in Season 2, with a ton of updates and quality of life changes. First up, here are all the restrictions: Party Size: Trios – Map: Fortune’s Keep – Game Mode: Resurgence – Public Event restrictions: Yes (Firesale and Restock happen at fixed circles. No other Public Events are available) – Vehicle restrictions: Yes (e.g., No Turreted Vehicles) – Restricted gameplay elements: Yes – Buy Station Inventory Adjustments: Yes – Ranks function pretty similar to what they were in Warzone’s previous ranked iteration. The same is true of the way SR (Skill Rating) is gained and lost. For those who need a refresher, here’s how the ranked system works: SR Points earned are increased based on the number of enemy squads remaining in your match, as usual. – A Deployment Fee is deducted from your SR total at the start of each match once you reach Silver I Skill Division, and that fee increases the higher your Skill Division Tier is. – At the end of each Season, you are set back three Tiers below where you finished in the previous season. – Players Crimson II and above will be set back to Diamond I. – SR Forgiveness, Demotion Protection, Squad Backout, Match Cancelling, and Suspensions are all included in this Mode, and RICOCHET Anti-Cheat™ will be enforcing a zero-tolerance policy related to cheating. – However, there are a number of things changing with ranked in comparison to previous Warzone ranked modes. For instance, players who die a lot in matches will lose SR, even if their team wins. There’s a lot more to Warzone than just getting a W now. Here’s what’s changing: Alteration — Rank Progression: As before, players progress their Skill Rating (“Rank”) by earning Stars, with up to three Stars being earnable per match. These placement Stars are adjusted for the lower squad count, as follows: Place in the Top 8 of Squads: One Star – Place in the Top 5 of Squads: Two Stars – Finish 1st: Three Stars – Alteration — SR Placement: Tuning adjustments have occurred due to the lower squad count and faster Resurgence playstyle, resulting in the following SR rewards: Teams Remaining: 14: SR = 0 – Teams Remaining: 10: SR = 15 – Teams Remaining: 8: SR = 30 – Teams Remaining: 6: SR = 45 – Teams Remaining: 5: SR = 60 – Teams Remaining: 4: SR = 80 – Teams Remaining: 3: SR = 100 – Teams Remaining: 2: SR = 125 – Teams Remaining: 1: SR = 150 – Alteration — SR for Kills and Assists: The SR you receive for Kills and Assists has been tuned based on the lower number of teams remaining: Teams Remaining: 9+: SR Per Kill/Assist = 5. SR Per Non-Assisted Kill = 2. – Teams Remaining: 8: SR Per Kill/Assist = 7. SR Per Non-Assisted Kill = 3. – Teams Remaining: 3: SR Per Kill/Assist = 15. SR Per Non-Assisted Kill = 7. – SR Deployment Fees per Match: This is unchanged. New — Seasonal SR Challenges: Begin each Ranked Play Season strong, and ensure you rank your way out of early Divisions rapidly by earning bonus SR Rewards for completing Challenges. Visible in the front-end menus, the following Challenges can be completed once per Season: First Kill or Assist: +100 SR – 10 Kills or Assists: +100 SR – 25 Kills or Assists: +100 SR – 50 Kills or Assists: +100 SR – 100 Kills or Assists: +100 SR – Reach Top 8 Squad: +100 SR – Reach Top 5 Squad: +100 SR – Reach Top 3 Squad: +100 SR – Win a Match: +200 SR – That’s everything that’s changing for Warzone Season 2 that we know of. We’ll update with more information like which Wonder Weapons will actually be included as that info becomes available.

Everything coming in Warzone 2 and Modern Warfare 2 Season 5: Full roadmap Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2Call of Duty Modern Warfare 2’s new season is on the horizon, and Season 5 promises a continuation of the campaign story, new operators, weapons, a new Havoc game mode that works like a Rogue-like, and so much more. Here’s everything you need to know about MW2 and Warzone 2’s fifth season. With Season 4 wrapping up, Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 has just been announced along with a full roadmap for content that’s planned to roll out as the Season goes on. Along with the standard offering of new weapons and skins unlocked via the Battle Pass, there are also some surprising new operators like Nicki Minaj and 21 Savage that will be arriving over the course of the Season. Here’s everything you need to know ahead of Modern Warfare 2 and Warzone 2 Season 5. Modern Warfare 2 and Warzone 2 Season 5 release date Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 kicks off on August 2, 2023, with a number of new features coming to both Warzone and the main game as detailed in a blog post from the Call of Duty developers. Additionally, Season 5 will allow players to reach new heights, with 21 being the max prestige in Season 5. Players who manage to grind through the ranks and make it to the top will get a new weapon blueprint for the Kastov-74u. That said, not all the content on the roadmap will be releasing on the launch date. Some of the new weapons and operators are slated to arrive a bit after launch, with most of them having yet unannounced release dates. Contents Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 new weapons – Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 Operators – Season 5 Warzone 2 and DMZ updates – Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 new maps and modes – Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 new weapons New weapons are one of the most anticipated parts of a new season in Call of Duty, and Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 is no different. With six new weapons planned to release over the course of Season 5 and four more to come later on, players will have a lot of new options in their armory. Carrack .300 (Sniper Rifle, Launch) The Carrack .300 has a striking resemblance to the WA2000, an iconic sniper from the original Modern Warfare 2. This sniper has inherited the one-shot kill potential from the upper-chest up the original WA2000 had, as well as the semi-auto rate of fire. It’ll be arriving on launch. FR Avancer (Assault Rifle, Launch) The FR Avancer is a fast-firing mid-range AR that seems to have been inspired by the FAMAS, a rifle that has dominated CoD games in the past. Its fast fire rate gives it a feel closer to the typical SMG without losing out on the longer ranges AR’s can be used at. It’ll also be available on launch. M13C (Assault Rifle, Mid-Season) The M13C is a variant of the M13B rifle that was added in a previous season. With a shorter and more compact design, this looks to be a close-range option that trades off long-range capability for close-range maneuverability. Alongside a sniper, this weapon could be lethal in a Warzone loadout. Additional Weapons The rest of the weapons in the pass haven’t been fully revealed at the time of writing, but we have an idea of what they are. These include a Pickaxe melee weapon, an SMG with an integrated suppressor, and a sidearm that promises mid-range stopping power. Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 Operators Modern Warfare 2 and Warzone 2 and getting some new Operators, although one of them is a familiar face. Though Graves was assumedly killed in the story mode, he’s back from the grave and available for players to use in multiplayer. Along with him come some Shadow Company Operators to continue the story in MW2’s campaign. Additionally, there are some real-world celebrities coming to the operator lineup as limited time purchases. Graves (Launch) Graves is back from the dead and in your multiplayer matches. The story of Season 5 promises to give some more information on how he survived and what he’s up to. Oz (Launch) Arthur (Launch) Mila (Launch) Velikan (Launch) Mace (Mid-Season) Snoop Dogg (Launch) Snoop Dogg needs no introduction. That said, this isn’t his first time in the Call of Duty series as a playable Operator. He made an appearance in Call of Duty: Vanguard as well, making this the second consecutive CoD title he’s been a part of. Nicki Minaj (Mid-Season) Nicki Minaj is also making a guest appearance in Modern Warfare 2, bringing style to the battlefield. She was datamined along with 21 Savage, though many were still surprised to see this hip-hop star in the game. Though, it’s worth noting she won’t be coming on launch alongside Snoop. 21 Savage (Mid Season) 21 Savage’s in-game model hasn’t been released quite yet, but he’s also coming to CoD alongside other hip-hop icons. We’ll keep you updated when his model finally gets revealed. Season 5 Warzone 2 and DMZ updates Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 promises a wealth of new features for both Warzone 2 and DMZ. These include some new items to pick up, new vehicles to drive, and a new Champion’s Quest for players to take on. Additionally, Season 5 has been teased to have hints at what Call of Duty 2023 will ultimately be. Players are anticipating this season to see what the next CoD game has in store. Vondel Champion’s Quest Like previous Champion’s Quests, Vondel’s will be available once players get 5 wins in a row. Those bold enough to undertake this challenge have some new elements to deal with that make it much more difficult to win fights. Gallium: Holding Gallium reveals all nearby team members who held it previously, as if you were affected by a snapshot grenade. – Deuterium: This fatigues any Operator, which includes causing them to cough if they try sprinting. – Neptunium: This periodically electrocutes all nearby Operators as well as hay-wiring vehicles, with similar effects as the Shock Stick. – This Champion’s Quest will be available upon the launch of Season 5. New Warzone 2 Vehicles MRAP The MRAP is a heavily armored truck packing a lot of heat. It’s not especially fast, but it’s a vehicle that’s hard to take down and extremely lethal. Dirt Bike The Dirt Bike is the polar opposite of the MRAP. It’s not very durable and leaves Operators vulnerable, but it’s lightweight and very maneuverable. If you’re trying to get somewhere fast, the Dirt Bike is the way to go. New DMZ field upgrades Along with some new missions being made available for the upcoming season, the DMZ has some new field upgrades that’ll be made available for players upon launch. Disguise Field Upgrade This field upgrade will allow players to disguise themselves as an AI combatant. As long as players don’t fire on the enemy and blow their cover, they’ll be able to step by unnoticed. Battle Revive This is essentially a mix of Battle Rage and a normal Self-Revive. Players will get enhanced healing and a quicker refresh on tactical sprint for a short duration after the revive. Self-Revive Box The Self-Revive box is essentially an armor box for self revives, allowing your teammates to stock up. Scuba Gas Mask As the name would imply, the Scuba Gas Mask provides the same protection as a normal mask does, but with the added bonus of being able to spend more time underwater. Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 new maps and modes There are five new maps coming to Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 along with a few brand-new game modes. Additionally, Warzone 2 will be getting two new modes as well. Modern Warfare 2 Season 5 Maps Punta Mar (Launch, Core Map) Punta Mar is set to be a close-range map where players are expected to go through shops, abandoned homes, and even rooftops. There’s clearly a lot of verticality on offer here for a multi-layered experience. Strike (Launch, Core Map) Yes, this is that Strike. This map from the original CoD: Modern Warfare is making a comeback, and it’s hard to doubt the classics. It’s been slightly adjusted to fit a modern CoD game, but the map’s layout is mostly untouched. DRC – Zone 1 (Mid-Season, Core) The last core map coming to Modern Warfare 2 will be DRC – Zone 1, a map inspired by Warzone’s Building 21. Not much is known about this map other than it’s a close-range map that has a ton of flanking routes for players to get creative with their pathing. Lounge (Launch, Gunfight) Lounge sees players traversing a high-end club that focuses on close combat. Other than the main chamber, players can also explore several small side-rooms. Canal (Launch, Gunfight) Canal is much more open than Lounge as a Gunfight map, incentivizing players to control parts of the map as it’s much larger than the typical map for this mode. Season 5 new game modes Havoc (Launch, MW2) Havoc is a game mode that functions somewhat similar to Rogue-like games, giving players a variety of modifiers that change the way you play. And, while players can keep their weapon loadouts, everything else will be wiped clean. Perks, Killstreaks, and Field Upgrades out in favor of modifiers. Once the match reaches 12, 24, 36, 48, and 60 kills, all players will gain modifiers that drastically change the game. The mode’s explainer grants a few examples of what these modifiers could be: Ammo Feeder: Auto reloads a weapon (from stock ammo) upon elimination. – Boots Off the Ground: Moon gravity. Affects only player jump heights, not thrown equipment or ballistics. – Flameshot: Flame-tipped Crossbows and Molotovs only. All Loadouts change immediately to this upon modifier activation. – Hero Landing: Landing from a big drop causes a frag-grenade-like explosion around you. – Perspective Shift: Everyone swaps to a third-person camera view. – It’s yet unclear how many modifiers players can get in this mode. Big Capture the Flag (Launch, MW2) Big Capture the Flag is a bit more self-explanatory than Havoc mode. It’s CTF, but on big maps. 20v20. Gunfight Variants (Launch/Mid-Season, MW2) Gunfight’s getting a few variants that give players more ways to play. These have varying release dates, with only one of them arriving at launch. Gunfight Custom (Launch): Normal Gunfight but with player-created loadouts. – Gunfight Snipers (Mid-Season): Gunfight with snipers only. Players won’t even get secondary weapons, tacticals, or lethals. – Armored Gunfight (In-Season): This limited-time mode gives players armor on top of their normal HP with no health regen. Other than that, it’s a normal Gunfight match. – Faceoff 4v4 (Mid-Season, MW2) Faceoff ups the ante, with 8 players hitting Gunfight Maps for core game modes. Adding an additional player to each team promises to make this one of the most action-packed modes available. Armored Royale (Mid-Season, Warzone) The return of the MRAP vehicle has created the opportunity for Armored Royale to return to Warzone. Players will be tasked with keeping their MRAP alive. Crews will have to take out the opposition as they keep their vehicle alive. Fort Resurgence (Mid-Season, Warzone) Fort Resurgence is a slice of Al Mazrah, one that’s focused around the standard Al Bagra Fortress multiplayer map and expands on the surrounding fortress players normally can’t explore in a normal MW2 match.

Everything coming in MW3 Season 2: New maps, map variants, new perk, & more ActivisionMW3 Season 2 has been revealed, showing off new maps, modes, and Zombies content. Here’s the full breakdown of what to expect. After a few surprise trailer reveals, MW3‘s Season 2 is inching ever so close bringing new maps, variants of established maps, new modes, and a refresh for Ranked Play enjoyers. There will also be four new weapons to earn, likely via challenges and the Battle Pass. Conversely, the Zombies experience will see a new story mission, new classified schematics, and a new Warlord join, albeit via a mid-season update. Before the season officially arrives, here’s the full breakdown of what to expect with MW3’s Season 2. Contents Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: Roadmap Below, you’ll find the full roadmap for Season 2 of MW3, which kicks off on February 7 at 9 AM PT | 12 PM EST. Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: New weapons Four new weapons join when Season 2 arrives: BP50 (Assault Rifle — Launch) “A modular bullpup chambered in 5.56. Tear down the competition with a high rate of fire and exceptional accuracy for dominating at mid to long ranges.” RAM-9 (Submachine Gun — Launch, Battle Pass Sector B6) “More maneuverable and agile than its assault rifle counterpart, this bullpup SMG chambered in 9mm is lethal at close range.” SOA Subverter (Battle Rifle — In-Season, Weekly Challenge) “Chambered in 7.62, this hard-hitting rifle dominates at mid to longer ranges thanks to a low rate of fire and predictable recoil.” Soulrender (Melee — In-Season, [[REDACTED]]) “A ceremonial blade capable of razor-sharp cuts and deadly melee action in close-quarters combat.” Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: New Aftermarket Parts Seven new Aftermarket Parts join as well: JAK Burnout (Battle Pass Unlock) Compatibility: Holger 26 (Light Machine Gun) – – JAK Tyrant 762 Kit (Weekly Challenge Unlock) Compatibility: Longbow (Sniper Rifle) – – JAK Backsaw Kit (Weekly Challenge Unlock) Compatibility: Holger 556 (Assault Rifle) – – JAK Limb Ripper (Weekly Challenge Unlock) Compatibility: Underbarrel Attachment, several weapons – – JAK Maglift Kit (Weekly Challenge Unlock) Compatibility: Haymaker (Shotgun) – – JAK Outlaw-277 Kit (Weekly Challenge Unlock) Compatibility: BAS-B (Battle Rifle) – – JAK Glassless Optic (Weekly Challenge Unlock) Compatibility: Optic Attachment, several weapons – – Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: New Maps Season 2 will see MW3’s multiplayer map pooled expanded, with four new 6v6 maps, and one new War mode experience. The four new maps are called Departures, Stash House, Vista, and Das Haus, the latter returning from Call of Duty: Vanguard, Sledgehammer Games’ last CoD title. Departures takes place inside the Zakhaev International Airport, and players should expect it be to bigger than Terminal, the other airport-themed map. Stash House is a compact met set in a Bay Area stash house raided by Federal authorities. Expect it be a Shipment-sized map, perfect for XP gains and camo grinds. Vista is set in a Brazilian mountaintop resort, and players can expect it to be similar in size to Shoothouse, MW2’s fan-favorite map. Das Haus arrives mid-season and has seen a complete makeover compared to its Vanguard counterpart. It now takes place in an under-construction skyscraper set in close vicinity to MW3’s Highrise. Operation Tin Man drops players into downtown Urzikstan, in a new War mode map. Attackers will airdrop onto the map, while defenders must stop them from arming and planting explosives. Provided the attackers make it through the first wave, the next step will see them escort the payload. Finally, the final step sees both teams battle it out in a park area, where they must establish a Portable Decontamination Station before exfilling. New Map Variants The mid-season update will introduce two new map variants, Airborne and Skidgrow. Both are reimagined versions of Terminal and Skidrow and will join the new Hordepoint modes map pool. Players can also play them when the Vortex playlist arrives mid-season. Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: New Modes Five new modes will join MW3’s wide selection of game modes, three at launch, and two via a mid-season update. Team Gungame (Launch) Players must earn kills with specific weapons. Earn enough points, and your team will spawn with the next weapon. – The first team to clear all eight weapons and reach 75 points wins. – Melee kills and Finishers sets the opposing team back one point but “only to the initial progression score of the weapon your foes are currently using,” as stated by the developers. – – Snipers Only (Launch) As the name implies, any other weapons and equipment are restricted in this mode. – Modes are primarily Team Deathmatch and Domination, across a variety of maps. – – Hordepoint (Limited-time mode, Launch) Hardpoint with Zombies attacking, no matter what team you’re on. – – Juggermosh (Limited-time mode, Mid-Season) All-out third-person, Juggernaut combat within Kill Confirmed, Domination, and Hardpoint. – Air support Killstreaks only. – A special one-hit kill melee weapon will spawn in the middle of the map. – Enemy health bars are shown above their heads and downing a foe lets you pick up armor plates. – No fall damage occurs in this mode, and falling from extreme heights will create an area-of-effect stun. – – Bounty (Mid-Season) Eliminate enemy players until the score limit is reached to win. – Plays like TDM, an HVT is marked giving extra points provided a team downs the target. – – Along with these new modes, the mid-season update will bring the Vortex: Decay’s Realm playlist, where players can play the new map variants. It’ll launch alongside a special in-game event. Modern Warfare 3: New Perk, Ninja Vest A new Vest joins MW3’s multiplayer, the Ninja Vest, described as the “silent melee and throwing weapon specialist.” Here’s the full breakdown of the vest: Equipment Slots (3): Tactical, Lethal, Field Upgrade. – Gear Slots (3): Gloves, Boots, Gear. – Eliminate footstep sounds. – Immune to movement reduction effects. – Bonus Shuriken and Throwing Knife ammo. – Resupply Shuriken and Throwing Knives every 25 seconds. – Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: Ranked Play Season 2 of Ranked Play kicks off, with new rewards for those dedicated to the grind. First up, the win condition rewards: Win 5 Ranked Matches: “MWIII Season 2 Competitor” Sticker – Win 10 Ranked Matches: “Pro Issue MCW” Weapon Blueprint – Win 25 Ranked Matches: “Farmed Them” Charm – Win 50 Ranked Matches: “Hard Day’s Work” Weapon Decal – Win 75 Ranked Matches: “MWIII Season 2 Competitor” Loading Screen – Win 100 Ranked Matches: “MWIII Season 2 Ranked Veteran” Weapon Camo – Finally, the Skill Division rewards dished out in Season 2: Highest Division — Bronze: “MWIII Season 2 Bronze” Emblem – Highest Division — Silver: “MWIII Season 2 Silver” Emblem – Highest Division — Gold: “MWIII Season 2 Gold” Animated Emblem and Weapon Camo – Highest Division — Platinum: “MWIII Season 2 Platinum” Animated Emblem and Weapon Camo – Highest Division — Diamond: “MWIII Season 2 Diamond” Animated Emblem and Weapon Camo – Highest Division — Crimson: “MWIII Season 2 Crimson” Animated Emblem and Weapon Camo – Highest Division — Iridescent: “MWIII Season 2 Iridescent” Animated Calling Card, Animated Emblem and Weapon Camo – End Season 2 in Top 250: “MWIII Season 2 Top 250” Animated Calling Card, Emblem, and Weapon Camo – End Season 2 #1 Overall: “MWIII Season #1 Overall” Animated Calling Card and Emblem – Modern Warfare 3 Season 2: Zombies Season 2 continues the Zombies story, with the aid of Sergei Ravenov. The mid-season update sees the addition of a new Warlord, Keres, a new story mission involving the Second Rift, and new challenges and schematics to unlock. Mags of Holding (Schematic) Who has time to reload? Not you if you’ve activated the Mags of Holding, which allows your ammunition to feed directly from your weapon’s ammo stash, essentially eliminating the need to reload your weapon. – – Blood Burner Key (Schematic) There’s no need to scavenge for the Blood Burner Wonder Vehicle on the map if you’re carrying the Blood Burner Key; simply use it to summon the possessed two-wheeler without a lengthy search beforehand! – – V-R11 Wonder Weapon (Schematic) Those Strike Team Operators planning on forming their own temporary regiment of undead friends or transformed humans can now take the V-R11 Wonder Weapon into important outings, thanks to this Schematic. – –

Everything coming in Modern Warfare 3 Season 5 ActivisionSeason 4 is coming to a close and Season 5 of Modern Warfare 3 is finally arriving, bringing a plethora of changes and fresh content, from new maps to crossover events and weapons. As the devs gear up for Season 5, we’ve already gotten a look into what is to come and the teased WWE crossover, as well as new modes such as the Slam Deathmatch and CoD Warrior. So, before the season gets underway, here is everything you need to know what’s coming in MW3 Season 5. Contents Modern Warfare 3 Season 5: Release date MW3’s Season 5 goes live on July 24, 2024, at 9 AM PT| 12 PM ET. It’s unlikely that the release date will change, but if the devs announce any setbacks at the last minute, we will update you here. Modern Warfare 3 Season 5: New maps Across Season 5, the devs will be dropping five new 6v6 maps. Four of them will be released upon launch, with the fifth coming in the mid-season update. Releasing on launch: Bait – Yard – Celship – Toonoxide – Releasing mid-season: Ink House – Modern Warfare 3 Season 5: New modes In Season 5, there will be several new game modes, some coming as part of events and others in the mid-season to let players test out the new Spear and Torque 35. The modes coming to the game are the following: Slam Deathmatch (In-Season) Wrestle up your finest Finishing Moves in this spin on traditional Team Deathmatch. It’s still all about eliminations in Slam Deathmatch, but in this Mode, weapons can only down your enemies. To earn points, you must finish off opponents by hitting them with a Finishing Move – – CoD Warrior (Launch) Mini-games, anyone? COD Warrior is a new Mode that puts three teams of two to the test in a series of randomized quickfire mini-games. Every round wins one point, and the first team to reach five points takes the game. – – Fishfection (Mid-season) Avoid the hook in this slippery twist on Infected. Equipped with only the Compound Bow and Spear as your weapons in Fishfection, where it’s your goal to prevent getting eliminated by a bloodthirsty school of Fish Operators composed of previously fallen players. – – Paintball (Mid-season) We’re going painting! Paintball, played predominantly on small maps and in modes like Capture the Flag and Kill Confirmed, gives players increased movement abilities for the duration of the Mode and replaces all bullet impacts with paint splatters. That means every weapon is a one-shot kill, so take cover behind a bunker of choice and get ready for some quick-action painting. – – Defuse or Destroy (Mid-season) Expect an explosive twist on Search & Destroy at mid-season too! In this round-based objective mode, teams take turns attacking and defending bomb sites. The twist? This mode’s rounds start with a bomb already planted in one of two possible locations, putting a literal ticking time bomb into play as teams alternate to defend and defuse. – – Modern Warfare 3 Season 5: WWE collab A WWE collaboration is coming to MW3 in Season 5, with various wrestlers joining the game as Operators. The likes of Rey Mysterio, Rhea Ripley (Mami), and Cody Rhodes are all up for grabs. Cody Rhodes and Rey Mysterio will receive their own bundles in-store, while Rhea Ripley will be part of the Battle Pass. You can check out our guides on how to get each skin below: Modern Warfare 3 Season 5: New weapons, Equipment & Aftermarket parts In the new season, there are a fair few new guns, AMPs, and new equipment coming. Below you can find all of the new arrivals: Weapons Static-HV (Submachine gun, Launch, Battle Pass Sector 6) – STG (Assault rifle, Launch, Battle Pass Sector 7) – Spear (Melee, mid-season) – Torque 35 (Melee, mid-season) – Aftermarket Parts JAK Widemoth Barrel (MORS) – JAK Slash (Several weapons) – JAK Protean (RAAL LMG) – JAK Cataclysm (RPK) – JAK Devastators (Reclaimer 18) – JAK Deathmarch (BAL-27) – Equipment EMP Grenade – Modern Warfare 3 Season 5: Ranked As per usual, Ranked Rewards will stay the same, but there will be new Skill Division and Competitor rewards for Season 5. Players can earn MW3 Ranked Play rewards in these three ways: Rank Rewards: Available at launch and can be earned in any season. Players can continue their previous rank grind in Season 5 – Season Rewards: Available at the start of the season and only available that season – End of Season Rewards: Rewards that are awarded after the season concludes and represent either your highest attained division or an active placement – New Season 5 Competitor Rewards: 5 Wins: “MWIII Season 5 Competitor” Weapon Sticker – 10 Wins: “Pro Re-Issue MCW” Weapon Blueprint – 25 Wins: “Smell of Victory” Weapon Charm – 50 Wins: “MWIII SR Monster” Weapon Decal – 75 Wins: “MWIII Ranked Play Season 5” Loading Screen – 100 Wins: “MWIII Season 5 Ranked Veteran Weapon Camo – At the end of Season 5, you will get a reward based on your highest placement in your Skill Division. Bronze: “MWIII Season 5 Bronze” Emblem – Silver: “MWIII Season 5 Silver” Emblem – Gold: “MWIII Season 5 Gold” Animated Emblem – Gold: “MWIII Season 5 Gold” Weapon Camo – Platinum: “MWIII Season 5 Platinum” Animated Emblem – Platinum: “MWIII Season 5 Platinum” Weapon Camo – Diamond: “MWIII Season 5 Diamond” Animated Emblem – Diamond: “MWIII Season 5 Diamond” Weapon Camo – Crimson: “MWIII Season 5 Crimson” Animated Emblem – Crimson: “MWIII Season 5 Crimson” Weapon Camo – Iridescent: “MWIII Season 5 Iridescent” Animated Emblem – Iridescent: “MWIII Season 5 Iridescent” Weapon Camo – Iridescent: “MWIII Season 5 Iridescent” Animated Calling Card – Top 250: “MWIII Season 5 Top 250” Animated Emblem – Top 250: “MWIII Season 5 Top 250” Animated Calling Card – Top 250: “MWIII Season 5 Top 250” Animated Weapon Camo – That’s the full rundown on MW3 Season 5 as it stands but we’ll update you right here with any further details as they emerge.

Everything coming in MW3 Season 3 Reloaded: New maps, BAL-27 returns, Zombies schematics ActivisionMW3 Season 3 Reloaded is right around the corner, with new content for multiplayer and Zombies players to feast on. Season 3 feels like it just started, yet after four weeks, we have finally arrived at the midseason checkpoint. As has happened in previous seasons, Season 3 Reloaded is headed to MW3 as a midseason update, bringing new maps, modes, and much more to hold players over for the remaining few weeks of the season. Without further ado, let’s get right into what MW3 Season 3 Reloaded is serving. Contents Release date – New multiplayer maps – New modes – New and returning playlists – New tactical and Field Upgrade – New weapon – Modern Warfare Zombies overview – MW3 Season 3 Reloaded multiplayer changes/updates There is a fair amount of content and changes coming to MW3 as part of the Season 3 Reloaded update for everyone to look forward to. Release date MW3’s Season 3 Reloaded goes live on May 1, 2024, at 9 AM PT | 12 PM ET. Once the update hits, you’ll need to restart your game, and then you can hop in to experience all the new content coming with the midseason update. New maps As mentioned, two new maps join MW3’s multiplayer experience — Checkpoint and Grime. The former is a section of Rebirth Island repurposed for multiplayer, while the latter is a new map that sees players battle it out in a London Canal. You can see images of them and their official descriptions below: Checkpoint With Rebirth Island out in the wild, there’s a good chance that you’ve already engaged in combat in this area based on the island’s eastern Stronghold POI. Checkpoint keeps the fight focused in and around the main buildings of the military comms outpost in a modified version of the map where the upper walkways and control tower are sealed off, emphasizing combat on the ground. Battle within the armory and garage or take on foes in the forward construction site and rear roundabout. Grime Navigate an abandoned corner of London as you weave through Grime’s dockside district, a graffiti-laden hub featuring the remnants of the once lively SKN Comms building beside the Captain’s Dog pub and the now-defunct boat house. Swim through the murky waters of the canal and battle along the docks. Surviving this derelict urban location will require smart use of the map’s chokepoints and a penchant for dirty tactics. New modes Just as two new maps join, two new modes also join MW3’s multiplayer experience. Players can look forward to Minefield and Escort. The former will see mines drop when players are killed, while the latter is a smaller-scale version of Warzone’s Payload mode. Again, you can read their official descriptions below: Minefield Watch your step in the new Minefield game mode, adding an explosive new dynamic to a variety of Multiplayer modes. In this variant, players still adhere to each mode’s basic ruleset with an important caveat: Eliminated Operators drop a Proximity Mine where they fall. The mine cannot be picked up and is deadly to the fallen Operator’s team, setting up the potential for some truly explosive combos. As the eliminations start racking up, the action grows more intense, challenging players to watch their step while pursuing the next target. Escort In Escort, teams take turns escorting a MAW through the environment with the goal of hacking three points across the map. The MAW only moves forward if an attacking Operator is nearby and will move in reverse if a defending Operator closes the distance. Matches take place over two rounds, giving each team a turn on attack and defense. The team who hacks the most points or who hacks all three points in the shortest amount of time wins the match. Arcade playlist debuts and Vortex returns Two playlists debut with Season 3 Reloaded — Arcade and Vortex. Arcade Boost your powers exponentially with the mid-season Arcade playlist, supporting a variety of maps and modes featuring powerups and special weapon pickups. Powerups: Eliminated enemies will drop a powerup where they fall, granting one of two temporary abilities on pickup: unlimited ammo or unlimited grenades. Let loose on your foes without mundane concerns like ammo supply and grenade count. Weapon Pickups: Bring the pain with special weapon pickups scattered throughout the environment, immediately noticeable by their glowing effects and floating animation. These empowered weapons include the Punch Knife with a dramatically increased lunge distance, the MORS Sniper Rifle and Riveter Shotgun loaded with explosive projectile rounds, and a Minigun that provides a constant Battle Rage effect for improved health regeneration, resistance to Tactical Equipment, and a constant refresh on your Tactical Sprint. Vortex Redeploy to the otherworldly Vortex Playlist, which goes live again for a limited time in the mid-season. Return, if you dare, to the infected environments of Airborne, Satan’s Quarry, Skidgrow, Sporeyard, and Tetanus. Keep cool and focus on the objective in the Vortex Mosh Pit or risk losing your sanity to these twisted map variants. New tactical and Field Upgrade MW3 Season 3 Reloaded’s update will see the equipment and Field Upgrade categories boosted with two additions — the EMD Mine and the Enhanced Vision Googles (EVG). EMD Mine (Tactical): Proximity-triggered mine that sticks to surfaces. Once triggered, the mine shoots out tracker devices that reveal the enemy location and direction until removed. – Enhanced Vision Googles (EVG): Toggle between normal vision and enhanced vision with integrated target highlighting. Has limited battery. – BAL-27 Assault Rifle returns The BAL-27 will finally be achievable with Season 3 Reloaded, via a new Sector in the Season 3 Battle Pass. The assault rifle is a returning favorite from one of Sledgehammer Games’ previous works, Call of Duty: Advanced Warfare. MW3 Season 3 Reloaded: Zombies changes/updates With Zombies, three major additions — new schematics, a new Warlord, and a new story mission — join via Season 3 Reloaded. Firstly, the new schematics are as follows: Dead Wire Detonators: add a burst of electricity to your shots with this, which adds the Dead Wire Ammo Mod to all explosive armaments. – Golden Mask Filter: give your Gas Mask the ability to recharge over time when not using it, though it can still break if completely used up all at once. – Sergeant’s Beret: allow yourself to blend in with Zakhaev’s Mercs to stop them from attacking you. Also gives you a bodyguard who will fight with you at all times. – The second addition is a Rainmaker, the new Warlord housed on Rahaa Island in the southeastern Urzikstan Exclusion Zone. Fighting Rainmaker will be tough with heavy RPG and mortar fire looking to punish any challengers. Breaching won’t be any easier, as traps aplenty will look to impair your trek. Finally, the Dark Aether story continues. Dr. Jansen has fallen prey to a new anomaly that has struck the Exclusion Zone as the third Dark Aether Rift appears. Expect to face off against hordes aplenty, with plentiful rewards for those who brave the challenge.

Everything coming in Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: New maps, modes and Killstreaks SledgehammerModern Warfare 3 Season 1 has been announced and with it comes a host of free content from players including new maps, modes, and killstreaks among many other things. The first season of Modern Warfare 3 has been announced and brings with it tons of new content for players to get their hands on. Season 1 will have five new free weapons introduced along with new multiplier maps and modes. The new game will also add the next chapter of the Zombies storyline and integrate Call of Duty: Warzone into it. So before the big patch arrives, get ahead of the curve with our early rundown of everything there is to know about Season 1. Contents Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: Roadmap The full roadmap for the first season of the new Call of Duty title was revealed on November 20. The stacked announcement showcased all of the content arriving on December 6 for Modern Warfare 3 and Call of Duty Warzone. According to the announcement, players can expect new in-season challenges and tiers to the Battle pass. Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: New Maps The Season 1 Multipler map pool will expand with the addition of three 6v6 locations and one 2v2 map. The 6v6 maps are called Meat, Greece, and Rio. Meat and Greece are core maps, while Rio will be included for only this season. Meat is described as a compact map centered around the East Bay Meats slaughterhouse with a few long sightlines around the outskirts. Greece is described as a medium-sized map with narrow alleys and water features around the edge of the vista. Rio, the only in-season map introduced, is a tight-quarters medium to small-size map made for constant fighting. Lastly, there is Training Facility, the sole 2v2 map introduced this season. Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: New Modes The new season will introduce a host of new, and old, modes to the game. The first is an old favorite of COD players: Gunfight. The 2v2 mode returns and has the same rules as the last time players had their hands on it. There are no respawns and all players are given the same loadouts at the start of each round. The first to win six rounds wins the match. If one team hasn’t won a round in 40 seconds, then an Overtime Flah will spawn and the first to capture it, or eliminate the enemy squad wins the match. Maps included in this mode will be Training Facility, Alley, Blacksite, Exhibit, and Shipment. Another mode launching at the start of the season is All or Nothing. Players load into the map with only throwing knives and no ammo. When a player earns a kill they activate Scavenger and get ammo and weapons. The first to 20 kills wins. The other modes coming to the game are all coming for a limited time and will be introduced sometime in the middle of the season. Those modes include Vortex, CODMAS: Santa’s Slayground, Infected, Headquarters, and Team Gunfight. Vortex is a free-for-all mode featuring the Ray Gun and will take place on Satan’s Quarry, Sporeyard, and Tetanus. CODMAS: Santa’s Slayground has not been revealed as of writing but seems to be another Zombies-inspired mode. Speaking of Zombies, Infected is back with the same rules as last time. One player spawns as a zombie and their goal is to infect the other players. Headquarters will be introduced mid-season and is essentially king of the hill but the area rotates around the map throughout the match. Lastly, Team Gunfight will also come sometime in the middle of the season and has the same rules as 2v2 Gunfight just with six people on both sides and with bigger maps. Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: New Killstreaks MWIII is introducing two new Killstreaks to multiplayer in Season 1, Swarm and EMP. Both will be available at the start of the season once unlocked through Armory Challenges. Swarm will become available after 15 kills, or 1,875 points, and deploys many mosquito drones around the map to blanket an entire area. EMP is available as a streak at 13 kills, or 1,625 points, and starts an Electromagnetic pulse that disrupts enemy Killstreaks and equipment. In addition to new Killstreaks, a new perk is also coming to MWIII. When players first select their loadout they’ll find an additional vest that they can use across multiplayer modes. The vest will give players two equipment slots, three gear slots, and a host of other perks. Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: Ranked Play Launch Ranked Play will come to Modern Warfare in Season 1 but in the middle of the season. It will build on the Ranked system from MWII and feature new rewards and updated MWIII maps, weapons, and loadouts. The mode will still follow the standard ruleset from the COD League and feature a top 250 leaderboard. More information will come in the following weeks, according to the roadmap. Modern Warfare 3 Season 1: Zombies Season 1 of MMWIII will also feature a new chapter in the Zombies storyline. The new story will feature happenings in the Exclusion Zone as players are sent to investigate and complete missions while fighting forward. The Season 1 update will also bring new challenges, rewards, Prestige Challenges, a new Warlord and a new Wonder Weapon called V-R11. The first of the new challenges is the Dark Aether Rift where players will have 30 minutes to complete objectives to earn rewards before being overtaken by Zombies. The Warlord challenge, called Dokkaebi, will drop in the middle of the season and further the Exclusion Zone storyline. The Season 1 announcement also came with updates to Call of Duty: Warzone as fans will get to experience the first content season of Modern Warfare 3 when it drops on December 6.

Everything coming in Modern Warfare 3 and Warzone Season 5 Reloaded ActivisionModern Warfare 3 Season 5 Reload introduces a new multiplayer map variant, two weapons, a full slate of new and returning game modes, and a Resurgence variant in Warzone. Ahead of the upcoming update, the Warzone devs already shook up the meta by fixing a game-breaking glitch for the COR-45 and Renetti handguns. In addition, Activision laid out its plan to overhaul the CoD HQ UI, starting in Season 5 Reloaded. So, before the mid-season update goes live, here is everything you need to know what’s coming in MW3 and Warzone. Contents Season 5 Reloaded release date MW3’s Season 5 Reloaded goes live on Aug. 21, 2024, at 9 AM PT| 12 PM ET. Players can expect some period of downtime before the new season goes live. New Stash House map variant The mid-season update adds a cell-shaded variant of Stash House with high contrast and sharp outlines on the main house and its surroundings. Based on previous map remakes, we expect a 24/7 playlist so players can experience the new environment. New Fishfection, Paintball, and Defuse or Destroy modes Season 5 Reloaded adds two new and one returning game modes to multiplayer. Fishfection challenges players to only use the compound bow and spear as their weapons. Like regular Infection, the goal of the game mode is to prevent getting taken out by fish operators or users already taken out. Next, Paintball takes place in either capture-the-flag or kill-confirmed. Players have increased movement abilities, and bullets are replaced with paint splatters. All weapons are one-shot kill, but the objective is still the same for both modes. Defuse and Destroy returns from previous CoD titles. Like Search and Destroy, teams take turns attacking and defending bomb sites, but this mode starts all rounds with the bomb already planted, making it a race to defuse or protect. Supreme Resurgence returns After appearing in the original Warzone, Supreme Resurgence is back and better than ever. In this game mode, Rebirth Island is full of powerful ground loot and meta-inspired weapon blueprints with a variety of camos. To balance out the game mode, the price of loadouts is increased, and the Resurgence time takes longer to complete. Winning your first match of Supreme Resurgence earns the “Spilled Beans” weapon camo. New contract and public event Elite contracts make regular challenges harder by decreasing the time and adds more time to the Most Wanted Contract. As a reward, Elite Contracts drop an Elite cache, providing Bonus XP, Cash, and one of the following: the Foresight Killstreak, a [Redacted] weapon, the Specialist Perk Package, or an Advanced UAV. Meanwhile, the Recon Flyover public event deploys two waves of advanced UAVs, targeting the most populated areas of the map. That’s the full rundown on MW3 Season 5 Reloaded as it stands, but we’ll update you right here with any further details as they emerge.

Everything coming in Modern Warfare 3 and Warzone Season 4 Activision BlizzardThe slate of changes and content coming to Modern Warfare 3 and Warzone in Season 4 have been revealed including new maps, modes, and Zombies content. Season 3 of MW3 and Warzone is coming to an end soon, and Season 4 will bring plenty of new content additions for players to explore and use. For example, Demolition, Hyper Cranked, and Havoc mode are coming to MW3 in the new season, along with another session of ranked play. Warzone is also getting a small Gulag redesign and will have a fan-favorite mode return to the game. Contents Release date – New Maps – New Modes – Ranked Play – New perks & equipment – New Weapons – Warzone Season 4 – Zombies – Modern Warfare 3 & Warzone Season 4: Release date MW3’s Season 4 goes live on May 29 at 9 AM PT across all platforms. Once the patch goes live, you can hop in and experience all the new content across Warzone, MW3’s multiplayer, and the Zombies mode. Modern Warfare 3 Season 4: New multiplayer maps The developer is dropping three new 6v6 maps coming across Season 4. The new maps coming at launch are: Tokyo – Paris – Incline – The following maps will join later in Season 4: Das Gross – Modern Warfare 3 Season 3: New multiplayer game modes Three new modes will be introduced at launch, with a few more coming during the season. Demolition, a fan favorite, is a part of the new season. The modes coming to the game are the following: Demolition (Launch) One of the finest tactical game modes in Call of Duty is finally back! Appearing for the first time since Season 3 of Modern Warfare (2019) this round-based objective mode has similarities to Search & Destroy, with teams alternating between attacking and defending two bomb sites. – – Hyper Cranked (Launch) This twisted spin on traditional Team Deathmatch gets even more frantic with this “Hyper” variant. For the uninitiated, Cranked pressures you into chaining kills, eliminating enemy opponents as often as you wish, but within a specific amount of time before a countdown reaches zero, or you’ll explode. – – Havoc (Mid-Season) Eliminate the enemy while experiencing changing gameplay modifiers throughout the match. – First team to reach 75 points wins. However, Killstreaks (except those awarded with a modifier) are disabled, and a variety of match-changing modifiers come into play! – – Headshots Only (Mid-Season) Using Team Deathmatch rules, augmented by the fact that only headshots count when eliminating other players; no damage is dealt, and no team score progression is possible unless your cranium-aiming is true. First to 75 wins in this small moshpit mode. – – Also coming in Season 4 are Playlist Modifiers. Expect some playlists to have active Killstreak, or Event-based modifiers which may include one or more of the following. These will apply to any Multiplayer Mode you are currently playing within the Playlist: Looping Killstreaks: Streaks reset fully once you reach the upper end of your current streaks, allowing you to earn unlimited streaks in one life. – Earning Killstreaks: You receive points added to your streak if you slay an enemy player with your Killstreak, or Assist in killing a player with your Killstreak. – Killstreak Cache: When a player is eliminated, they drop a cache containing a percentage of their earned Killstreak progress. Grab the cache and add it to your own progress! – Critical Countdown Event Items: During the forthcoming Critical Countdown Event, expect enemies to drop [[REDACTED]] in-game items that can be collected to more quickly progress the Event. – Modern Warfare 3 Season 4: Ranked Ranked Rewards are unchanged this season, but skill division rewards have been updated with this new season’s release. Players can earn MW3 Ranked Play rewards in these three ways: Rank Rewards: Available at launch and can be earned in any season. Players can continue their previous rank grind in Season 4. – Season Rewards: Available at the start of a season and only available in that season. – End-of-Season Rewards: Rewards that are awarded after the season has ended and represent either your highest attained division or an active placement in the Top 250 Division. Season 4 brings new seasonal content to unlock in MWIII Ranked Play! – New Season 4 Division Rewards: 5 Wins: “MWIII Season 4 Competitor” Weapon Sticker – 10 Wins: “Pro Issue Renetti” Weapon Blueprint – 25 Wins: “Break a Sweat” Weapon Charm – 50 Wins: “Goated” Weapon Decal – 75 Wins: “MWIII Ranked Play Season 4” Loading Screen – 100 Wins: “MWIII Season 4 Ranked Veteran” Weapon Camo – Here are the end-of-season rewards for Season 4, related to the highest placement in your Skill Division (note the Gold, Platinum, Diamond, Crimson, and Iridescent Operator Skins are still available): Bronze: “MWIII Season 4 Bronze” Emblem – Silver: “MWIII Season 4 Silver” Emblem – Gold: “MWIII Season 4 Gold” Animated Emblem – Gold: “MWIII Season 4 Gold” Weapon Charm – Platinum: “MWIII Season 4 Platinum” Animated Emblem – Platinum: “MWIII Season 4 Platinum” Weapon Charm – Diamond: “MWIII Season 4 Diamond” Animated Emblem – Diamond: “MWIII Season 4 Diamond” Weapon Charm – Crimson: “MWIII Season 4 Crimson” Animated Emblem – Crimson: “MWIII Season 4 Crimson” Weapon Charm – Iridescent: “MWIII Season 4 Iridescent” Animated Emblem – Iridescent: “MWIII Season 4 Iridescent” Weapon Charm – Iridescent: “MWIII Season 4 Iridescent” Calling Card – Top 250: “MWIII Season 4 Top 250” Animated Emblem – Top 250: “MWIII Season 4 Top 250” Animated Calling Card – Top 250: “MWIII Season 4 Top 250” Weapon Charm – Modern Warfare 3 Season 3: New perks & equipment Killstreak content rules the new Perk and Equipment features for Season 4, with a new Mission Control Vest allowing for rapid Killstreak acquirement. There’s a Compression Plate to aid in health regeneration, and four new Killstreaks to claim, including a DNA Bomb. New Perk (Vest): Mission Control Vest (Launch) Streak Specialist. Equipment Slots (6): Tactical, Lethal, Field Upgrade, Gloves, Gear (2) – Reduces kills required by 1 and score required by 125 for Killstreaks. – Earn 1 kill or 125 score for every 2 Kill Assists or Cross Fire Assists. Duplicate effects do not stack. If equipped with Mission Control Comlink, gain the effects of High Gain Antenna. – – – New Perk (Gear): Compression Plate (Launch) Immediately regenerate health after a Primary, Secondary, or Throwing Knife/ Throwing Star kill. Objective captures also trigger health regeneration. An icon appears on your HUD when this Perk is active. – – New Killstreak: Intelligent Munitions Systems (I.M.S.) (Launch) Kills: 7 – Score: 875 The Intelligent Munitions System is loaded with smart explosives that eliminate enemy personnel and vehicles within range. When triggered, it will eject an explosive upwards, which then locks onto its target and propels towards them. – – – New Killstreak: Loitering Munition (Launch) Kills: 8 – Score: 1,000 An unmanned rocket-equipped drone loiters over the targeted areas. On each activation the drone selects the targeted location with the largest number of viable targets to bombard with rockets. Can be activated up to three times. – – – New Killstreak: Missile Drone (Launch) Kills: 11 – Score: 1,375 A small, piloted drone controlled by the player that fires guided missiles. – – – New Killstreak: DNA Bomb (Launch) Kills: [[REDACTED]] – Once you’re granted the DNA Bomb you can detonate it, eliminating all players on the opposing team. Unlike the MGB, the DNA Bomb does not conclude the match. – – Modern Warfare 3 Season 4: New weapons Four new weapons join via the Season 4, two at launch and two via the mid-season update. Superi 46 (Submachine Gun, Launch, Battle Pass Sector 6) – Kar98K (Marksman Rifle, Launch, Battle Pass Sector 5) – Reclaimer 18 (Shotgun, Mid-Season) – Sledgehammer (Melee Weapon, Mid-Season) – Modern Warfare 3 Season 4: Zombies The storyline for Zombies mode will continue in Season 4, however, players will have to wait till mid-season to see what the new content really has to offer. Unstable Rift (Mid-Season) Deploy to the Exclusion Zone, and undertake a focused race and challenge to access the entrance into an Unstable Rift. Time is of the essence, as only the first squad to reach a Rift and vote to enter it will be transported into it. Thankfully, several entrances to the Unstable Rift can appear per match. – Clearing an Unstable Rift of its nightmarish denizens does offer benefits; all weapon and schematic cooldowns are immediately wiped and refreshed if you succeed, and if you’re a glutton for havoc, you can repeat this activity as many times as your squad can successfully enter an Unstable Rift. – – Warzone Season 4: Overview Season 4 will bring some updates to Urzikstan and the Gulag, the return of Buy Back Royale Solos, and more new features. Urzikstan Bunker Update (Launch, In-Season) After keycard access is obtained, an expanded interior may be accessible, along with high-level loot and additional intel regarding the location of [[REDACTED]]. Secondary Bunker exit hatches are likely to be active, allowing your squad multiple methods of escape. – – Urzikstan Gulag Update (Launch) Additional Gulag silos have opened up during Urzikstan Battle Royale matches, and recon teams have confirmed four different variants. Expect to randomly drop into one of them, offering you new ways to approach your 1v1 duel for redeployment. – – Call of Duty: Warzone Modes and Public Events Returning Mode: Buy Back Royale Solos (Urzikstan, Launch) Following the regular Battle Royale rules, this Urzikstan-only mode disables the Gulag and instead allows you to return to a match after dying, along with the removal of some of your collected Cash reserves. – – Additional Modes (In-Season) SpecGru and KorTac Operators across multiple infil zones should expect additional [[REDACTED]] and a number of [[REDACTED]] modes as the Season progresses. Exercise extreme caution as you investigate [[REDACTED]], one step closer to the truth. – – New Public Event: Runaway Train (Mid-Season) Drop into Urzikstan engagements at mid-season, and there’s a small chance your end game occurs on a runaway train. Expect confirmation of this sometime around the sixth gas circle where the Public Event may be announced. – – Call of Duty: Warzone New Features On top of Daily and Weekly Call of Duty: Warzone Rewards, there will be a third set of brand new rewards specifically tailored to Call of Duty: Warzone players available at launch. All of these are trackable, and some even unlock the most coveted rewards. Here are the five different types of challenges players can complete, each granting a reward: Economics: These offer rewards in return for looting and spending Cash at Buy Stations. – Contracts: Unlock items for completing different types (and numbers) of Contracts. – Social: Interact with enemy players or aid your team to secure more item rewards. – Mode: Complete tasks in different game modes, from Battle Royale to Plunder to Resurgence. – Champion’s Quest: Is a Champion’s Quest active in your game? Then check these Challenges out! – Operators can also obtain Specialist Perk suitcases at launch, along with other default perks. Additional Access Feature: Specialist Perk (Urzikstan, Launch) In addition to the default Perks available to all Operators (Tac Pads, Commando Gloves, Quick-Grip Gloves, Climbing Boots, and Overkill), this rare ground loot grants you the advantages of the following 29 additional Perks, but only for the remainder of the match. – – New Feature: Tactical Sprint Boots (Urzikstan, Launch Window) Urzikstan-based Operators can look forward to infiltrating any of the accessible bunkers to obtain the Tactical Sprint Boots Perk, which will give you an unlimited increase in your Tactical Sprint speed, and a reduction in fall damage. – – New Vehicle: Polaris RZR (Urzikstan, Launch) Appearing as “Polaris RZR” on your Tac-Map, this side-by-side differs from the current in-game UTV as it offers a tighter turning circle and handling, three seats, and improved fuel economy. Currently available in Urzikstan in any color as long as it’s gray. – – New Feature: Loot Hot Zones (Launch) Designated points of interest on the map may identified as “Loot Hot Zones.” Get there before the enemy and you’ll be rewarded with higher tier loot than normal. – – New Feature: [[REDACTED]] Weapons (Mid-Season) A number of Redacted Weapons, each found within a Loot Hot Zone or Bunker, have been confirmed as Ground Loot to find. These weapons have up to 10 attachments! – – Call of Duty: Warzone Season 4 Ranked Play Resurgence Call of Duty: Warzone Ranked Play: Resurgence continues on Rebirth Island, and the ruleset remains the same; drop in and battle your way to the Top 250 players worldwide and earn a variety of rewards for both Ranking up and advancing through the Skill Divisions. As always, Ranked Play Resurgence players can earn rewards via Ranking, the completion of Placement Challenges, and Skill Division rewards. Here are the Season 4 Kills or Assists, and Placements Rewards: Get 25 Kills or Assists: WZ Season 4 Competitor Weapon Sticker – Get 250 Kills or Assists: WZ Season 4 Loading Screen – Get 1,000 Kills or Assists: WZ Season 4 Ranked Veteran Weapon Camo – Place in the Top 7, 25 times: EGO Chall Weapon Decal – Place in the Top 5, 25 times: Pro Issue SVA 545 Weapon Blueprint – Place 1st: Death Fee Collection Weapon Charm – Here are the End of Season Rewards for Season 4, related to the highest placement in your Skill Division: Bronze: “WZ Season 4 Bronze” Emblem – Silver: “WZ Season 4 Silver” Emblem – Gold: “WZ Season 4 Gold” Animated Emblem – Platinum: “WZ Season 4 Platinum” Animated Emblem – Diamond: “WZ Season 4 Diamond” Animated Emblem – Crimson: “WZ Season 4 Crimson” Animated Emblem – Iridescent: “WZ Season 4 Iridescent” Animated Emblem – Iridescent: “WZ Season 4 Iridescent” Animated Calling Card – Top 250: “WZ Season 4 Top 250” Animated Calling Card – Top 250: “WZ Season 4 Top 250” Animated Emblem – Top 250: “WZ Season 4 Top 250” Animated Weapon Camo – 1 Overall: “MWIII Season #1 Overall” Animated Calling Card –

Everything coming in Black Ops Cold War & Warzone’s mid-Season 2 update ActivisionA huge mid-season update for Black Ops Cold War and Warzone Season 2 is right around the corner. From new maps to fresh game modes and everything in between, here’s what to expect. While the start of a new season in Call of Duty brings a ton of new content, mid-season updates have become more and more significant over the years. Black Ops Cold War and Warzone’s Season 1 Reloaded patch set the tone for what to expect as 2021 rolls on. New maps, playlists, weapons, and cosmetics were just the tip of the iceberg for the first mid-season update. As we now approach the halfway point for Season 2, a similarly sized content drop is on the horizon yet again. With Season 2 Reloaded, there’s plenty to look forward to. Here’s a rundown on everything coming in the next big update. New Black Ops Cold War maps Kicking things off, we already know that more maps are on the way for BOCW. With the Season 2 roadmap, Golova and Mansion were revealed as part of the roadmap. Both of these additions are set to arrive in the mid-season update. Golova appears to be a fresh multiplayer map, though exact modes for the new location remain a mystery. Meanwhile, Mansion is a new map designed from the ground up for Gunfight exclusively. Outside of the new additions, a new version of Miami is also on the way. Referred to as Miami Strike, this rendition is set during the day and cuts certain parts off, making the map ideal for smaller-team modes. New weapons for Black Ops Cold War and Warzone Next up, a few new weapons are on the way to spice up the season. Players will soon be able to get their hands on a new crossbow along with another new sniper rifle. The first of which accidentally made its way into the game on March 18 before being pulled. The R1 Shadowhunter crossbow sneakily made its way to the live game for a few hours. Before it was removed, we were able to learn just how you’ll go about unlocking it once the mid-season update arrives. The ZRG 20MM sniper was also unveiled as part of the original Season 2 roadmap, though we’re still waiting to hear about this one. Therefore, it’s a safe bet we’ll see it added as part of the incoming update. New Zombies content on the way The Outbreak Zone is about to get even bigger.#Zombies pic.twitter.com/wGh6JJpcH6 — Treyarch Studios (@Treyarch) March 19, 2021 Zombies are set to takeover the rest of Season 2 in a big way. One of the more significant additions in the mid-season update appears to be a new map for Outbreak. “The Outbreak zone is about to get even bigger,” Treyarch tweeted on March 20. A brief clip revealed sections from Sanatorium, a Fireteam map that was added in Season 1. Expect to be able to travel through this location in the new Zombies mode as soon as the update arrives. Beyond that, Zombies will soon have a bigger presence in Warzone as well. With each passing week, the undead have been reaching new parts of Verdansk. As Zombies take a hold of the battle royale map, it’s up to players to fight them back. A leaked game mode to round out Season 2 is expected to kick off with the next update. This limited-time plague event will supposedly see Verdansk come to an end in order to pave the way for a new map in Season 3. Two new Operators incoming Last but not least, a few new Operators are set to arrive in the mid-season content drop as well. Karla Rivas and Terrell Wolf were both featured in the Season 2 cinematic trailer and they’ll soon be playable across BOCW and Warzone. There’s no telling just yet how these two Operators will be unlocked, whether through in-game challenges or as part of bundles in the store. Though both are expected to release as part of the mid-season update. Early intel points towards the update coming in at roughly 4.6GB on PlayStation, though file sizes could vary for other platforms. That’s everything we know about the update thus far, however, there could still be some surprises. We’ll be sure to keep you updated as the patch draws near.

Everyone’s upset about Modern Warfare’s “buggy” and “disappointing” Spec Ops A number of Call of Duty fans have hit out against Modern Warfare’s Spec Ops mode, claiming that it is suffering from not only errors, but huge waiting times to even get into a game. The highly-anticipated Call of Duty: Modern Warfare finally released on October 25, with players trying out the entertaining yet intense campaign mode and the new multiplayer game types. While there have been problems in Multiplayer, including competitive players airing frustrations on everything from grenade usage to map size, Spec Ops has gone under the radar. However, some fans have outlined a number of issues with the mode and it might make for grim reading for anyone who hasn’t dived in just yet. In a post to the Modern Warfare subreddit, user Wayyzzz asked as to why nobody was talking about Spec Ops amid complaints about the game’s other modes. The Redditor labeled it as “damn awful,” and “that it is almost impossible to beat.” They also criticized the fact that when you do manage to beat the missions, you are hit with a ‘rewards will be distributed in November’ message, meaning you don’t immediately receive any amount of gratification for your hard work. Wayyzzz also commented that they appreciate the attempt of a new take on the mode, but that it needed fixing – a sentiment shared by fellow posters. One user, Utdfanabroad, explained that it was the mode they were looking forward to but have been left “disappointed with the way it has turned out. Another, christophe-a, added that bugs are preventing players from completing the missions, explaining that they were crashed out on back-to-back games. One of the more damning posts came from LumpyWumpus, who said: “Perhaps the worst part is that it simply isn’t fun.” They added that the “operations are impossibly hard and far too long,” and that changes need to be made. The Infinity Ward team have been regular contributors to the game’s subreddit, chiming in on posts when players criticized the beta or their rumored approach to microtransactions. They have noted that changes will be made to the game’s multiplayer, but whether or not Spec Ops will receive some tweaks, remains to be seen. For now, though, many players aren’t pleased at all.

Every weapon in Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War and how to unlock them TreyarchCall of Duty: Black Ops Cold War features a truckload of amazing weapons for you to dominate with. Here are all the weapons out in the latest CoD so far, and how you can obtain them. [jwplayer rwxKRXoc] Treyarch‘s latest game is set during the 1980’s Cold War era, so the game’s arsenal is naturally populated by guns from this time. Some are an instantly familiar experience, while some are a new entity altogether. Launch weapons are mostly able to be unlocked simply by leveling up, but expect a few special requirements and more weapons to be added post-launch, too. All guns in Black Ops Cold War As Call of Duty game, the usual suspects are all here: Assault rifles, submachine guns, tactical rifles, light machine guns, sniper rifles, shotguns, pistols, and launchers. The game will continue to grow, adding new content throughout the year. We’ll update our list with any new DLC weapons, Battle Pass additions, and related items that become available. Assault Rifles AK-47 – Unlocked at level 7 Full-auto assault rifle. High damage with a marginally lower fire rate. Excellent stopping power for mid to short-range encounters. FFAR 1 – Unlocked at level 40 Full-auto assault rifle. Fast fire rate with quick reloading speeds. Modest damage and slightly less ammo capacity. Groza – Unlocked at tier 31 of Season 1 Battle Pass Full-auto assault rifle. Excellent handling speeds with improved damage. Fast fire rate and fair damage range. Krig 6 – Unlocked at level 19 Full-auto assault rifle. Improved damage and accuracy. Excellent weapon control with slightly faster reload speeds. QBZ-83 – Unlocked at level 31 Full-auto assault rifle. Superior mobility with improved handling speeds. Erratic initial recoil with less accurate hipfire spread. XM4 – Unlocked at level 4 Full-auto assault rifle. Reliable damage with improved fire rate. Fair weapon control when sustaining fire. Submachine Guns AK-74u – Unlocked at level 25 Full-auto submachine gun. Improved damage and range with reliable weapon control. Bullfrog – Unlocked at level 43 Full-auto submachine gun. Reliable damage with improved range. Large ammo pool and less accurate hipfire spread. MAC-10 – Unlocked at tier 15 of Season 1 Battle Pass Full-auto submachine gun. Fastest fire rate in class with higher vertical recoil. Improved handling speeds with reduced damage. Milano 821 – Unlocked at level 13 Full-auto submachine gun. High damage with a slower fire rate and fair recoil. Improved handling speed with more accurate hipfire spread. MP5 – Unlocked at level 1 Full-auto submachine gun. Fast fire rate with low recoil. Good visibility and control while firing. KSP 45 – Unlocked at level 34 3-round burst submachine gun. High damage with moderate range. Burst fire spread is less efficient at long range. Tactical Rifles AUG – Unlocked at level 28 Burst Fire tactical rifle. High damage with moderate recoil and slower movement speeds when firing. Built in optic provides 1.5x magnification. DMR 14 – Unlocked at level 49 Semi-auto tactical rifle. Increased fire rate with minimal recoil. Maintains reliable damage over longer range encounters. M16 – Unlocked at level 16 3-round burst tactical rifle. Excellent burst fire accuracy when aiming down sights, and high damage in short-range encounters. Type 63 – Unlocked at level 4 Semi-automatic tactical rifle. High damage and reliable accuracy with lower ammo capacity. Excellent visibility and control while firing. Light Machine Guns M60 – Unlocked at level 46 Full-auto light machine gun. Consistent ammo capacity with heavy-grain rounds provides premium stopping power and bullet economy. Slower fire rate and handling speeds. RPD – Unlocked at level 4 Full-auto light machine gun. Excellent handling speeds with less ammo capacity. Less recoil control when sustaining fire. Stoner 63 – Unlocked at level 1 Full-auto light machine gun. Improved fire rate with a larger ammo capacity. Subdued recoil and good visibility while firing. Sniper Rifles LW3 – Tundra – Unlocked at level 28 Bolt-action sniper rifle. High damage with moderate sway. 1-shot kill to the head, upper-chest, and shoulders. Hold LS/L3 while ADS to steady. M82 – Unlocked at level 55 Semi-auto sniper rifle. Heavy recoil with slow handling. 1-shot kill to the head or upper chest. Hold L Shift while ADS to steady. Pelington 703 – Unlocked at level 4 Bolt-action sniper rifle. Hand loaded with improved handling speeds and fast rechamber. 1-shot kill to the head or upper-chest. Hold LS/L3 while ADS to steady. Shotguns Gallo SA12 – Unlocked at level 22 Semi-auto shotgun. Reliable damage and pellet spread. Moderate recoil and visibility when firing. Hauer 77 – Unlocked at level 10 Pump-action shotgun. High damage with a possible 1-shot kill in close quarters. Hand loaded with moderate rechamber speed. Pistols 1911 – Unlocked at level 4 Semi-auto pistol. Good accuracy with a modest ammo capacity. High damage in close range encounters. Diamatti – Unlocked at level 28 3-round burst pistol. Fast cyclic rate of fire with a short delay between bursts. Increased ammo capacity and slightly slower reloading speeds. Magnum – Unlocked at level 40 Double action revolver. High damage with increased penetration and lower muzzle velocity. Launchers Cigma 2 – Unlocked at level 4 Lock-on rocket launcher. Anti-vehicle weapon delivers devastating damage. Small ammo pool and slow handling speeds. RPG-7 – Unlocked at level 37 Free-fire rocket launcher. Increased blast radius with heavy damage to vehicles, equipment, and personnel. Additional rockets provided. Lethal Items Frag – Unlocked at level 4 Explodes after a short fuse. Can be cooked by holding R1. C4 – Unlocked at level 12 High explosive charge that sticks to any surface. Deadly when stuck to vehicles. Detonate with R1 or by double-tapping square. Molotov – Unlocked at level 30 Explodes on impact, spreading flames over a small area. Semtex – Unlocked at level 39 Grenade that sticks to surfaces before detonating. Tactical Items Stun Grenade – Unlocked at level 4 Disorients enemies and slows movement. Detonates shortly after impact. Stimshot – Unlocked at level 6 Reusable stimulant that initiates healing immediately. Smoke Grenade – Unlocked at level 17 Produces a smokescreen on impact. Decoy – Unlocked at level 33 Simulates footsteps to confuse enemies. This is everything we know about each weapon in Call of Duty Black Ops Cold War so far. This article will be updated as more weapons are added. For more Call of Duty news and guides, be sure to head over to our central hub.

Every Specialist Ability and Equipment charge time in Black Ops 4 Multiplayer Choosing the right Specialist in Black Ops 4 is one of the many keys to success and knowing just how long each one takes to charge their abilities can help figure out which one is best. Each Specialist comes with a piece of equipment and a special ability that can help turn the tide of battle. Not every Specialist is created equal, though, as each one takes a different amount of time to charge, with some being quick and other taking quite some time. Call of Duty expert ‘TheXclusiveAce’ has returned once more with a rundown of just how long each Specialist takes to charge their abilities and equipment. TheXclusiveAce notes that each game mode comes with its own multipliers when it comes to charging each Specialist ability. Through his testing, Team Deathmatch seemed to be the baseline and that was the mode he based his figures on. These numbers also assume that the player is not getting any score, as TheXclusiveAce wanted to simply see what the raw charge times were for each Specialist. In Team Deathmatch, however, you will cut about 30 seconds off that raw time for every 100 points earned. When it came to abilities, by far the fastest charge time was Torque at just 4:40, while Recon and Seraph were tied for the longest charge time at a flat 12 minutes. visit our extensive guide hub here.

Every Scorestreak in Black Ops Cold War confirmed so far TreyarchWith Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War now revealed, here’s a look at every confirmed scorestreak in Treyarch’s upcoming installment. Any Call of Duty player will know just how important scorestreaks are to the average multiplayer map – especially in Treyarch games. The Black Ops Cold War devs are known as the masterminds of some of CoD’s most famous streaks: the Swarm, K9 Unit and R.A.P.S just to name a few. Scorestreaks have been one of the most talked-about aspects following Black Ops Cold War’s multiplayer reveal, with Treyarch confirming an overhaul of the long-established formula for earning them in-game. What’s more is the reversion to scorestreaks, rather than killstreaks. Despite the changes to how they are earned, many will be familiar to the veterans of the Call of Duty series. A few new ones have so far emerged, though, like the Air Patrol streak which appears an incredibly effective way to prevent opposition scorestreaks from dominating the skies. At first glance, they have obscenely high points required to earn them, but bear in mind the new system of earning them, which includes a cool-down period for every streak. All Black Ops Cold War Scorestreaks (so far) RC-XD: 600 score, 90 secs cooldown – Spy Plane: 800 score, 90 secs cooldown – Artillery: 1900 score, 90 secs cooldown – Napalm Strike: 2400 score, 90 secs cooldown – Air Patrol: 2750 score, 90 secs cooldown – War Machine: 3150 score, 90 secs cooldown – Attack Helicopter: 3750 score, 90 secs cooldown – Chopper Gunner: 6000 score, 90 secs cooldown – It’s worth remembering that this list is in no way definitive. Far more scorestreaks will feature in the full game, and the values accompanying them could very well change too. Treyarch have been known to adjust the score required as a balancing factor, once it becomes clear how the scorestreaks fit into general multiplayer. The cooldowns of the streaks, too, could be adjusted depending on their popularity and ease of acquisition. Leak hints at fan favorite scorestreaks returning Since the publication of this article, we’ve seen a host of other scorestreaks rumored to be returning. Past leaks from Tom Henderson (previously known as LongSensation) have stated that a number of Black Ops specialist weapons will return as scorestreaks. These have included the flamethrower that was known as the Purifier when in the hands of Firebreak. This was seconded by reputable leaker ‘TheMW2Ghost’, who named a flamethrower among unconfirmed scorestreaks that have featured in various builds. He also claimed an attack dog (or a pack of dogs) “should be” in the final game, while an Advanced Spy Plane will also feature. Other streaks included the Sniper’s Nest from Black Ops 4 and a Radar Jammer. While excitement has, understandably, been generated with these leaks, they are not among the confirmed scorestreaks just yet. We’ll of course have the latest on Black Ops Cold War multiplayer as more scorestreaks are revealed. The game itself is set to drop on November 13.

Every scorestreak in Black Ops 4 revealed in new leaks Every scorestreak in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 multiplayer has been revealed, thanks to numerous leaks from players with a copy of the game early. Black Ops 4 is not set to release until October 12, but as usual, a number of fortunate individuals have managed to get a copy of the game early. It is not possible to play the game online yet, as the servers are unavailable until an update is released closer to launch, but these players have managed to see some of the in game menu screens. In addition to seeing the complete map list, which was already confirmed, they have also found the scorestreak menu, which has some new additions since the beta. In total, there are three new streaks that were not available during the multiplayer beta. First is the Dart, which makes its return from Black Ops III, somewhat inspired by Black Ops II’s ‘Hunter Killer Drone.’ The other two streaks are pretty unique, and not like much we’ve seen before in Call of Duty. The Drone Squad will “call in a squadron of autonomous drones outfitted with machine gun turrets’, and the Sniper Nest will “call in the support of two heli snipers”. suspended after releasing a string of information about Black Ops 4, also stated that these three streaks were the only new additions compared to the beta version. More: First look at gameplay of ‘Blood of the Dead’ and ‘Voyage of Despair’ Zombies maps in Black Ops 4 (Spoiler Alert) – In total that makes 15 score streaks at launch, which is three less than 2015’s Black Ops III. However, Treyarch have said that there will be a lot of post-launch content, and perhaps new scorestreaks could be part of that.

Every Pro League roster change ahead of CWL London MLGThe second Call of Duty teams no longer allowed to make any more changes until June. Throughout this roster change period, which kicked off on Friday, April 5, a number of Pro League teams have adjusted their roster in the hopes of performing better at CWL London and the next stage of the CWL Pro League. With so many moves, it can be hard to keep track of who is playing for each team, so here is a handy guide to every CWL Pro League roster move that has taken place in the April transfer window. FaZe Clan return to the CWL Pro League The start of the CWL Pro League season was a tough one for FaZe Clan, who found themselves on the outside looking in after a disastrous performance at the Pro League Qualifier saw them miss out on a berth in the season-long league competition. While Red Reserve found themselves in the competition, a number of behind-the-scenes issues forced them to relinquish their spot in the Pro League, with FaZe swooping in to pick up the pieces and create a formidable squad with connections on both sides of the Atlantic Ocean. Matthew ‘Skrapz’ Marshall and Trei ‘Zer0’ Morris remain from the former Red Reserve lineup, joining Tommy ‘ZooMaa’ Paparatto and McArther ‘Cellium’ Jovel. Rounding out the roster is former FC Black player Obey ‘Asim’ Asim, who won the open bracket at CWL Fort Worth. Wholesale changes at Denial The fate of the rest of Red Reserve remained uncertain, but after some speculation, Joe ‘Joee’ Pennington, Rhys ‘Rated’ Price and Ben ‘Bance’ Bance all made the switch to Denial Esports – joining Alex ‘Alexx’ Carpenter and Carson ‘Brack’ Newberry in a new look lineup for the organization. Ryan ‘ZeeK’ Lapierre is the only remaining player from the team’s French lineup, staying on as a substitute. Elevate takes Excelerate’s spot in the CWL Pro League After rumors that they tried to sell their spot back in March, Excelerate finally off-loaded their CWL Pro League place to Elevate. Elevate held on to Christopher ‘ProFeeZy’ Astudillo and Cesar ‘Skyz’ Bruno from Excelerate while adding free agent Mike ‘MRuiz’ Ruiz to their squad. Read More: Top 20 highest earning Call of Duty pros – French duo Wailers ‘Wailers’ Locart and Paul ‘Breszy’ Breszynski round off the new team, after their release from Denial. Two new additions at Team Envy Popular Call of Duty leaker CoDBurner suggested that Cuyler ‘Huke’ Garland wanted to drop the entire Team Envy roster, however, Patrick ‘ACHES’ Price and Justin ‘SiLLY’ Fargo remain with him – for the time being. Bryan ‘Apathy’ Zhelyazkov and Adam ‘Assault’ Garcia weren’t so lucky though, with Jacob ‘Decemate’ Cato and Maurice ‘Fero’ Henriquez taking their place. Roster Move: @Envy have picked up @f3rocitys and @Decemate, replacing Apathy and Assault. #CWLPS4 pic.twitter.com/3LqmbLPRvA — Call of Duty World League (@CODWorldLeague) April 18, 2019 Evil Geniuses make a switch Evil Geniuses have had a torrid time in the CWL Pro League so far, sitting rock bottom, and it appears that the poor run has cost Matthew ‘Royalty’ Faithfull his place on Evil Geniuses, with Apathy coming over to take his place after his departure from Team Envy. Royalty didn’t spend long looking for a new organization to represent though, taking Aidan ‘Knight’ Provenzano’s spot on UYU. Roster Move: @UYU have added @SaugaRoyalty to their roster. #CWLPS4 pic.twitter.com/BRyr56sydA — Call of Duty World League (@CODWorldLeague) April 20, 2019 Enigma6 drop Diabolic and Chino Steven ‘Diabolic’ Rivero and Martin ‘Chino’ Chino found themselves on the chopping block at Enigma6, who sit tied last in Division B with a 3-8 record. Former Excelerate player Eric ‘JetLi’ Phan finds himself back in the Pro League, while Adam ‘GodRx’ Brown left Cyclone to take up the final spot on the Enigma6 roster. Roster Move: @Enigma6Group have added @EricJetLii and @AdamGodRx. They join the roster with @FrostyBB, @JordonGeneral, and @KiSMET6_. #CWLPS4 pic.twitter.com/o8Effotaaz — Call of Duty World League (@CODWorldLeague) April 20, 2019 Timeline of confirmed roster moves April 23 Spoof: F/A > eUnited (substitute) – April 22 JKap: eUnited > Evil Geniuses – Phantomz: FC Black > Evil Geniuses – FeLo: Evil Geniuses > F/A – Goonjar: Evil Geniuses> F/A – April 20 JetLi: Excelerate > Enigma6 – GodRx: Cyclone > Enigma6 – ZooMaa: OpTic Gaming (substitute) > FaZe Clan – Cellium: FC Black > FaZe Clan – Asim: FC Black > FaZe Clan – Skrapz: Red Reserve > FaZe Clan – Zer0: Red Reserve > FaZe Clan – April 19 Royalty: Evil Geniuses > UYU – Skyz: Excelerate Gaming > Elevate – ProFeeZy: Excelerate Gaming > Elevate – MRuiz: Restricted F/A > Elevate – Wailers: Denial Esports > Elevate – Breszy: Denial Esports > Elevate – Rated: Red Reserve > Denial Esports – Bance: Red Reserve > Denial Esports – Joee: Red Reserve > Denial Esports – Alexx: Team Sween > Denial Esports – Brack: Excelerate Gaming > Denial Esports – ZeeK: Denial Esports > Denial Esports (substitute) – rizK: Denial Esports > F/A – Natshay: Denial Esports > F/A – Staan: Denial Esports > F/A – JetLi: Excelerate Gaming > F/A – April 18 Fero: 100 Thieves > Team Envy – Decemate: F/A > Team Envy – Apathy: Team Envy > Evil Geniuses – Assault: Team Envy > Restricted F/A – MRuiz: Excelerate Gaming > Restricted F/A – April 16 Chino: Enigma6 Group > F/A – April 9 Knight: UYU > F/A – April 6 Bance: Red Reserve > F/A – April 1 Skrapz: Red Reserve > F/A – Zer0: Red Reserve > F/A – Current CWL Pro League teams and rosters Division A DIVISION B CWL London pro tournament pools Each of the four pools is made up of four teams from the CWL Pro League. After each team has faced the other teams in their pool once, the top two advance to the Winners Bracket while the bottom two are forced into the Losers Bracket. Many fans are predicting group B to be the group of death for CWL London as two of the CWL Fort Worth finalists, Luminosity and Splyce, find themselves matching up once again.

Every PlayStation-exclusive reward in Modern Warfare 2: Oni Operator, Battle Pass skips, more ActivisionIf you’re picking Modern Warfare 2 up on either PS4 or PS5, you’re entitled to a number of exclusive rewards not available on any other platform. Here’s a full breakdown on what to expect. Despite Activision currently awaiting its full acquisition by Microsoft, the CoD publisher is still honoring a pre-existing deal with Sony. When it comes to the massively popular FPS franchise, gamers on PlayStation hardware are granted a handful of exclusive goodies each and every year. As Modern Warfare 2 comes into focus in 2022, that trend is once again being upheld. Unique skins, weapons, and additional rewards are all on offer for no extra cost just for those enjoying the game on PlayStation. From a look at every reward to the key dates you need to know, here’s a full rundown on PlayStation’s exclusives in Modern Warfare 2. All Modern Warfare 2 PlayStation exclusive content We have now received confirmation from Activision and Sony as to what PlayStation players can expect. Battle Pass Bundle Bonus: Unlocked new gear and goodies even faster. PlayStation players that purchase a new Battle Pass Bundle will get an additional 5 tier skips. That’s a total of 25 tier skips. – Double XP Points: PlayStation players can look forward to exclusive Monthly Double XP events (24 hr duration), so prepare to boost your rank. – Combat Packs: Get a free in-game bundle each Call of Duty: Modern Warfare II season. Includes such items as an Operator Skin, Weapon Blueprint, Emblems and much more. Limited time only for PlayStation Plus members. – PlayStation Party Bonus: Teamwork makes the dream work. PlayStation players that play together in parties +25% bonus weapon XP. The bonus still counts when playing with cross-platform teammates. – Extra Loadouts: Be prepared for any scenario. PlayStation players get an additional 2 loadout slots, ready for customization. Available when Create-A-Class unlocks upon reaching Level 4. – Oni Operator & exclusive Weapon Blueprint Lastly, PS players who pre-ordered will get the Oni Operator bundle in Modern Warfare 2. Not only does this exclusive pack give fans the Hiro ‘Oni’ Watanabe skin, but it also provides access to a weapon Blueprint that won’t be available on other platforms for quite some time. When does PlayStation exclusivity run out? No different from usual, content launching on PlayStation first will remain exclusive for one full year. This means the exclusivity window is set to expire at 23:59 PT on October 27, 2023. As for exactly what will happen on this date, no one is entirely sure. It looks increasingly likely that this exclusivity will change in the future, with Microsoft (the company behind Xbox) set to acquire Activision Blizzard in an enormous and potentially controversial takeover. We’ll be sure to keep you posted here throughout the Modern Warfare 2 cycle with all the latest PlayStation-exclusive rewards.

Every CoD Vanguard Perk: New Radar effects, Overkill returns, more ActivisionCall of Duty Vanguard brings a mix of familiar Perks and entirely new additions to the multiplayer experience and we’ve got a full overview of how they all work. When designing your ideal CoD loadouts, you can never overlook Perks. Not only do they complement your playstyle, but some can provide game-changing effects to bring you to the next level. For Vanguard, an experienced player will feel right at home with how Perks come into play. The Perk 1 slot focuses on survival and stealth. Perk 2 is entirely focused on gaining the upper hand through intel. While the Perk 3 slot is all about aggression. Thus far, we have 12 confirmed Perks locked in for Vanguard thanks to the public Beta. While more additions are sure to arrive with the full release, here’s a complete rundown of how every Perk functions. Every Perk in CoD Vanguard Perk 1 Slot Ghost First on the list is a Perk CoD veterans will be all too familiar with. Ghost is back once again in Vanguard and works just as you’d expect it to. With this Perk equipped, you’ll be kept off enemy radars while moving as Spy Planes, Intel, and Field Mics are all active. In this iteration, it also reduces the effectiveness of Local Informants too, adding another layer of protection for your position on the map. Fortified Fortified serves as this year’s Flak Jacket alternative in Vanguard. Though this version of the popular Perk comes with a few additional benefits. Not only does Fortified reduce damage from incoming explosives, it also speeds up how rapidly your health starts to regenerate. As a separate buff, you’ll also take less damage while mounted, crouched, and prone. Low Profile While Low Profile won’t keep you off enemy radars quite like Ghost, it serves a similar role in helping you remain undetected. Low Profile ensures you’re immune to Piercing Vision, a yet unknown boost in Vanguard. This may negate an entire Perk or even a weapon Perk. We’ll keep you posted here as more information comes to light. Survival Training Closing out the first Perk slot in Vanguard is none other than Survival Training. Similar to the Tactical Mask in previous years, this Perk provides a certain degree of resistance to stun effects. It also makes you completely immune to gas grenades as well. Of note, however, Survival Training falls into the same Perk slot at Fortified, meaning you can only gain resistance to one type of equipment in Vanguard: lethal or tactical. Perk 2 Slot High Alert Kicking off the second Perk slot in Vanguard is High Alert. This Perk works in identical fashion to previous CoD titles, sending a pulse across your screen if an enemy spots you outside your field of view. If an enemy sniper is scoped in and targeting you from across the map, High Alert will kick in and give you the heads up. Radar Unlike in previous years, firing unsilenced weapons in Vanguard no longer displays your icon on the minimap. That’s where the Radar Perk comes in. This Perk ensures unsilenced enemies show up just as they did in earlier CoD titles. Forward Intel Another Perk that provides information on your enemies, Forward Intel comes with two buffs for your minimap. First, enemy reinforcements will be outlined with distinct indicators. Second, the minimap itself is bigger than usual. This helps paint a picture of the bigger battle, rather than honing in on your nearby surroundings as usual. Tracker Finally, in the Perk 2 slot we have Tracker, another returning CoD Perk. This classic boost gives enemies footprint trails, allowing you to follow close behind and know exactly where they’re going. Moreover, Tracker also comes with some bonuses for death markers. On one hand, enemies you kill will drop without death markers, obscuring their location from other nearby foes. The Perk also ensures you see enemy death markers at all times, highlighting where your teammates are getting in on the action. Perk 3 Slot Demolition Demolition opens up the third Perk slot in Vanguard, providing an extra lethal with every spawn. This allows you to overwhelm enemies with more grenades or molotovs than usual, proving effective in objective-based game types. Holding the lethal action button also displays a unique arc with this Perk equipped, letting you see exactly where your throwable will land. Double Time Double Time is another mainstay in the CoD franchise at this point and it functions just as you’d expect in Vanguard. Your Tactical Sprint lasts twice as long with this Perk equipped. As another added benefit, crouch movement speed also gets a small 30% boost as well. Tactician If you’re constantly throwing tactical equipment out, this is the Perk for you. Tactician restores your tacticals every 30 seconds without fail. While this might not be much of an issue if you’re regularly dying and respawning, Tactician can prove beneficial if you’re holding down a site and striving for a lengthy streak. Overkill As the final confirmed Perk in Vanguard thus far, Overkill is back once again. As you’d expect, this popular pick allows you to run two primary weapons in your loadout. Want to keep a shotgun on hand while you snipe? Overkill lets you do just that. Want a fast-firing SMG ready to go when your AR runs out of ammo? Overkill will keep you in the fight. That’s the full rundown on every Perk confirmed for Vanguard at this point in time. With 12 Perks in total, you’ve already got plenty of options when customizing your ideal loadout. Read More: How to play Call of Duty: Vanguard Beta – Though there’s a good chance this is just the tip of the iceberg. We’ll keep you updated here as more Perks are revealed in the leadup to Vanguard’s release.

Every new weapon added in Warzone for Season 1 ActivisionWith the release of Black Ops Cold War Season One and the game’s integration with Warzone, Warzone is about to get a slew of new weapons all at one time. While some might be familiar, others are brand new to the battle royale. Here’s everything you need to know. While Season 1 of Black Ops Cold War brings a slew of new content to the base game, it also adds a huge amount of content to Warzone as well. As of the Season 1 update, the two games are connected, meaning players will be able to progress through one singular level in both games and even use their BOCW classes in the battle royale title. Because of this integration, Warzone is about to get one of the biggest content drops it’s ever received since its launch, not only getting a brand new map, but also a bevy of new weapons. Here’s every new weapon coming to the game with the Season 1 update. Black Ops Cold War x Warzone Season 1 weapons In short, every single weapon from Black Ops Cold War will be usable within Warzone. This means that 30 weapons in total will be added to the game with the update. Of course, some will simply be BOCW versions of Modern Warfare weapons but that still leaves a ton of guns that have never been seen in the game before. Assault Rifles XM4 – AK-47 – Krig 6 – QZB-83 – FFAR 1 – – Submachine Guns MP5 – Milano 821 – AK-74u – KSP 45 – Bullfrog – – Tactical Rifles Type 63 – M16 – AUG – DMR 14 – – Light Machine Guns Stoner 63 – RPD – M60 – – Sniper Rifles Pelington 703 – LW3 – Tundra – M82 – – Pistols 1911 – Magnum – Diamatti – – Shotguns Hauer 77 – Gallo SA12 – – Launchers Cigma 2 – RPG-7 – – Melee Knife – – Special M79 – – New Season 1 weapons: MAC 10 & Groza In addition to all the weapons that have been a part of Black Ops Cold War since the game’s launch, both the MAC-10 submachine gun and the Groza assault rifle will be available to use in both Verdansk and Rebirth Island at launch. They won’t be available right away, as you’ll have to unlock each one individually, however, doing so is pretty simple and can be done so without spending a dime. In addition, it’s important to note that more weapons will become available with every single season of BOCW, including the upcoming Streetsweeper shotgun when it goes live sometime this season. All in all, it’s a lot of weapons coming to game. Here’s hoping that they are as fun to use in Warzone as they are in BOCW.

Every new CoD Vanguard weapon in Season 2 update: KG M40, Whitley LMG, more Sledgehammer GamesThe Call of Duty Vanguard devs are bringing four new weapons to Warzone and Multiplayer in the Season 2 update including a KG M40 assault rifle and Armaguerra 43 SMG, among others. Sledgehammer and Raven Software are going big with Season 2 of Vanguard and Warzone. Not only is there a brand new Zombies experience for players, but Caldera is set for a few map changes in the big update. The CoD arsenal is also expanding with the inclusion of an array of guns to bolster the game’s light machine gun, assault rifle, submachine gun, and melee weapon classifications. Some will be made available immediately when Vanguard’s Season 2 Battle Pass drops while others will come throughout the season. KG M40 LMG Vanguard Multiplayer and Warzone will get the KG M40 LMG at launch through the Battle Pass, which the devs are lauding as a “workhorse assault rifle.” The M40 will have the second-best damage per shot among ARs with over 600 RPM to boot. If players can cope with its recoil problems, then it could be a great option for mid-to-long distance scenarios. Whitley LMG The fifth Vanguard LMG is aiming to give players a long-range heavy option once the Season 2 Battle Pass drops. It will have the best damage per shot compared to other Vanguard LMGs and will be highly customizable for CoD players to fine-tune it to their preference. Ice Axe Along with the Alps map, Vanguard players will be getting a new Ice Axe melee/throwable which will deliver a one-hit kill option for loadouts. The devs didn’t give an exact date for its release but the Ice Axe will be available sometime after the Vanguard Season 2 patch drops. Armaguerra 43 SMG Vanguard players could find their new favorite SMG in the Armaguerra 43 planned for release sometime in Season 2. It will have a “very high rate of fire” which will be best suited for short to medium range battles. Depending on how it synergizes with different perks, the new SMG could be a challenger to the popular MP40. Every patch the Call of Duty developers try to give people exciting new armaments for Warzone and Vanguard, and Season 2 looks like it’ll continue that trend with its upcoming array of weapons.

Every multiplayer mode in CoD: Black Ops Cold War ActivisionBlack Ops Cold War features a mix of classic Call of Duty modes alongside some brand new multiplayer playlists. Here’s a complete overview of every single mode in Treyarch’s latest release. [jwplayer 38QHhqzR] Whether you’re a CoD veteran well versed in every core mode, or a newcomer just dropping in for the first time, everyone could do with a crash course before booting up Black Ops Cold War. Regardless of your experience, Treyarch’s new title comes with fresh playlists, new objectives, and unique ways to play. If you’re more of a slayer, deathmatch modes are for you. If you prefer to play alongside a huge team in bigger gunfights, Black Ops Cold War has you covered as well. There’s plenty to see and do, with playlists catering to everyone’s preferences. If you’re not sure where to start though, fear not. Below is a complete rundown of every multiplayer mode the 2020 release has to offer. Team Deathmatch First up is the classic deathmatch playlist. Small teams fight across a wide array of maps with one focus: tallying up as many kills as possible. There are two ways to win in this classic mode. If you reach the target number of kills with your team, you’ll be crowned victorious. The mode comes with a 10-minute time limit, however. So if your team is leading when the clock runs out, you’ll also be handed a win. Kill Confirmed If you’re familiar with Team Deathmatch, you’ll feel right at home here. Kill Confirmed follows the same basic formula with one key twist. Once you’ve secured a kill, Dog Tags will appear over the body of your target. Collecting these Tags is the name of the game. Your kills simply won’t count unless your team is grabbing every Red Tag on the map. Keep an eye out for Blue tags as well though. If an ally falls right next to you, claiming their Tag will deny the enemy team from racking up more points. Domination This mode has been a staple in the CoD series as one of the most popular objective-based playlists. While kills are still valuable, they won’t earn you any points here. Domination is all about securing flags and controlling the map. Three flags are scattered across every map. One will be close to your spawn location, another close to the opposing team’s spawn, and the final flag somewhere towards the middle. Standing in range of these flags will immediately begin the capture process. This can be sped up with more allies standing around the objective. For each flag you control, points will accumulate every few seconds. With just one flag, your progress will tick up much slower than if all three flags were under your control. Black Ops Cold War breaks the mode into two halves. The first team to secure 100 points will end the first half in the lead. Whichever team reaches 200 points first will be crowned the overall winner. Hardpoint Rather than teams controlling various objectives, Hardpoint has both sides focusing on a single capture point. A Hardpoint – otherwise referred to as a “hill” – will rotate every 60 seconds through a set number of spots across the map. Staying inside of the hill without enemies nearby will start tallying up points. Each second that goes by with your team in control will award a single point. Progress will be halted if you leave the hill or if an opposing player contests the objective. Knowing the next Hardpoint location is absolutely vital. If you can rotate faster than your enemies, gaining control of the objective right out of the gate should be a breeze. The first team to reach 250 points will be the winner. Free-for-All Looking for a simple mode to shoot without having to think about objectives? Free-for-All is the mode for you. This playlist follows the exact same layout at regular deathmatch, just without any teammates by your side. You’ll be going it alone against other solo players, so expect fast-paced action from the jump. This mode comes with a set time limit, so maintaining a lead is important as always. You can close things out early, however, if you reach the set number of kills. Search and Destroy Another staple of the CoD franchise, Search and Destroy – or SnD – is a round-based game mode. Teams will take turns attacking and defending two bomb sites spread across the map. Attackers have to plant a bomb while defenders aim to keep the two sites clear. If the explosive goes down, defenders have a brief window to defuse it before the detonation. Read More: Best Call of Duty campaigns ranked all-time – In SnD, you only have one life in each round. If you get knocked down, there’s no getting back in the fight until the round is over. Each round has a quick time limit of just 90 seconds with the first team to win four rounds coming away as the winner. Control A relatively new mode, Control has only appeared in one CoD game prior to Black Ops Cold War. Treyarch’s Black Ops 4 introduced the round-based mode and it’s back in the exact same form this time around. 90 seconds are on the clock as teams look to attack and defend two capture points on the map. If you’re on the attacking side, it’s your job to push into the objectives, clear enemies out, and stay put until it’s captured. Securing one of the locations will add time to your clock so that you can focus on the other. If both sites can be captured, your team will win that particular round before swapping sides. On defense, your goal is to eliminate aggressive players and keep them off the two objectives. This means you’ll need to split your team so that defenders have their sights on both locations, rather than stacking a single point. Holding off the enemy team for the time limit will win you the round. The first to three overall rounds will win the match. VIP Escort An entirely new mode for Black Ops Cold War, VIP Escort makes one player on your team a higher-value target. In this round-based mode, one team will load into the map with a randomly assigned VIP. This player must be protected at all costs and as the name implies, they must be escorted through the map. VIPs have to make it to one of two exfil sites on the map. If they make it here unscathed, it’ll secure a round win for your team. Another way of claiming a round is to simply wipe out all opposing players as you drop in with a single life each time. Different to SnD, however, you can be revived in VIP Escort after you’ve been knocked down. If you’re on the side without a VIP, your goal is to stop the enemy VIP at all costs. Other opposing players are obviously important to consider, but your primary focus should always be the VIP. Work together to prevent them from reaching an exfil site. The first team to claim three rounds will be the overall match-winner. Combined Arms: Assault If big team battles are more your style, Combined Arms will be right up your alley. Instead of the traditional Ground War, bigger team-based modes have been split into the Combined Arms variety. Assault drops you into 12v12 action with a single neutral capture point in the middle of the map. If you rush to claim it first, it will then spawn a new capture point further towards the opposing team’s base. The overall objective is to capture every point on the way to claiming the enemy base. Games can be over in barely a few minutes if you rush each phase, while other games can last a good while if it’s a back and forth affair. If games go too long, however, overtime will kick-off. The first team to capture a single neutral point in overtime will be crowned the winner. Combined Arms: Domination Another 12v12 mode, Combined Arms: Domination ramps things up from the standard version of the mode. Instead of playing on typical multiplayer maps, you’ll be dropped into bigger battlefields with an abundance of vehicles. In line with the bigger nature of the mode, many more flags are scattered across the map as opposed to the typical three. You’ll be in this mode for longer than normal as well, as teams will have to claim 400 points in order to win. Fireteam: Dirty Bomb The largest scale multiplayer mode available in Black Ops Cold War, Fireteam: Dirty Bomb is a brand new experience for 40 players. 10 unique teams of four are placed around the biggest maps in the game with multiple unique objectives to focus on. Uranium is everything in Dirty Bomb. Opening chests and killing enemies will drop Uranium for you to collect. Once you’re maxed out, you’ll need to deposit it all into the closest bomb site. With enough loaded in, the Dirty Bomb will cause a wave of radiation to spread across the map, wiping out any players caught in the radius. As you collect Uranium, knock down enemies, and detonate bomb sites, your team will rack up points. The first squad to hit the point total will walk away as the overall winner. Gunfight Making its return from Modern Warfare, Gunfight will soon be in Black Ops Cold War for a new take on 2v2 action. This tight-knit mode has Duos battling it out in round-based combat on some of the smallest maps in CoD history. Just two kills are needed to claim and round and get through to the next. However, guns swap every two rounds, so you’ll need to be a master of every class.

Every multiplayer map in Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 at launch confirmed Every multiplayer map for Call of Duty: Black Ops 4 has now been revealed by Treyarch, with a total of 14 maps expected at launch. With last year’s CoD: WWII launching with only nine maps, fans were concerned that Black Ops 4 too may have fewer maps than usual, even with the campaign mode axed. Treyarch’s David Vonderhaar said in an interview that every map at launch was now public knowledge, but that wasn’t exactly true, as three new maps have since been unveiled. In addition to 10 completely new maps, four are remakes, and unsurprisingly Nuketown will also make a return, although not at launch, instead coming to all players for free in November. Here’s a full rundown of every multiplayer map expected at launch for Black Ops 4 and their official descriptions. New Maps Arsenal – “Hostile covert ops on a manufacturing facility of a powerful North American military defense contractor means someone may have stolen the keys to the castle.” Seaside – “An anti-government protest in this quaint coastal Spanish town grew out of control and forced a military shutdown.” Icebreaker – “A long lost Nuclear submarine in the Arctic houses a uranium supply which a Russian unit has come to salvage.” Militia – “Anti-government extremists backed covertly by a Russian cell are stockpiling weaponry in a remote region of Alaskan wilderness near the Bearing Strait.” Summit – “Cold War surveillance is at its peak above the clouds in the mountaintop listening post in the Ural Mountains.”

Every Modern Warfare 2 multiplayer map ranked ActivisionCall of Duty Modern Warfare 2’s multiplayer maps have been a hot topic of discussion since the game launched on October 28, 2022. Here, we’re ranking every single one of them based on flow, design and replayability. At the heart of any good Call of Duty are multiplayer maps. The most popular CoD titles of all time – such as Black Ops 2 and Modern Warfare 2 – also tend to have the best multiplayer maps for players to play over and over. From Raid to Highrise to Standoff, great maps are a shortcut to fan favor. Modern Warfare 2’s multiplayer maps have been a hot topic of discussion since its release, with players determining their favorites and which should be headed for the abattoir. Here, we’re weighing in on the debate and ranking every Modern Warfare 2 6v6 multiplayer map. For this list, we’re taking into account flow, design, and replayability. 10. Taraq We’re kicking off with Taraq. This map is just way too big. There’s also very little balance between open areas where you’re gunned by unseen opponents and ridiculously close-quarters areas where a corner-dwelling opponent wipes you out with a Bryson. 9. Santa Seña Border Crossing Next up, to the surprise of nobody, is Santa Sena Border Crossing. Infinity Ward should be praised for trying something different in designing a phallus-shaped map but, littered with cars and trucks, it just doesn’t work at all. 8. Embassy Embassy comes in at eighth. There’s a good map in here somewhere, but it’s surrounded by far too much unnecessary space (a tennis court, for example) and the central building itself is a mess. It reminds us of Black Ops 4’s DLC map Lockup, and that isn’t a compliment. 7. El Asilo Like Embassy, El Asilo is hindered by way too much open space around the main asylum building. It’s unnecessary and slows matches down needlessly but, once combat is focused in and around the main complex, there’s fun to be had on this map. 6. Zarqwa Hydroelectric Zarqa Hydroelectric’s lanes generally coalesce well and the ruins offer aesthetic variation from the hydroelectric power station. It just needs to be a little bit smaller and get rid of random areas where players can swim (but not fire their weapons). 5. Farm 18 Farm 18 is well-made, compact, and fast-paced. What stops it from being great is a lack of balance. There are a few too many busy buildings and the central building, whilst certainly fun and chaotic, can also be infuriating when populated with corner-dwelling shotgunners. 4. Al Bagra Fortress Al Bagra Fortress is another really well-designed map. Its three lanes blend together nicely and a variety of buildings mean all play styles can flourish equally. 3. Breenbergh Hotel Breenbergh Hotel dropped in the beta and remains just as strong in the full game. Its hotel setting is crisp and clean and three well-designed lanes means it flows really nicely, despite being medium-sized. Its real-life owners may be unhappy at its involvement in MW2, but the game is all the better for it. 2. Crown Raceway Originally called ‘Grand Prix’, Crown Raceway was removed from the beta amid rumors of legal issues. Regardless, it drops in the full game and brings some Formula One inspired carnage to MW2. Its dark and neon aesthetic is awesome, as is its pacing and the audio backdrop of cars racing around a track. 1. Mercado Las Almas A process of elimination means you’ll have already worked out what takes the gold medal. Mercado Las Almas is fast-paced, brilliantly designed, and caters to fans of all playstyles. You’re just as likely to drop a nuke with a shotgun as a sniper, provided you play intelligently and navigate its setting well. That’s exactly how a Call of Duty map should be. That rounds off our rankings! Infinity Ward have already confirmed a number of classic CoD maps will drop in MW2, so the map pool is only going to get more interesting as the game’s life-cycle develops.

Modern Warfare 2: All multiplayer maps & game modes ActivisionModern Warfare 2 has come a long way since its launch with Season 4 now underway. With the new season, there’s been some exciting new maps and modes introduced. Here are all the Modern Warfare 2 multiplayer maps and modes you can enjoy. Modern Warfare 2 has continued to capture fans’ love through its multiple maps, modes, and Battle Pass, but it can be relatively overwhelming when trying to find that perfect game in the perfect location, especially when playing with friends. To add to the confusion new maps are constantly being added and can be tricky to keep track of. Plus some game modes are time sensitive and only available at specific times. So to help you out we’ve compiled all the current Modern Warfare 2 multiplayer maps as well as every mode available in the game. Contents Every game mode in Modern Warfare 2 – Every map in Modern Warfare 2 – Every game mode in Modern Warfare 2 There are currently 21 different game modes to enjoy in Modern Warfare 2. We’ve detailed them all below. Modern Warfare 2 game modes Team Deathmatch As always, the standard Team Deathmatch mode is back for another year in Modern Warfare 2. If you’re looking for the simplest mode of them all, where the only goal is to kill, this is the playlist for you. Free-for-All It wouldn’t be a CoD title without the old faithful Free-for-All. It’s every player for themselves, and the first to reach 30 eliminations ends the match, with the top three performers claiming victory. Domination Domination returns once again in Modern Warfare 2 as the three-flag mode has been a staple since 2007. Objectives are placed in three locations across a given map. Controlling them provides points over time, the more your team controls, the more points you earn. Search & Destroy The classic round-based mode is confirmed for Modern Warfare 2 as Search & Destroy appears for another year. In this popular mode, teams take turns attacking and defending two bomb sites. With no respawns, playing your life in each round is crucial. Headquarters Making a return for the first time since Modern Warfare 2019, Headquarters, informally known as King of The Hill, returns to Modern Warfare 2. Teams capture a set point in the map to gain points. Fans gravitate towards this game mode as it offers experience per time that the Headquarters is held. Kill Confirmed Kill Confirmed is essentially a Team Deathmatch, except, rather than earning points for a kill, you will only get that point if you collect the enemy dog tag. The other team can deny your kill by collecting the dog tag instead, meaning you won’t get any points. The team with the most enemy dog tags at the end of the time wins. Control First introduced in CoD Vanguard, Control pits two teams against each other, taking turns attacking and defending two objectives. Each team shares a pool of 30 lives; if the attacking team takes an objective, they gain more time to capture the second. The defense wins by letting the time run out or eliminating all 30 lives of the other team. Cyber Attack Retrieve the EMP device and plant it near the enemy’s data center. This all-new game mode offers players who love one-life game modes the chance to fight over a single bombsite. Oh, and to spice things up you can revive fallen teammates. Hardpoint Popular competitive game type Hardpoint is back in Modern Warfare 2. In this mode, teams fight for control over a single rotating objective. The first Hardpoint location often appears in the middle of a map before rotating through a number of preset positions at a regular interval. Prisoner Rescue Among the new additions in Modern Warfare 2 is the Prisoner Rescue playlist. Taking heavy inspiration from the likes of Rainbow Six and CS:GO, this mode splits players across Attacking and Defending teams. The goal of the Attackers is to either eliminate all Defenders, or escort two hostages to safety. For Defenders, it’s simply a matter of staying alive and keeping your prisoners locked down. Knock Out As the name implies, Knock Out is a unique mode in Modern Warfare 2 that gives teams just one life to prove themselves. Similar to Prisoner Rescue above, each player in Knock Out has just one life per round, but can be revived after going down. Rather than hostages though, the objective here is to either hold onto a package for a 60 seconds or wipe out the enemy team to win the round. Bounty Eliminate enemy players until the score limit is reached. The player with the most kills will be marked as a high value target (HVT). Other players who manage to take down the HVT will be rewarded extra points for doing so. Infected A classic party mode where an infected player has to hunt down other players to make them infected too. The survivors have to live out the timer whilst the hunters are challenged with infecting everyone to end the game. Drop Zone Drop Zone is effectively what happens when you Hardpoint and make it so that the team holding the objective receives killstreaks. Fight over the Drop Zone to rake its powerful streaks and reign terror down on your enemies. Gun Game A classic party mode that sees players use a range of weapons in a set order as they race to the finish. The winner is the first player to work through all of the guns and score themselves a dramatic final throwing knife kill. Grind Grind is a combination of Kill Confirmed and Capture the Flag. Instead of an enemy flag, you are instead tasked with getting kills, collecting their tags, and then banking them at one of two set locations. 10v10 Mosh Pit MW2’s slower pacing won’t be for everyone and Shipment can get tiresome. For those looking for high-paced action on regular maps, 10v10 Mosh Pit offers a perfect compromise. It was once a limited time game mode but has since been added to the standard playlist. Third Person Moshpit Making a return for the first time since Modern Warfare 3 in 2011, third-person modes are back in Modern Warfare 2. Though they don’t exactly come in their own distinct playlists, just one third-person Moshpit is present mixing a handful of modes together with players competing from a third-person POV. Invasion Invasion is a 32v32 deathmatch played on Ground War maps with AI. The mode runs similarly to Team Deathmatch, as players earn team points by eliminating enemies. Vehicles are available in this game mode. The team with the most points at the end of the allotted time wins. Ground War Ground War returns to Modern Warfare 2 after first appearing in Modern Warfare 2019. Akin to Battlefield, two teams of 32 players fight to capture objectives on a large map. Hardcore A classic twist on other core modes where players have lower health, no health regen, and limited HUD elements. This replaced the Tier 1 game mode at the start of Season 2. Every map in Modern Warfare 2 There are currently 19 6v6 maps in Modern Warfare 2 and 11 Ground War maps to enjoy. When more are added we will be updating this article so be sure to check back. Every map in Modern Warfare 2 6v6: Breenbergh Hotel – El Asilo – Mercado Las Almas – Taraq – Crown Raceway – Al Barga Fortress – Zarqwa Hydroelectric – Santa Sena Border Crossing – Farm 18 – Embassy – Shipment – Shoothouse – Dome – Himmelmatt Expo – Valderas Museum – Black Gold – Pelayo’s Lighthouse – Kunsternaar District – Showdown – Ground War: Sa’id – Sariff Bay – Guijarro – Santa Sena – Taraq – Al Malik International – Zaya Observatory – Rohan Oil – Sattiq Cave Complex – Ahkdar Village – Mawizeh Marshlands – Modern Warfare 2 returning maps Infinity Ward confirmed five classic CoD maps in Warzone 2. While they’re strictly for the Battle Royale at present, there’s a chance we could see a handful also separated into the multiplayer component as Core Maps in Modern Warfare 2. Below is a quick look at the confirmed classic CoD maps on Al Mazrah. Quarry – Modern Warfare 2 – Highrise – Modern Warfare 2 – Observatory – Modern Warfare 3 – Showdown – CoD 4 – Terminal – Modern Warfare 2 – Though most of these maps are new or were not a part of 2009’s Modern Warfare 2, like Firing Range, this could mean that Favela could potentially be returning to Modern Warfare 2 in 2022. Rest assured, we’ll keep you updated here as further details emerge on Modern Warfare 2’s set of maps and modes.

Every confirmed weapon in Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War Activision / TreyarchThe Call of Duty: Black Ops Cold War multiplayer reveal gave us a good look at Treyarch’s action-packed title. Here are all the new and returning weapons we got to see. The Black Ops Cold War multiplayer reveal gave FPS fans around the world a good look at the upcoming maps, modes, killstreaks, and perks that will be present when the game releases later this year. However, many players have been eager to see which classic Black Ops guns will be returning. The multiplayer reveal showcased 17 weapons in total, giving players the chance to see how they perform in-game. This list only includes the guns and launchers officially shown in the current Alpha build of the game, so don’t be alarmed if you don’t see your favorites. Check out all the confirmed weapons below to find out which ones made the cut. Note: We will be updating this list whenever Treyarch showcases a new weapon. Assault Rifles XM4 Previously known as the Commando in the original Black Ops, the XM4 is Cold War’s answer to the classic fully automatic assault rifle. It comes with a 30-round magazine and a decent rate of fire, allowing players to crush opponents during close to medium range engagements. There’s a reason why Woods himself favors this reliable rifle. Krig 6 The Krig 6 not only sounds incredibly powerful, it’s also extremely effective at melting through your enemy’s health bar. In fact, the time to kill with this gun is blisteringly fast and it only takes a few rounds to kill an enemy. Landing those all-important head and bodyshots is also incredibly easy thanks to the Krig 6’s high accuracy. AK-47 Black Ops Cold War wouldn’t be the same without this iconic gun. The AK-47 has been present in the majority of Call Duty games, so it really is no surprise that it has made its return. Boasting a methodical rate of fire and highly damaging rounds, the AK-47 will likely prove a popular pick. SMGs MP5 The MP5 continues to tear things up in Modern Warfare’s standard multiplayer and Warzone modes, but how will it fair in Cold War? Well, it looks like Treyarch have drastically increased its rate of fire and raised the number of bullets needed to secure a kill. Read more: How does Warzone work in Black Ops Cold War? – While you may be able to shred through opponents in close-quarters gunfights, you’ll need to control the recoil if you wish to land your shots at range. Type 821 This pintsize SMG may look visually similar to the original Black Ops’ Uzi, but boy does it pack a fierce punch. Like the Uzi, the Type 821 has a more methodical rate of fire and deals good range damage. Having an SMG that can quickly drop opponents in both close-quarter and medium-range firefights is huge, especially when you’re playing on the game’s more sizable maps. AK-74u Those of you who have been paying close attention to Call of Duty’s pro streams will know just how busted the AK-74u is. In fact, the majority of early access lobbies quickly defaulted to this gun. The AK4-74u boasts an impressive rate of fire, high damage output, incredible accuracy, and offers players huge amounts of versatility. Whether this assault rifle will remain OP when Cold War officially releases remains to be seen. However, Treyarch did acknowledge the gun’s balance concerns in a recent Twitter post, where they stated players can expect the usual balance tweaks and tuning. Tactical Rifles M16 You can’t base a game around the Cold War era without featuring this iconic assault rifle. The M16 offers reliable damage and accuracy across all engagement ranges, making it extremely versatile. Many players were wondering if Black Ops Cold War would include the series’ first fully-auto M16, but the multiplayer-only featured the traditional three-round burst mode. As a result, you’ll want to use the M16s highly accurate firing pattern to secure those all-important headshots. While it can perform admirably in close-quarters fights, it’s almost always better to seek out medium to long-range fights where the rifle truly excels. Type 63 The Type 63 is a semi-automatic rifle that performs similar to that of Modern Warfare’s FAL. In fact, those with a quick trigger finger can absolutely melt targets across multiple engagement ranges. Currently, this rifle can kill a full health enemy with just three bullets to the chest, making its time to kill one of the fastest in the game. Light Machine Guns RPD This LMG will be familiar to those of you that have played the original Modern Warfare and Black Ops games. The RPD has always been favorite amongst players wishing to pepper their enemies with high-caliber rounds. Boasting a steady rate of fire and decent accuracy, the RPD certainly gets the job done. It may not be as strong as the other guns on this list, but this could change upon release. Stoner 63 Unlike the RPD, this LMG offers a much higher rate of fire and increased accuracy. The Stoner 63 dominated opponents back in the original Black Ops, so it’s good to see this speedy LMG return to the battlefield. Sniper Rifles LW3-Tundra Sniper rifles have always been the go-to for those looking to crack some craniums and secure those montage-worthy headshots. As of writing, Black Ops Cold War has two very powerful sniper rifles to choose from. The LW3-Tundra is the first on the list and is your typical bolt-action sniper rifle. While it may be incredibly strong, you’ll need a decent aim if you wish to avoid any counterattacks during the reload animation. However, being able to instantly kill an opponent with a single shot to the head or chest is well worth the risk. Pelington 703 The final sniper rifle on this list is none over than the Pelington 703. This bolt-action rifle may perform incredibly similar to the LW3-Tundra, but its superior handling speed and fast rechambering give it the edge. If you want a sniper that makes snapping and flicking to targets a breeze, then the Pelington 703 will do just that. Pistols 1911 This American semi-automatic pistol has been present in almost every Call of Duty title, so it makes sense that Black Ops Cold War would feature the 1911. Call of Duty’s love for this prominent pistol is clear and while it may not look that imposing, this well-rounded handgun can get you out of many a tricky situation. Diamatti The Diamatti is Cold War’s answer to the burst-fire machine pistol. In fact, this gun was previously known as the Beretta M93 Raffica and appeared in Call of Duty: Modern Warfare 2. If you’ve used any burst-fire pistol before, then chances are you’ll know what to expect when using the Diamatti. Read more: How to access Black Ops Cold War beta – After all, having a secondary that you can rely on is huge, particularly when you need to reload or find yourself low on ammo. The Diamatti can quickly shred through your enemy’s health in a single burst, but don’t expect much outside of close-quarter firefights. Shotguns Hauer 77 Shotguns have long been a point of contention among the CoD community, so Treyarch will likely be paying special attention to these lethal secondaries. The first shotgun on the list is that of the Hauer 77. Unlike the Gallo SA12, the Hauer 77 is a traditional pump-action shotgun. Currently, the majority of players seem to get more hitmarkers than they do kills. It’s because of these frustrations that we don’t expect to see the Hauer 77 outside of a few select scenarios. It’s certainly no Origin or 725. Gallo SA12 The Gallo SA12 is Black Ops Cold War’s answer to the SPAS-12. Kitted out with a 7-round magazine and highly effective hipfire, this shotgun can make short work of most enemies in close-quarter skirmishes. Even if you fail to kill an opponent in one shot, the Gallo’s fast fire rate keeps your shots flying. Launchers Cigma 2 The Cigma 2 can effortlessly destroy vehicles via its lock-on system and can even be fired at players. Blacks Op Cold War is home to all kinds of deadly aerial killstreaks, snowmobiles, buggies, boats, and even tanks. As a result, you’ll want to equip something that can take these vehicles down before they begin to wreak havoc. Fortunately, this auto-locking launcher will do just that, making it the perfect counter to any vehicular play. If you’re looking for more Call of Duty Black Ops Cold War news and updates, head over to @DexertoIntel for all the latest info.

Every CoD Vanguard map & mode: Patrol playlist, Champions Hill, more ActivisionCall of Duty Vanguard has 16 maps and seven modes confirmed for launch. Here’s a complete breakdown on every new addition to the franchise ahead of Vanguard’s full release. This year’s CoD is almost upon us and thanks to some early intel, we already have a full picture of every single map and mode on the way. From familiar playlists to innovative new modes, enormous battlegrounds to smaller chaotic maps, there’s something for everyone. Here’s a complete overview of every confirmed map and mode coming in CoD Vanguard. Every game mode in CoD Vanguard Team Deathmatch Team Deathmatch has been a staple since the early days of CoD so it’s no surprise to see it return in Vanguard. Kills are all that matter in this mode as the first team to reach the required number wins the map. Domination Three flags are scattered across the map and it’s your job to maintain control of them in Domination. The more flags you have under control at any given time, the faster your team’s score will grow. Free For All It’s everyone for themselves in Free For All. There are no teams, each player loads in separately, and kills are your only way to victory. Kill Confirmed Dog tags are all-important in Kill Confirmed. After wiping out your target, be sure to run over their body and pick up their dog tags, otherwise your kill won’t count for a point. Remember you can also negate enemy scores by recovering tags from your fallen allies as well. Search & Destroy S&D is back for another year as expected. Two bomb sites are positioned throughout the map as teams take turns attacking and defending. Detonating a bomb or clearing out all enemies is how you’ll win a round. Hardpoint Hardpoint features a single rotating objective. Standing inside the Hardpoint will rack up points for your team over time, just be wary of where the next rotation is. Patrol Patrol is a new mode in Vanguard that features a single moving objective. Teams battle for control over a small zone that’s constantly floating around the map. Champions Hill Champions Hill drops players into a round-based elimination mode. All teams start with a set number of lives and it’s your goal to outlast the opposition while rotating through various maps. Between certain rounds you’ll have the opportunity to buy upgrades and get your squad kitted out with better weapons, armor, and even killstreaks. Champions Hill can be played in Duos or Trios for the time being. Every map in CoD Vanguard CoD Vanguard is set to launch with 16 multiplayer maps in total. From smaller indoor locations to sprawling open maps on large battlefields, there’s something for everyone at release. Below is a full list of every confirmed CoD Vanguard multiplayer map. Battle of Berlin – Bocage – Castle – Das Haus – Decoy – Demyansk – Desert Siege – Dome – Eagle’s Nest – Gavutu – Hotel Royal – Numa Numa – Oasis – Red Star – Sub Pens – Tuscan – Battle of Berlin Battle of Berlin is a large, nighttime map set among a street under siege. Buildings are torn apart, destroyed vehicles are scattered throughout, providing multiple forms of cover and a number of subtle flanking routes. Bocage Bocage is a medium-sized map set across an unlucky farmer’s property in war-torn France. This means players are battling through stables, crossing fields, all while weaving between a number of tanks still left on the estate. Castle Castle is Vanguard’s first throwback map as this locale serves as a reimagining of the popular World at War stage. It’s a similarly large map with plenty of indoor and outdoor fighting in the Japanese setting. Das Haus Das Haus is one of the smaller maps in Vanguard, with a focus on fast-paced, indoor combat. Expect a gunfight every few seconds after respawning inside this German training facility. Decoy Decoy is a medium-sized map that features a number of distinct buildings for players to navigate through. It’s designed as a fake town for training purposes, meaning most of the cheaper materials used can be shot through. Demyansk Demyansk is another small map in CoD Vanguard. This snow-covered region drops players into a village on the Lovat River, with plenty of small footpaths and flanking routes scattered within. Desert Siege Desert Siege is one of Vanguard’s biggest maps as players load into a war-torn North African desert. Expect plenty of natural cover in the form of sand dunes, along with a good amount of indoor combat through the many smaller buildings in close proximity to one another. Dome Dome is another Vanguard throwback to the fan-favorite World at War title. This small map is a reimagining of the classic Treyarch battleground set in a bombed-out version of the Reichstag Building in Berlin. Eagle’s Nest Eagle’s Nest is one of the smallest maps in Vanguard at launch. While it boasts a three-lane design, external lanes are merely small flank routes for the main, indoor battle. You can sprint across to the opposing spawn in barely a few seconds so expect chaos every time you load into Eagle’s Nest. Gavutu Gavutu is a medium-sized map set among the Pacific Theater of war. The main feature of this map is a dilapidated ship in the center, one that players can interact with to block off certain sightlines and gain not just the high ground but mid-map control. Hotel Royal Hotel Royal drops players on a rooftop in Paris as ongoing battle tears the city apart. It’s another medium-sized map with a standard three-lane design. Though Hotel Royal comes with a unique emphasis on elevation. Read More: CoD Vanguard Combat Pacing explained – The map features a number of breakable elements, allowing teams to destroy glass panels and drop in on unsuspecting targets, for instance. Numa Numa Numa Numa is a smaller Vanguard map based on the Battle of Piva Forks in 1943. The central point of this location features a huge machine-gun nest, so expect to be fighting for control most of your time here. Oasis Oasis is a medium-sized map in CoD Vanguard as players fight through ruins surrounding a lake near Egypt. Expect to see teams posting up near a number of choke points scattered throughout. Red Star Red Star is a large, snowy map in Vanguard set among the war-torn Stalingrad. Various buildings are placed throughout providing a mix of indoor and outdoor gunfights. Always keep an eye to the skies as players can easily shoot across the map from some high ground spots. Sub Pens Sub Pens is a smaller Vanguard map that focuses around an empty submarine. Not only will players be pushing for the high ground advantage, but expect plenty of flanks from below as well. Tuscan Tuscan is a medium-sized map set across the rooftops of various Roman buildings. While there is a good amount of cover, be cautious of the many possible sight lines when trying to cross this map. Champions Hill Champions Hill also comes with its own unique layouts in Vanguard. The new mode features a central hub with various Buy Stations scattered throughout. Though all separate arenas stem from this midpoint. Each stage is its own small map designed for tight-knit gunfights.

All CoD Vanguard killstreaks: New streaks & classic streaks return ActivisionCall of Duty Vanguard is almost upon us and we’ve got an early rundown on every confirmed Killstreak that you’ll be able to use across multiplayer at launch. From how much they cost to what they do, here’s everything you need to know. As with any new CoD title, Vanguard comes with a full set of extremely powerful Killstreaks. Some returning classics are in the mix this year along with some innovative new streaks to push your playstyle in new directions. Veterans will feel right at home with how Killstreaks work in Vanguard. As the name implies, the more kills you secure without dying, the better streaks you’ll have access to. Up to three can be equipped at any given time to reward your hottest multiplayer streaks. If you’re stumped on which to pick or want just the lowdown on how they work, here’s an in-depth breakdown of every Killstreak in CoD Vanguard. Every Killstreak in CoD Vanguard 3 Kills – Intel As the first new Killstreak in Vanguard, Intel is a personal boost that can be activated after 3 kills. This unique ability acts as a close-range Spy Plane but only for the player that called it in. Your teammates won’t benefit from the Intel Killstreak in any way. Moreover, it comes with a smaller radius compared to the Spy Plane that sweeps a full map. If you’re in a tough spot, suspicious of campers nearby, or just want a cheaper alternative to the Spy Plane, Intel could be the pick for you. 4 Kills – Care Package If you’ve played any CoD title over the years, you’ll know exactly how the Care Package functions. At 4 kills, you can call in a handy delivery that provides a randomized Killstreak. As always, Care Packages have to be called in manually, meaning you’ll have to guard its position for a few seconds. Once it lands on the map, enemies or even pesky teammates can snag the random Killstreak if you’re not quick enough to grab it yourself. 4 Kills – Spy Plane Also coming in at 4 kills in Vanguard is the Spy Plane. Once again, this Killstreak works exactly as players have grown accustomed to over the years in CoD. Upon activating the streak, a Spy Plane circles overhead, revealing enemy positions on the minimap for your entire team. No different from usual, these planes can indeed be shot down from the sky if enemies go out of their way. 4 Kills – Counter Spy Plane Serving as the direct shutdown of a Spy Plane, the Counter Spy Plane is back once again in Vanguard. With 4 kills to your name, you can activate this Killstreak to completely block out the minimap for opposing players. Everyone on the enemy team will be left with static covering their minimap, negating any intel from active Spy Planes. In the same vein as its positive counterpart, this streak can also be blown out of the sky. 5 Kills – Glide Bomb As the first 5-cost Killstreak, the Glide Bomb is your standard explosive streak in Vanguard. Akin to Predator Missiles of years prior, the Glide Bomb can be controlled as it plummets to the ground, allowing you to control where it detonates. The Glide Bomb is lethal to enemies in a close range, instantly killing targeted foes if they’re caught in the blast. 5 Kills – Deathmachine The Deatmachine is back in CoD Vanguard as a devastating 5-cost Killstreak. Unlike previous titles, this version of the powerful weapon carries through multiple lives until all of its ammo is gone. Therefore, if you die with the Deathmachine in your hands, fear not. You’ll respawn right away with ammo still ready to unload. This instance of the Killstreak comes equipped with brutal explosive rounds as well. These apply damage in a wider cone to standard bullets. But be warned, they also deal damage to you if you’re up close. 5 Kills – Mortar Barrage Another new Killstreak in Vanguard, the Mortar Barrage can be called in after 5 kills, unleashing a repeated mortar strike on a specific part of the map. You’ll first have to throw a flare on the ground to mark your desired target. Shortly after, mortar fire will rain down from above, wiping out anyone in the vicinity. This streak can be ideal in objective-based game types when you need to clear a specific zone. 7 Kills – Warmachine The Warmachine is back for another year as players can equip this explosive grenade launcher at 7 kills. Similar to the Deathmachine, this streak carries on through death. If you fall with grenades still left to use, you’ll respawn right away with the weapon still available. 9 Kills – Flamenaut As one of the more expensive streaks in Vanguard, the 9-cost Flamenaut comes with multiple benefits. First, players equip a devastating flamethrower upon activation. Second, the streak also comes with a unique protective suit to keep you alive through extraordinary amounts of damage. Following in the footsteps of the Juggernaut, for instance, the Flamenaut can be a huge problem to deal with on any given map. 10 Kills – Attack Dogs The current top streak in Vanguard is none other than the classic Attack Dogs Killstreak. At 10 kills, players can call in a group of not-so-friendly dogs to chomp through the competition. These AI companions automatically seek out the nearest targets, helping you rack up even more kills once they’re on the map. That’s a complete overview of every confirmed Killstreak in Vanguard. It’s worth noting that these streaks are just from the first batch available in the Beta test. It’s more than likely the full release will have even more Killstreaks available on day one. We’ll be sure to keep you posted right here with all the latest as new streaks are revealed.